Jessica Morrison, an advertising copywriter for drugstore.com in Seattle, thought she was underpaid. After five years at the company and several promotions, her title was associate editor, despite the fact that she had the same duties as a copy writer. Suspecting her $42,000 per year salary was significantly lower than the salary of someone else with her duties; she decided to do some research. She looked online; researching sites that compared her salary with others holding a similar job title. She discovered just what she expected; someone with her experience should be making between $50,000 to $60,000 a year. So she decided to talk to her manager. “I was a little nervous going in, but I have done my research. She just didn’t receive the title she wanted: but her boss also gave her the raise within the pay range she suggested. “If I had gone in without the information, the conversation would have been, “I feel like I am not making enough money.”
Put yourself in Jessica’s place. Write a 750 word essay on the steps you would take to resolve this personal conflict and your expected results from a meeting with your immediate supervisor. Make sure to use key terminology from the first two chapters in your essay.
Discuss ethical and moral theories that you would apply in the case below|Psychology
Find an ethical problem or issue in a profession in which you are interested or that you expect to enter yourself.
Part 1 Present a summary explanation and/or analysis of the ethical problem(s) or issue(s), presenting the various sides of the conflict, and, if possible, the differing opinions that have been given about it. State clearly what the ethical problem is that you will be dealing with. This section should be neutral and objective. Shorter is better than longer in this section. Do not try to solve the problem or present your opinion(s) in this section.
Part 2 Discuss three different ethical positions or theories that you would apply. Also reference any relevant sections of your professional code of ethics; e.g., APA, ACA, etc. Do not present your opinion(s) on the problem or attempt to solve it here.
Part 3 In this final section, present what you think would be the best solution to the problem, along with your reasons for your solution and why you think your solution is superior to the others that might be given. This is the section in which you should discuss your problem and present your opinion(s). Longer is better than shorter in this section. Say what ethical theory or theories and professional-code sections you are using to arrive at your solution.
This should be a 2,100- to 2,800-word (or 6- to 8-page) paper, excluding cover page, abstract, and references, using APA formatting.
Assignment Rubric
Description: Final Paper: Find an ethical problem or issue in a profession in which you are interested or that you expect to enter yourself. Part 1 Present a summary explanation and/or analysis of the ethical problem(s) or issue(s), presenting the various sides of the conflict, and, if possible, the differing opinions that have been given about it. State clearly what the ethical problem is that you will be dealing with. This section should be neutral and objective. Shorter is better than longer in this section. Do not try to solve the problem or present your opinion(s) in this section. Part 2 Discuss three different ethical positions or theories that you would apply. Also reference any relevant sections of your professional code of ethics; e.g., APA, ACA. etc. Do not present your opinion(s) on the problem or attempt to solve it here. In your final section, present what you think would be the best solution to the problem, along with your reasons for your solution and why you think your solution is superior to the others that might be given. This is the section in which you should discuss your problem and present your opinion(s). Longer is better than shorter in this section. Say what ethical theory or theories and professional-code sections you are using to arrive at your solution. This should be a 2,100- to 2,800-word (or 6- to 8-page) paper, excluding cover page, abstract, and references, using APA formatting.
Total Possible Score: 30.00
Presents a summary explanation and/or analysis of the ethical problem(s) or issue(s), presenting the various sides of the conflict and, if possible, the differing opinions that have been given about it. States the ethical problem clearly
Total: 6.00
Presents a comprehensive summary explanation and/or analysis of the ethical problem(s) or issue(s), presenting the various sides of the conflict and, if possible, the differing opinions that have been given about it. States the ethical problem clearly.
Presents a detailed summary explanation and/or analysis of the ethical problem(s) or issue(s), presenting the various sides of the conflict and, if possible, the differing opinions that have been given about it. States the ethical problem clearly.
Presents a summary explanation and/or analysis of the ethical problem(s) or issue(s), presenting the various sides of the conflict and, if possible, the differing opinions that have been given about it. States the ethical problem clearly
Presents a brief summary explanation and/or analysis of the ethical problem(s) or issue(s), presenting the various sides of the conflict and, if possible, the differing opinions that have been given about it. States the ethical problem.
Does not present a summary explanation and/or analysis of the ethical problem(s) or issue(s).
Discusses three different ethical positions or theories that the student would apply, referencing any relevant sections of the professional code of ethics.
Total: 6.00
Thoroughly discusses three different ethical positions or theories that the student would apply, referencing any relevant sections of the professional code of ethics.
Discusses in detail three different ethical positions or theories that the student would apply, referencing any relevant sections of the professional code of ethics.
Discusses three different ethical positions or theories that the student would apply, referencing any relevant sections of the professional code of ethics.
Briefly discusses three different ethical positions or theories that the student would apply, referencing any relevant sections of the professional code of ethics.
Does not discuss three different ethical positions or theories that the student would apply
Presents a solution to the problem, along with reasons for the solution and the ethical theory or theories and professional code sections used. Includes why the student’s solution is superior to the others that might be given.
Total: 6.00
Presents a comprehensive solution to the problem, along with reasons for the solution and the ethical theory or theories and professional code sections used. Includes why the student’s solution is superior to the others that might be given.
Presents a detailed solution to the problem, along with reasons for the solution and the ethical theory or theories and professional code sections used. Includes why the student’s solution is superior to the others that might be given
Presents a solution to the problem, along with reasons for the solution and the ethical theory or theories and professional code sections used. Includes why the student’s solution is superior to the others that might be given.
Nominally presents a solution to the problem, along with reasons for the solution and the ethical theory or theories and professional code sections used. Includes why the student’s solution is superior to the others that might be given
Does not present a solution to the problem or reasons for the solution.
Research
Total: 6.00
5 – Demonstrates exemplary critical analysis of the research materials. The student comprehensively uses varied, scholarly, relevant, and current resources to inform analysis, evaluation, problem-solving, and decision-making.
4 – Demonstrates effective critical analysis of the research materials. The student fully uses varied, scholarly, relevant, and current resources to inform analysis, evaluation, problem-solving, and decision-making.
3 – Demonstrates adequate critical analysis of the research materials. The student adequately uses varied, scholarly, relevant, and current resources to inform analysis, evaluation, problem-solving, and decision-making.
2 – Demonstrates some critical analysis of the research materials. The student partially uses varied, scholarly, relevant, and current resources to inform analysis, evaluation, problem-solving, and decision-making.
1 – Lacking critical analysis of the research materials. The student fails to use varied, scholarly, relevant, and current resources to inform analysis, evaluation, problem-solving, and decision-making.
Writing and Organization
Total: 6.00
5 – Demonstrates exemplary clarity and organization. The paper contains a well-articulated thesis statement, flawless mechanics, and precise APA formatting.
4 – Demonstrates effective clarity and organization. The paper contains a well-articulated thesis statement, proper mechanics, and correct APA formatting.
3 – Demonstrates adequate clarity and organization. The paper contains a clear thesis statement, adequate mechanics, and mostly correct APA formatting.
2 – Demonstrates some clarity and organization. The paper contains an unclear thesis statement, poor mechanics, and improper APA formatting.
1 – Lacking clarity and organization. The paper lacks a thesis statement, effective mechanics, and proper APA formatting.
Profits are down so the controller decides to change thecorporations accounting policy relating to inventory costing. Thechange will allow the corporation to report higher income andhigher assets although the physical inventory has not changed.Which of the following statements is most correct? a. The stockprice increases if the stock market is inefficient b. If the stockprice increases the stock market is efficient. c. The stock priceis likely to decrease because reported inventory is higher. d. Thestock price is likely to be unaffected because the stock market isefficient.
The chart you select to represent your data will be influenced by many factors. Kirk (2016) has put each chart into the five main families below:
Categorical: Comparing categories and distributions of quantities values
Hierarchical: Charting part-to-whole relationships and hierarchies
Relational: Graphing relationships to explore correlations and connections
Temporal: Showing trends and activities over time
Spatial: Mapping spatial patterns through overlays and distortions
Select a chart type from the text and discuss what the chart is used for and why you selected it. (The author has included a lot of different chart types in our course book)
Remember your initial post on the main topic should be posted by Wednesday 11:59 PM (EST).
Your 2 following posts should be commenting on your classmates’ post on different days by Sunday 11:59 PM (EST). You should end the week with 3 total discussion posts.
allowing developers to create applications for the iPhone and iPod Touch and sell these third-party applications via the Apple App Store. The App Store was made available on iTunes
Paper details To come up with a good term to define, think about what you wrote in that first-in-class writing that asked what you already know about happiness. Think about what makes you happy or when you are happy. Think about how you ask people if they are happy. Think about words or phrases you actually use. Think around the topic; if everyone is going to define joy, maybe you want to define the opposite of joy. In this essay, even though it is based on your experience, I would like to see you frame this essay in third person. You can refer to yourself in third person if you have to.
COM 425 WK 5 DIS 2Explain
each of the three principles of ethical organizational communication,
as outlined in Chapter Ten of your textbook. Then, describe how these
principles are important during external organizational communication,
such as lobbying, marketing or advertising.Your
initial post should be at least 250 words in length. Support your
claims with examples from required material(s) and/or other scholarly
resources, and properly cite any references.
Write a response paper about story from new yorker clara
Please read this short story from The New Yorker: Clara.
After you read, write a response about either plot, theme, character, or setting (if you need to, look up how plot, theme, character, or setting are defined). Your response should have at least three paragraphs– intro., body, conclusion– and no more than five paragraphs. The body paragraph(s) must have a quote, which you cite and then analyze, relating it to your topic sentence. Your response needs to be typed up, 12-point font, double-space. Let me know if you have any questions.
Case 8-1Columbia CorporationColumbia Corporation, a U.S.-based company, acquired a 100 percent interest inSwoboda Company in Lodz, Poland, on January 1, Year 1, when the exchange ratefur the Polish zloty (PLN) was $0.25. The financial statements of Swoboda as ofDecember 31, Year 2, two years later, are as follows:
Examine best practices for teaching english language learner
Assignment
Strategies for the Four Domains
There are four domains in English Language Development (ELD): reading, writing, listening, and speaking, as described in Chapter 2 of your text. In this assignment, you will research the four domains and find effective instructional strategies utilized to facilitate ELD.
Write a paper that includes the following:
Identify at least five strategies
A narrative describing each strategy
Assign each strategy a domain and justify why it is most effective in that domain
Summarize when each strategy should be used: early on as an English language learner, later as a long-term English learner, or both
The Paper
Must be two to three double-spaced pages in length, and formatted according to APA style as outlined in the Ashford Writing Center.
Must include a title page with the following:
Title of paper
Student’s name
Course name and number
Instructor’s name
Date submitted
Must begin with an introductory paragraph that has a succinct thesis statement.
Must address the topic of the paper with critical thought.
Must end with a conclusion that reaffirms your thesis.
Must use at least one scholarly source (e.g., teacher resource book, journal article, professional website) in addition to the course text.
Must document all sources in APA style, as outlined in the Ashford Writing Center.
Must include a separate reference page, formatted according to APA style as outlined in the Ashford Writing Center
Learning Outcomes
This week students will:
? Examine best practices for teaching English language learners.
? Analyze the impact of the No Child Left Behind legislation on English language learners.
? Define long-term English language learners and the instruction to meet their needs.
? Differentiate among the four language domains and how they are accessed by second language learners.
Post Your Introduction
Option 1: Post a brief introduction that includes your background and reasons for pursuing your degree. Why are you taking this English language learner course? In what specific ways has the changing demographics for English language learners affected your decision to pursue this area of expertise? Respond to at least three of your classmates’ posts.
Option 2: Create an acronym using your first and last name wherein you provide your personal best practices when it comes to teaching English language learners. For example, if your first name were Bea, you might write:
Be an advocate for my English language learners,
Educate myself on the population and culture of my school,
Always use simpler phrases rather than watered-down content.
Respond to at least three of your classmates’ posts.
What’s Next for English Language Learners?
Using information from Chapter 1 and the “A Guide to No Child Left Behind” article, identify the mandates of the No Child Left Behind Act that affect English language learners (ELLs). Compare the drop-out rate of students in the United States and students in the state in which you live. How do you think the waiver will affect the current drop-out rate in the United States and your state of residence? How will any changes to the No Child Left Behind Act affect ELLs?
Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts and compare the drop-out rate in your state to that of their states. Reflect on the existing No Child Left Behind Act and how it may affect the drop-out rates of ELLs, Discuss what you believe accounts for the difference in drop-out rates between your state and your classmates’ states. Respond to at least two of your classmates and provide recommendations to extend their thinking.
Long-Term English Language Learners
Chapter 1 of our text defines long-term English learners (LTELs) as ” learners who have been enrolled for more than six years and are not making substantial academic progress” (Piper, 2015). Using information introduced in Chapter 1 and the Menken and Kleyn (2009) article, “The Difficult Road for Long-Term English Learners”, address the following:
Describe the characteristics of an LTEL.
Provide suggestions on how teachers can address the challenges of LTELs to move them to a proficient level of English learning.
Share your opinion on how much accountability should be placed on administrators, teachers, students, and parents respectively.
Refer to and properly cite the sources from which you are basing your position.
Guided Response: Review several of your classmates’ posts. Based on the position your classmate has taken, assume the role of administrator, teacher, student, or parent and argue the amount of accountability that has been placed on you. Try to illuminate the ripple effect of actions from any position within the educational network. Challenge your classmate so that their strategies always do what is best for students. Respond to at least two of your classmates.
Journal
Learning Reflection One
Imagine for a moment that in your community there is a negative reaction toward English language learners and the prevailing comments you hear echo the notion, “They’ve been here their whole lives. Why haven’t they learned English yet?” What is your response to these community stakeholders? What might you need to change about yourself in dealing with confrontational issues as a teacher?
Required Resources
Text
Read from your text, Language, learning, and culture: English language learning in today’s schools:
Chapter 1: The Faces of Diversity
This chapter describes the historical patterns of immigration in the U.S., and the impact of demographic factors related to ELLs on classroom teachers.
Chapter 2: Language, Learning and Culture
This chapter discusses the four domains of language and the relationship between language, learning and culture.
Chapter 3: The English Language Learner
This chapter discusses first and second language acquisition, including the four stages of second language acquisition.
Articles
Hefling, K. (2012, February 10). A guide to No Child Left Behind. The Salt Lake Tribune. Retrieved from
This article summarizes the No Child Left Behind legislation and the impact of President Obama’s recent ruling. You will use this article for the Discussion, “What’s Next for English Language Learners,” in which you evaluate the effects of No Child Left Behind on ELLs.
Menken, K., & Kleyn, T. (2009, April). The difficult road for long-term English learners. Supporting English Language Learners. Retrieved from
This article describes long-term English learners and reports three case studies of long-term English learners. You will use the information in this article to reflect on the characteristics of long-term English language learners and how they can be supported in the
Discussion, “Long-Term English Language Learners.”
Recommended Resource
Multimedia
Chulhane, T. H. (2007, July 9). The insight zone, part I [Video file]. Retrieved from https://www.essaybishop.com/write-my-essay/youtube.com/watch?v=YGbH2GE0LdE&feature=related
This is an inspirational video produced by Jefferson High School that depicts the benefits of sheltered instruction. You may want to refer to the information in this video in your Assignment
Supervision is an important part of managing a law enforcement agency. Chapter 8 of the course textbook covers several supervision models used to effectively manage police operations. Span of Control is one of the models examined and it refers to identifying the appropriate number of employees that can be managed by any one supervisor (p. 227). Give your opinion regarding what is the appropriate span of control and explain your rationale. In most cases, careers in Criminal Justice and Law Enforcement exist, in some form of another at the Federal, State, and Local/County/City level and often in the private-sector. This week, research your selected position on USAJobs.gov, USCourts.gov(federal) or your state’s employment management system, local municipality’s employment management system, and Indeed.com (private-sector), and discuss the similarities and differences (example: salary, jurisdiction, scope of work, required skill and education, and promotion potential).
i need help starting this? a 1,400- to 2,100-word paper discussing the genetic or physiological evidence that supports the notion that biology played a key role in explaining the offender’s criminality.Research the behaviors that constitute psychopathy. Discuss in detail the specific behaviors demonstrated by the offender that align with behaviors indicative of a psychopathic individual. Case examples include the following:Andrea Yates and the documented evidence of psychiatric issues, including post-partum depression, prior to the murders of her five children
U4 DB
Primary Task Response: Your first task is to post your own Key Assignment Outline to the discussion area so that other students are able to review your plan. Attach your document to the main discussion post, and include any notes you feel are appropriate. The purpose of this assignment is to help improve the quality of the Key Assignment Draft you will complete next week. Topic: International Markets Assignment Objectives Use effective communication techniques. Use team and problem-solving skills to collaborate on a project. International Business by Editorial Board
U5 IP 2,000-2,500 words
A regional bank has decided to open an office overseas for serving those businesses that are expanding internationally. Choose a country with a large financial center that you believe would be helpful to your customer base. • Discuss some of the challenges you may face in this new environment. o What are the cultural, ethnic, social, and educational characteristics? • Describe the political and legal systems. • How much does the government intervene in the private sector? o How will that affect your financial institution? • What type of economic system does it have? o What is the history of that economic system? • How is the country involved in international trade? o How does the government get involved in trade issues? o Will that help or hurt your financial institution? • Will your presence in this country be helpful in your attempts to invest in other developing countries? • Is this country involved in any regional integration efforts? How so? • Why did you choose this location for your bank? • As a manager, what would be your overall assessment about whether you want to pursue opening an office there? o Are the financial risks worth taking? o Will it be beneficial to all of the stakeholders? In pursuing this, what type of presence do you think would be best suited to your objectives? • How should the plant be financed? • Should they hedge foreign exchange or something else? Explain. • Identify 3 foreign exchange instruments you would recommend? • What, if any, government regulations that would affect earnings and cash flow should they be aware of? • Include the need to be aware of inflation and interest rates and how it affects exchange rates. • Keep in mind that the country that the plant is in does not necessarily have to be where the financing is done. Assignment Objectives Discuss current management practices and principles used in the current global business environment. Summarize the opportunities and risks of doing business in foreign countries. Explain how differences between foreign and domestic environments impact the conduct of business. Describe how global managers are able to influence management decisions despite cultural and language differences. Compare alternative organizational structures for international operations. Discuss strategies organizations can pursue for international market expansion. Use effective communication techniques. Use team and problem-solving skills to collaborate on a project.
A Mat Rempit is a Malaysian term for “an individual who participates in illegal street racing”, usually involving underbone motorcycles (colloquially known as Kapcai) or scooters. Not all Mat Rempits are involved in street racing; some of them perform crazy stunts for fun, such as the wheelie, superman (lying flat on the seat), wikang, and scorpion (standing on the seat with one leg during a wheelie),or shuttu le katti. Mat Rempits usually travel in groups and race in bustling city centres on weekend nights.
In recent times, Mat Rempits have been linked to gangsterism, gang robbery,[1][2] street fighting, assault,[3] vandalism, theft and bullying. Most motorcycles used by the Mat Rempits do not meet standard specifications, or have been modified extensively for greater speed, or just to make the exhaust noisier. Additionally, some Mat Rempits do not have valid motorcycle licenses, do not pay road taxes, and ride stolen motorcycles. [4][5] A growing number of housing estates have also been turned into racing tracks. 6] It is estimated that there are about 200,000 Mat Rempits in Malaysia. [7] In some other countries, the term Mat Rempit is also used, but more to refer to one as a motorcycle lover or rider (Mat Motor), as opposed to an illegal motorcycle racer. Sometimes, the term “Mat Rempit” is misused to refer to any individual who rides an underbone motorcycle. Related to this is the Mat Konvoi, which claim to be the non-racing version of Mat Rempit.
What are the legal challenges to crime scene searches.1-2 fully developed paragraphsScholarly sources are required. Answers are to be consistent with the college level. The essays shall be written in APA format and include in text citations to credit your sources.
After reading the New York Times (Links to an external site.) Links to an external site. the article “How Companies Learn Your Secrets (Links to an external site.)Links to an external site.” (Duhigg), you realize that behavioral targeting poses a risk to your own company.
In a memo to your boss (up to 750 words):
summarize the situation
explain the potential business impact and cost of inaction
suggest a way forward using the TARES ethical decision-making framework.
To: Mr. Peter Trump, Manager.
From: Mr. Laban Smith,
Date: 23/4/2018
Subject: New Marketing Approach
I am writing to inform you of a new marketing approach.
Behavioral target marketing has been the core course of competition in the 21st century. With the changing complexity of human behavior as well as technological innovation, behavioral target marketing has become the heart of any firm’s marketing strategies. Consumers are driven by specific factors to buy or do shopping in a certain company as a result of the company’s approaches towards them. After reading the article How Companies Learn Your Secrets from New York Times Magazine, I have observed that as a firm we are facing a stiff challenge from our competitors. From the story written by Duhigg Charles in 2012, it is established that learning the consumer behavioral patterns highly influences the decision making the process of a company when formulating various marketing strategies. In the case, Andrew Paul, Statistician, has been working for Target Company since 2002. Over the course of his life, Paul has been passionate about mathematics and statistics. He has master’s degree in economics and statistics. He is highly obsessed with the intersection of data and human behaviors. Paul alongside the marketing department personnel devised a clear approach on how to win over pregnant women. According to Paul, shoppers usually buy goods or products from a store they highly associate the product with the firm. For instance, they buy electronics from an electronics store, vegetables from groceries, and house shopping from other stores. They hardly shop from one store. This was a challenge for them. They resolved to approach the customers secretly in order to win more customers to their store. They first identified pregnant women as their primary target group. They approached them in their trimester with various advertisements. They mailed the customers about various products available for them such as the maternity clothing and diapers amongst other clothes. Their strategy worked perfectly. They won over many customers who later resolved in buying products from the Target store.
As established in the case, understanding the customers’ age, marital status, income levels, job history, ethnicity, the highest level of education, reading habits, and products preferences such as coffee or cereals are a perfect way to establish the marketing strategy of an organization. These factors help in understanding the customer deeply which in turn shapes the organization’s approaches towards the target market. As established by neurologists, the habit creation process in our minds is usually a three-step loop; the first if the cue which tells the brain to drive into the automatic manner and the type of habit to use. The next is the repetitive or routine which may be emotional, mental, or physical. Thirdly if the reward which aids the brain in figuring out which loop is worth remembering for the future reference. Creating a habit in customers ensures high customer retention as well as winning over many new customers.
Currently, as a retail company, we face stiff competition from our immediate competitors including the ABC Retailers. This is a great risk which can negatively impact our operations hence leading to loss of market share. If we do not act in the next one year, we would have lost nearly 20% of our market share. It is a time to think of a solution, a time to change our marketing approaches and move towards the behavioral approaches.
The way for the firm is to enhance their behavioral approach to the analysis of the consumer’s behaviors. The company ought to use coupons, create customers loyalty catalog, and also offer customer incentives such rewarding loyal customers by giving them a trip or tour. This approach will draw more customers. This is a truthful message which enables the audience make a sound decision.
The motive of this strategy is to draw more customers while retaining them through the establishment of customer loyalty. As seen in the case, Paul was able to draw more pregnant women into the company as a result of their marketing approach.
The message is highly respective to the audience. Shopping using coupons and giving a trip to loyal customers is highly respectful of the customers. In their case, Target Corporation succeeded in luring more customers’ especially pregnant women due to their approach.
The approach is also persuasive and takes advantage of the customers’ vulnerability. With the changing complexity of human behavior, issuing a trip will draw the attention of more customers which in turn leads to enhanced customer satisfaction.
The approach will enhance the greater public good. More customers will shop in the company with their satisfaction levels highly enhanced.
As a firm implementing these approaches will perfectly improve our market share.
Laban Smith
Marketing Manager.
This is a question and answer assessment, please label each question and answer ,for example, label 1 for question one as set in the guide when you answer .
This assessment is only 1500 words please do not exceed the word limit.
Remember to use the Journal of Clinical Nursing to answer the questions. You will also need to find relevant and current information as the Journal has old information , all information must be only 5 years old. From 2010 – 2015.
No information will be accepted under 2010…………………..
For a custom paper on the above topic, place your order now!
The Assembly Department uses a process cost accounting system and a weighted-average cost flow assumption. The department adds materials at the beginning of
the process and incurs conversion costs uniformly throughout the process. During July $190000 of materials costs and $135000 in conversion costs were
charged to the department. The beginning work in process inventory was $103000 on July 1 comprised of $80000 of materials costs and $23000 of conversion
costs.
Other data for the month of July are as follows:
Beginning work in process inventory 7/1 25000 units (40% complete)
Units completed and transferred out 70000 units
Ending work in process inventory 7/31 30000 units (30% complete)
Instructions
Answer the following questions and show computations to support your answers.
1. How many physical units have to be accounted for in July?
2. What are the equivalent units of production for materials and for conversion costs for the month of July?
3. What is the total cost assigned to the 70000 units that were transferred out of the process in July?
4. What is the total cost of the July 31 inventory?
psych – someone filimiar with Chanel from Scream Queens
Step 1: Provide background on the theorist of your choice:
Provide a 1 paragraph summary of their theory.
Describe the key terms and concepts from the theory.
Compare and contrast this theory to therorist Alfred Adler.
Include a visual aid (diagram, picture, hyperlink, video, cartoon, etc) that helps further explaining the theory.
Step 2: Present your fictional character as one of the theorists would do so. Be sure to highlight, footnote or otherwise note the key terms and concepts of the theorist in your description.
Fictional character – Channel 1 from Scream Queens
Using the Attachement (write the report on Global Racism mostly American)…
Developing a proposal is one of the first steps in an academic research process. While proposals are commonly reviewed by faculty and other researchers in relevant fields, your audience for this proposal includes your classmates, who may have disparate backgrounds and limited knowledge of your topic. Even your instructor is unlikely to have specialized knowledge in exactly the topic you’ve chosen. Consequently, your task is to present a concise (350-500 words) yet well-supported proposal in which you introduce the contemporary global issue you’ve selected, explain its significance, both in your own field of study and to the larger external population, and present a clear argument as to why this topic is worthy of time and attention. Your proposal must demonstrate your understanding of the scope of the social and cultural issues related to this topic while demonstrating your familiarity with relevant scholarly research.
Using the information included in Scaffold Step #1 (Topic Proposal Worksheet) and other scholarly sources you may have collected, organize your work in a manner that most effectively develops your argument. Follow the conventions of academic essay writing with a title page; double-spaced text; clear introduction, body, and conclusion; and a reference page. Your work should be original, with quotations limited to less than 10% of your total word count. Use only scholarly sources in your proposal, and include citations in APA format.
Be sure your work clearly states the problem in a way that anyone unfamiliar with your field of study will understand. Draw an explicit connection between the topic and one or both of your Degree Depths; this will help establish the relevance of your topic to your studies.
When summarizing key issues and themes found in your preliminary reading, consider how the issue may affect vulnerable and disenfranchised populations around the world, and the ethical issues that may be involved. Synthesize the key disagreements among the research studies; this will help your audience understand the need to study the issue.
Your proposal should be 350-500 words and reflect appropriate critical thinking, analysis, synthesis, and senior-level written communication skills. Resources on stages in the writing process are included in the Assignment Support Resources document [PDF File size, 397KB].
In what specific ways does Akers’ social learning theory build upon Sutherland’s theory of differential association? Do you think that social learning theory is an improvement over differential association theory? Why? From your own understanding of the causes of crime that is based upon your personal experience, do you think that social learning theory can guide current research? In what way?
Sutherland’s theory of differential association is conditional upon conflict between opposed social groups, over who gets to control what behaviors are considered or not. Behavior is not necessarily deviant or moral in and of itself. The deviancy of behavior is relative to the definition used by the social group in power at that moment in time. As a theory Sutherland’s idea was interesting but there was no real way to measure and analyze it.
Akers’ theory of social learning states that people learn deviant behavior by observing and learning from the social factors in their day to day lives. Aker’s didn’t focus on defining specific behaviors as deviant. He was more interested in discussing how people learn those behaviors. Akers went beyond the theory and developed a theory that if put in place would yield measurable results that could be used by sociologists to combat crime. His theories could also be used to discourage and limit the types of social environments that encouraged anti-social and deviant behavior. Another way Akers built upon Sutherland’s theory was by introducing the idea that behaviors could be enforced or discouraged. All experiences were not equal in the formation of members of society. Though certain negative factors might be a reality in the life of the individual other factors if introduces and maintained in that individual’s life could counterbalance the negative factors.
In what ways were the differences between swing and bebop revolutionary and in what ways were the differences evolutionary? You are welcome to add personal comments about the music in this discussion, as long as you cite references to support your ideas.about 200 wordsthe work should be original and well written.
“Health Care and Marketing” Please respond to
the following:
Analyze the current state of the U.S. health care system and
determine the single most significant weakness. Make at least one
recommendation for addressing that weakness from a marketing perspective.Anticipate what major changes will take place in the health care
industry over the next 25 years and how the marketing of health care will
differ as a result of those changes. Provide specific examples to support your
response.***This is a discussion, not a paper. Please no plagiarism.***
How laws or regulations affect your past or current job – Business Law and Ethics
Purpose of Assignment – The purpose of this assignment is to differentiate between law and ethics, understand how both affect today’s business environment, and identify the importance of alternative dispute resolution in business.
Assignment Steps
Develop a 1,050-word summary contrasting law and ethics describing the following:
Describe how laws or regulations affect your past or current job or industry.
Describe how ethical rules affect your past or current job or industry and explain why ethics are considered an asset to a workplace.
Discuss the various types of alternative dispute resolution (ADR) and analyze which types of ADRs are regularly used in your workplace.
Answer the following questions according to your understanding of the articles:
1) What are the most interesting three takeaways for you from these readings?
2) Does Asthma still pose a health risk for people living in the U.S. and in the world? Why or why not?
3) What possible air pollution related factors (risk factors) influence asthma or lung malfunctioning according to the research? What are the sources of these factors according to the reading?
4) What has been done to reduce those factors mentioned in “2” already?
5) Picture yourself as the environmental engineer working for the EPA, charged with the responsibility of assessing the risk associated with air toxins for the future? How would you approach this? What steps would you follow? Do you have enough information to make conclusions?
6) Do you believe that the current conditions a good indicator that we are reducing the risk due to air toxins? Explain your reasoning.
Additional Specs:
– Use times new roman, 12pt, 1.5 paragraph spacing
– Total length should not exceed 2 pages.
– This homework will be assessed with “Safe Assign”, if you take information from other sources remember to cite them.
LA’s environmental success story: cleaner air, healthier kids BY Carl Marziali
Take a deep breath – you may not like what’s up in the air BY Laura Paisley
USC study examines nearroadway air pollution as contributor to asthma by Leslie Ridgeway
USC study links smoggy air to lung damage in children BY Alicia Di Rado
There are 5 goals of criminal sentencing. Pick out one goal from the five that you think is the most effective in our system today when sentencing adults in a felony matter and detail why it is the most effective. Use at least one outside source and cite that source. That source should offer information/research or empirical data to support your position. Feel free to offer examples of real cases should you find one.
BIS 245 Week
3 Lab – Visio ERD
Part A: Create a Visio ERD from Data Requirements and Business
Rules
Step 1: Open Visio
a. Open Microsoft Office, Visio application or
b. If you are using Citrix, click on Microsoft Office Applications
folder to start
Visio.
Step 2: Identify and create the entities
a. Open a new blank Database Model Diagram.
b. Save the file as YourName_Lab3.vsd.
c. Based on the information provided below, create the necessary
entities for the Pages in Time database. If you need assistance to create the
entities, refer to labs from Weeks 1 and 2.
Pages in Time
Pages in Time is a small bookstore carrying a variety of books.
The
owners have decided to computerize the books available through the
store so that they can determine more easily what books are on
hand and which books need to be special ordered to meet customer
needs. Because customers do not always remember the name of a
desired book, the owners want to be able to look for books by
author
or by type (genre). They also want to be able to find the publisher?s
information using the system so that they can order books more
easily.
After visiting with the owners, you have gathered the following
information on data requirements and business rules to develop a
conceptual design (ERD), prepare it for conversion to an Access
database, and then create the actual database.
DATA REQUIREMENTS
You have determined that you will need at least the following
entities
to resolve the relationships that exist in the data.
CUSTOMERS
ID
Name (store data in its smallest parts)
Phone
Address (store data in its smallest parts)
Phone Number
E-mail Address
Preferred Contact Method
ORDERS
Number
Date
Received Date
Customer Contacted (Yes or No)
BOOKS
ISBN Number
Title
Purchase Price
Year Published
Fiction or Nonfiction
Type (Genre)
In stock
AUTHOR
ID
Name (store data in smallest parts!)
Short Biography
PUBLISHER
ID
Name
Address
Phone number
Contact Person
Fax Number
Website
Step 3: Identify and create attributes (fields)
NOTE: Because you are creating your diagram in Visio, it will be
easier to create the attributes prior to the relationships.
a. Refer to the data requirements from Step 2 of this lab. If you
have not
already created the attributes (fields) in your ERD, add them at
this time.
b. Be sure that you store data in its smallest parts.
c. Save your file, and continue to Step 4.
Step 4: Identify and designate the keys
a. Detemine whether an attribute exists in each table that will
satisfy the requirements of a primary key. If no appropriate field exists,
create a field for this purpose.
b. Check the Primary Key property for the field in each table
using the Visio column properties.
Step 5: Identify the relationships
a. Using the information below on the business rules for Pages in
Time, create the relationships between the entities created in Step 2.
b. Notice that when Many-to-Many relationships exist, you will
need to create associative entities.
c. For any associative entities created, enter necessary fields.
You may also need to designate or create a primary key.
BUSINESS RULES
Business rules help determine the relationships between data that
should help you design the relationships between your entities.
1. Each customer can place many orders over time, but each order
is
placed by only one customer.
2. Each order may include many books, and a book may be included
on many orders.
3. Each book may have multiple authors, and each author may have
written multiple books.
4. Each book has only one publisher, but a publisher may publish
many books.
Step 6: Determine and specify the data types
a. Using the information below, select the data type for each
attribute (field) in your diagram, and set the type in the attribute
properties.
As the data types and field lengths are not included in the data
requirements, you should make a selection based on your knowledge
of the type of data and approximation of length required. The Visio
and Access data type equivalents are shown below:
Access
Visio
Number
Integer
Text
Text
Memo
LongText
Date/Time
DateTime
Currency
Currency
Yes/No
Binary
AutoNumber
Long
Hyperlink
No equivalentâuse Text
Step 7: Modify the Visio Settings to show the Data type and field
size in the
diagram.
a. Change your Visio settings so that these appear on the actual
diagram. To do this, go to the Database ribbon, Display Options. In the Display
Options dialog box, select the Table tab. You will then change the data types
to Show Physical. Click the OK button to apply the new setting. They data types
will then appear in your diagram. Note that you may need to move the entities
so that they are easily viewed as they are now larger.
b. Be sure to save the final version of your file.
End of Part A
Part B: Create the Access Database from the ERD
Preparation
Open the Visio file created in Part A of this lab, you will
reference this file in Part
B.
Step 1: Start MS Access and Open a New Blank Database.
a. Create a new Blank Database; refer to the Week 2 Lab for more
detailed
instructions.
b. Save the database as YourNameLab3.
c. Note: If you are unsure how to complete any steps in this iLab,
refer to the previous weekâs iLabs.
Step 2: Create the Tables
a. Based on the Visio diagram from Part A, create the tables for
your database.
b. Enter the field names and the data type.
c. Designate the primary keys for each table
d. Set the attribute properties as needed for
a. Field length
b. Required
Step 3: Create the relationships
a. Open the database relationships window.
b. Based on the Visio diagram from Part A, create the
relationships for your
database.
c. Be sure to enforce referential integrity for each relationship.
Save your file.
End of Part B
1) Building a Balance Sheet Bishop, Inc., has current assets of $5,700, net fixed assets of $27,000, current liabiities of $4,400, and long-term debt of $12,900. What is the value of the shareholders equity account for this firm? How much is net working capital?
3) Market Values and Book Values Klingon Cruisers, Inc., purchased new cloaking machinery three years ago for $9.5 million. The machinery can be sold to the Romulans today for $6.5 million. Klingonâs current balance sheet shows net fixed assets of $5.2 million, current liabiities of $2.4 million, and net working capital of $800,000. If all the current assets were liquidated today, the company would receive $2.6 million cash. What is the book value of Klingonâs assets today? What is the market value?
4) Calculating Taxes The Locker Co. had $273,000 in taxable income. Using the rates from Table 2.3 in the chapter, calculate the companyâs income taxes. What is the average tax rate? What is the marginal tax rate?
8) The 2011 balance sheet of Annaâs Tennis Shop, Inc.,
showed long-term debt of $1.45 million, and the 2012 balance sheet showed long-term debt of $1.52 million. The 2012 income statement showed an interest expense of $127,000. What was the firmâs cash flow to creditors during 2012?
13) Building an Income Statement During the year, the Senbet Discount Tire Company had gross sales of $1.06 million. The firmâs cost of goods sold and selling expenses were $525,000 and $215,000, respectively. Senbet also had notes payable of $800,000. These notes carried an interest rate of 7 percent. Depreciation was $130,000. Senbetâs tax rate was 35 percent. a. What was Senbetâs net income? b. What was Senbetâs operating cash flow?
21) Calculating Cash Flows Consider the following abbreviated financial statements for Weston Enterprises:
WESTON ENTERPRISES
2011 and 2012 Partial Balance Sheets
Assets Liabilities and Ownersâ Equity
2011 2012 2011 2012
Current assets $936 $1,015 Current liabilities $382 $416
Net fixed assets 4,176 4,896 Long-term debt 2,160 2,477
WESTON ENTERPRISES
2012 Income Statement
Sales————$12,380
Costs———— 5,776
Depreciation— 1,150
Interest paid— 314
a.What is ownersâ equity for 2011 and 2012?
b. What is the change in net working capital for 2012?
c. In 2012, Weston Enterprises purchased $2,160 in new fixed assets. How much in fixed assets did Weston Enterprises sell? What is the cash flow from assets for the year? (The tax rate is 40 percent.)
d. During 2012, Weston Enterprises raised $432 in new long-term debt. How much long-term debt must Weston Enterprises have paid off during the year? What is the cash flow to creditors?
22) Financial Statements Draw up an income statement and balance sheet for this company for 2011 and 2012.
2011 2012
Sales $ 7,835 $ 8,409
Depreciation 1,125 1,126
Cost of goods sold 2,696 3,060
Other expenses 639 534
Interest 525 603
Cash 4,109 5,203
Accounts receivable 5,439 6,127
Short-term notes payable 794 746
Long-term debt 13,460 16,050
Net fixed assets 34,455 35,277
Accounts payable 4,316 4,185
Inventory 9,670 9,938
Dividends 956 1,051
Determine the conceptual model that you would use when designing a product for your restaurant|Information Systems
The following resources may be helpful when completing this assignment.
Dearden, A. (2008). User-Centered Design Considered Harmful
Norman, D. (2007–2010). Activity-centered design: Why I like my Harmony remote control
Computer applications that run on desktop and laptop computers have, for a long time, been designed to be driven by dragging and clicking a mouse. With the introduction of tablet personal computers, the trend has shifted toward using touch-based screens. We now have access to touch-based TVs, touch-based monitors, touch-based laptops and touch-based tablets. Touch and multi-touch devices provide end users with the ability to interact physically with an application much more naturally.
Imagine that you are the Information Technology Director of a major chain restaurant, and you have been assigned to design a menu ordering application that can run on all devices. Examine whether using a touch-screen monitor, a tablet, or using a mouse to select menu items to place an order would be most efficient. Speculate how employees would interact with these devices and the type of emotional reaction that customers and employees will experience while placing a beverage, appetizer or entrée order.
Write a four to five (4-5) page paper in which you:
Differentiate between the interaction types and styles that apply to multi-touch screens and applications running on them.
Determine the conceptual model that you would use when designing a product for your restaurant.
Describe the key analogies and concepts these monitors expose to users, including the task-domain objects users manipulate on the screen.
Determine one (1) utility / tool in an application for touch-based and mouse-drive screens that should be designed with memory retention / recall. Provide a rationale for your response.
Use at least three (3) quality resources in this assignment. Note: Wikipedia and similar Websites do not qualify as quality resources. You may use the resources above or others of your choosing.
Format your assignment according to the following formatting requirements:
Typed, double-spaced, using Times New Roman font (size 12), with one-inch margins on all sides.
Include a cover page containing the title of the assignment, the student’s name, the professor’s name, the course title, and the date. The cover page is not included in the required assignment page length.
Include a reference page. Citations and references must follow APA format. The reference page is not included in the required page length.
The specific course learning outcomes associated with this assignment are:
Describe the relationship between the cognitive principles and their application to interfaces and products.
Explain the conceptual terms for analyzing human interaction with affordance, conceptual models, and feedback.
Use technology and information resources to research issues in human-computer interaction.
Write clearly and concisely about human-computer interaction topics using proper writing mechanics and technical style conventions.
Grading for this assignment will be based on answer quality, logic / organization of the paper, and language and writing skills, using this rubric.
– Are you looking for computer science assignment help?We have professional mentors available on our website which provide coursework help at reasonable fees
ASSIGNMENT BRIEF – Things not included within word limit areas such as Title page, Table of contents, Appendices with explanations and references. (Most of these are free features except the appendices)
The details of this are also included in the module handbook, but essentially you have to complete a 2,000 word assignment and submit it by 3pm on Wednesday 9 December.
You must choose an organisation, product, service or brand you are interested in.
Carefully examine and analyse the marketing and other communications of that organisation, product, service or brand. Pay attention to the creativity of the communication and, as appropriate, suggest ways this could be enhanced. You should look at all the aspects of the sensory experience, verbal, visual, audio, tactile and smell.
Any visuals, storyboards, examples of ads etc., should be included in the appendices. There is no limit to what you can include in the appendices, as these do not form part of your word count, but you are encouraged to include relevant photos in the body of your text, as these do not get included in word count.
SYLLABUS –
Outline Syllabus:
Brief history of creativity in marketing – visual and verbal, through post-modernism to new technology.
Consumers as targets – awareness/culture.
Acceptable practice, regulations, social morals and ethics.
Techniques of persuasion – verbal and visual.
Brand and brand image.
Creative innovation strategy.
New media.
Describe how perspectives of same-sex desire changed
Short Essay (300)
Describe how perspectives of same-sex desire changed from ancient civilizations, to the 1880s, and through WWI. How was same-sex desire and activity thought about in ancient Greece? What was accepted and permissible? What wasn’t? What examples of same-sex relationships appear in ancient Greek literature? When did humankind start thinking of gay and lesbian “identities”, and what prompted this shift?
(Note: Make at least 3 direct references to the provided texts as possible to craft your essay. Remember to summarize these references using your own words and to provide parenthetical, in-text citations for them.) two pages.
Answer the following about Apple Inc Stock
Prepare risk factors, prepare statistical analysis, average return over last 12 months, prepare standard deviation, include IPO price, what exchange is it on price you purchased at (current day) why you did not use a broker, your view bull or bear market, did you use margin, is your position long or short, is stock included in index , is it growth or income stock investment, standard deviation, international access, diversible vs nondiversible risk, beta interpretation, capital asset pricing model, type of market, (bullish, correction, bearish) stock snapshot, EPS, Div, Yield, Book value, market value, market capitalization, large, small mid-cap, is it blue chip, income, growth. What is the current economic outlook and industry outlook, what is potential profitability include key ratios ROE pE PEG Book value per share price to book value ratio
It is important for organizations to be able to measure the effectiveness of their systems and the success of these, as well as the organization as a whole. In order to measure success, an organization may have to look for deficiencies and ways to change or modify the structure to overcome deficiencies in order to achieve success. This assignment will address the ways to evaluate organizational effectiveness and success. Diagnosing deficient structures will be addressed along with methods of changing or modifying the organizational structure to cause efficiency and success.
General Requirements:
Use the following information to ensure successful completion of the assignment:
Instructors will be using a grading rubric to grade the assignments. It is recommended that learners review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment in order to become familiar with the assignment criteria and expectations for successful completion of the assignment.
learners are required to use APA style for their writing assignments. The APA Style Guide is located in the Student Success Center.
This assignment requires that at least two additional scholarly research sources related to this topic, and at least one in-text citation from each source be included.
Directions:
Write a paper (1,250 words) that discusses the organization structure of an organization and how effectiveness and success are measured. Also, offer suggestions regarding how the structure can be modified for efficiency and effectiveness. Be sure to address the following in your paper:
Describe how technology affects the organization’s design, efficiency, and effectiveness.
Explain how contingency decision-making framework can be used to recommend the best organizational structural response to environmental uncertainty.
Identify the organization’s life cycle and recommend research-supported changes for improved efficiency and effectiveness.
MUST INCLUDE APA FORMAT, PROPER PAPER FORMAT, SUBHEADINGS AND INTRO AND CONCLUSION
SWOT Analysisanalyze the internal and external environments of the organization “Whole Foods” (https://www.essaybishop.com/write-my-essay/wholefoodsmarket.com/)along the following terms.Description PointsI Write a brief company history, including a mission statement if available. II Thoroughly explain at least two major strengths and two major weaknesses (review Chapter 8) of the organization.⢠For each strength, discuss why this strength can be considered a distinctive competence for the organization.⢠For each weakness, discuss what the organization could do to minimize that weakness. You should have a minimum of a full paragraph for each discussion of each strength and weakness.⢠Note that bullet points are not acceptable. III Thoroughly research and analyze two opportunities and two threats that this organization is facing. Each of these opportunities and threats must come from a force or forces occurring within a dimension or dimensions of the general environment within the organization’s external environment (keep in mind that an opportunity or threat can stem from more than one dimension within the general environment). Be sure to include in your discussion the relevant dimension of the general environment from which each of these forces is derived that are creating the specific opportunity or threat for the organization.PLEASE NOTE: The dimensions of the general environment are outlined in Chapter 3 and in the Week 1 Lecture.⢠Include in your analysis an explanation of how each of the opportunities and threats will likely impact the company and why. Include other companies/industries on which this may also have an effect. You should have a minimum of a full paragraph for each discussion of each opportunity and threat.⢠Note that bullet points are not acceptable. IV Briefly summarize your SWOT analysis.⢠Discuss how the organization can capitalize on the opportunities that are occurring from the dimensions from within the general environment and how the organization can neutralize the threats that are occurring from the dimensions from within the general environment.⢠Note that bullet points are not acceptable. V Paper Format⢠Correctly produced APA parenthetical citations and Reference list. You must have a minimum of three external research sources in addition to the Griffin text.⢠Spelling, grammar, and organization1. List at least FOUR sources you will use to obtain information about the firmâs strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats. Discuss what categories of the SWOT elements of information are readily available on the Internet. What categories of data are difficult or impossible to find on the Internet? (When using the Internet, be sure to provide specific websites or URLs.) NOTE: You cannot use Wikipedia or another type of information-sharing website as a source for the SWOT.2. Rate, from the best to the worst, each of the sources you indicated in #1 above as being sources you will use in your analysis in terms of its probable reliability. Discuss the steps and/or actions you can take to validate the reliability and accuracy of the information you obtain. (Points : 20)3. As a manager, how confident would you be in basing strategic decisions on the information that youâve obtained online for the SWOT? What other sources of information can you use to effectively complete the SWOT Analysis?How can you check or cross-check the accuracy of some of the information? How could regulations such as The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (see the link under Webliography) assist in ensuring the accuracy of the information? How confident are you about the accuracy of the information in your SWOT analysis? Why or why not?
Discuss health care delivery information management issues |nursing
Create a Database Assignment
Each group will work together to:
Identify a specific health or health care delivery information management issue, other than patient electronic health record. This should be summarized in a few sentences.
A database is defined as a “file structure that supports the storage of data in an organized fashion and allows data retrieval as meaningful information “
Review database design at these URLs:
Databases from scratch I: Introduction
Databases from scratch II: Simple Database Design
Identify the following elements that are needed to create a database to address this information management issue.
Field Name: Components needed to address the information management issue; must be unique identifiers
Source of Data: May be previously entered into another system (name the system) or may need to be entered here for the first time (new entry)
Complete the table below. You will need to add additional rows. See the example in the attached file.
Field Name
Source of Data
One group member posts the group’s final work to the class discussion board, Databases..
Social and behavioral intelligence is crucial to presenting yourself as a professional and collaborating successfully with your peers and supervisors. In the previous units, you explored and learned about what defines a professional presence. You reflected on your own current professional image and where growth and change would strengthen it.
In this Assignment, you will create a standard PowerPoint presentation representing yourself as a professional. Be sure to reflect on what you have learned thus far in the course as you complete this Assignment. Instructions for creating a PowerPoint are listed in the Unit 5 Learning Activities as well as below.
PowerPoint Basics
Creating Effective PowerPoint Presentations
Instructions:
Your PowerPoint presentation should include a total of five slides using the following format:
Slide 1: Cover page that includes assignment title, your name, course, section number, and date.
Slide 2: Introduction—who you are (currently a Medical Assistant) and your chosen professional field.(Health Care Administration, to be a Healthcare Administrator)
Slide 3: A brief overview of how you perceive yourself professionally. You may include a photo.
Slide 4: A description of attributes which contribute to professionalism in your chosen field such as professional attire, communication, and behavior.
Slide 5: Cite all sources you have used.
Assignment Format
PowerPoint Presentation with five slides
Notes for the content slides (Slides 2, 3, and 4) should include speaker notes at the bottom of the slide
Brief points should be included on the slide and detailed explanations for each point should be shared in the speaker notes of the slide
1. 1. Budgets are the same regardless of the size of an organization
or management%u2019s role in the budgeting process.
2. 2.Budgets can include financial or nonfinancial data. In our
organization we plan the number of hours to be worked and the number of customer contacts we want our sale people to make.
3. All Budgets are complicated. You have to be an expert to prepare
one.
4. 4.Budgets don%u2019t need to be highly accurate. No one in
our company stays within the budget anyway.
Characteristics of Budgets do you disagree or agree?
Sue Electronics makes CD players in three processes: assembly, programming, and packaging. Direct materials are added at the beginning of the assembly process. Conversion costs are incurred evenly throughout the process. The Assembly Department had no work in process on March 31. In mid-April, Sue Electronics started production on 100,000 CD players. Of this number, 76,100 CD players were assembled during April and transferred out to the Programming Department. The April 30 work in process in the Assembly Department was 40% of the way through the assembly process. Direct materials casting 375,720 were placed in production in Assembly during April, and direct labor of $157,700 and manufacturing overhead of $98,505 were assigned to that department.Draw a time line for assembly departmentComputed the equivalent unitsAssigned total costs in the assembling departmentPrepared T-account for WIP inventory
Leveraging Power from BATNA
brief article as well and the areas that should be addressed. APA format and Scholarly sources.
Review Unhappy Co-Owners and address the following:
Assuming your Best Alternative to a Negotiating Agreement (BATNA) is letting a court sell the property, discuss how it may help you reach an agreement. Recommend other strategies that you could use to accomplish a successful negotiation.
Discuss your power sources and your co-owner’s power sources in this negotiation, and analyze how you can strengthen your power position.
Propose a logical and an emotional argument to persuade your co-owner to agree to a deal.
Describe a nonverbal communication technique that you will use to persuade your co-owner that your proposal is a win-win proposition.
Describe a threat you can make that would force your co-owner to make concessions.
HERE IS THE ARTICLE UNHAPPY CO-OWNER
Unhappy Co-Owner
You have inherited from your parent’s half of an undivided interest in a summer home with some prime acreage on a nearby lake. Your co-owner was your father’s friend and partner in a number of enterprises. For years your two families have shared this summer house on alternating weekends and holidays without any problems. Your co-owner, however, is ready to sell the property and believe someone will buy it and redevelop it from a summer cottage to four upscale vacation homes. You are not interest in selling, but are willing to buy out your co-owner at the current fair market value. That value is considerably less than he co-owner believes the property is worth. When you can’t reach agreement, your co-owner simply sells his interest to a third party, who may or may not be a potential developer.
This new co-owner tries to buy you out, and when you refuse he begins to make a petition to the court to force the sale of the land- which would mean both of you would lose control, which he thinks you are not willing to allow. You decide to try to negotiate a deal so you can continue to use the property as you did when you were growing up. In order to do so, your co-owner will have to shelve any improvement plans he has for the property.
^Address Questions at the beginning for Response
-Research papers are not easy to write. Are you stuck? Order your research paper! We’ll assign it to an experienced graduate, MA or PhD writer!
Discuss about the history of abaya and what is abaya
1.Background
a) History of Abaya and what is Abaya
The Abaya is a long, draping robe worn over Muslim women’s clothing particularly in the Arab Gulf states. It is worn once these women are away from home or outside their home. It covers everything from the neck to the feet and will also cover the wearer’s shoes from view, with sleeves that extend to the wrists. The Abaya is traditionally black in color.
Islamic veiling takes many forms, though the Abaya is the most popular form veiling throughout the Arab Gulf states.
The abaya is one particular expression of Islamic veiling among many, and it is particularly functional as a veiling practice when following the more conservative interpretations of Islamic law prevalent within the Arab Gulf states. As a result, it has become the predominant form of female clothing for Arab Gulf state nationals. Hadith are used to reinforce this popularity, purportedly tracing abaya-like veils back to the prophet Muhammad’s time.
Saudi Arabia has the strictest policy toward veiling, in keeping with its Wahhabi religious police, effectively requiring women in most regions of the country to wear an abaya in public spaces (Ambah). Other countries, such as the United Arab Emirates and Qatar, do not require women to wear the abaya, although it is the official national dress and women are encouraged to dress conservatively (Sharp).
The necessity for veiling in Islamic law are derived from two main sources, the Qur’an (the Islamic holy book) and the hadith, anecdotes of how Islam’s prophet Muhammad.
The rise of the Abaya can be tied to Globalization. As signs of Globalization emerged in the (due to things like immigration and technology), there was an attempt to preserve traditional customs. The Arab Gulf states have reacted quickly to maintain aspects of the traditional customs 10 and values of their culture in the face of globalization. The most visible of these customs is the implementation of national dress, including the abaya.
Today, the Abaya is viewed as a religious symbol and cultural expression for women in the Gulf States. It ties these women to the region and makes them feel a sense of religious pride or integrity.
Wearing the abaya defines women in the region as the region as a symbol of religious integrity and national identity, and yet women in this incredibly wealthy, rapidly changing region cannot themselves avoid the influence of globalization. The abaya owes its rise as the female dress of choice in part as a defense against the effects of globalization, but it too is changing in response to global trends in fashion.
Now emerging the abya-as-fashion. This abaya can be individualized and will reflect certain fashion trends while maintaining the traditional physical requirements of modesty.
b) Problem statement:
The abaya is required wearing for Muslim women yet most women express various types of thermal discomfort with the current abya.
The outcome of the research confirms that wearing of abayas causes discomfort in hot environments.
It absorbs most of the heat from sunlight in a hot climate, as it is black, it tends to make the wearer very uncomfortable. In addition, multiple layers of clothing worn underneath the abaya increase thermal stress.
Unlike many other industries such as the athletic industry, adequate research and consideration for the wearer has not gone into the making of the abaya to ensure that they are more comfortable. Additionally, as the abaya-as-fashion trend emerges and designers such as Dolce Gabana (as seen recently) start to enter into this untapped and lucrative market, it is important to understand this consumer problem that faces the abaya wearer and the needs of the fashion forwards Muslim consumer.
can the underdevelopment of the world’s poorest countriesbe explained by their lack of integration into the global economic system
Order Description
Definite argument with supporting evidence and focus on the topic is a must. other than that,we can use a case study of particular country/ies or issues.this essay is worth of 40% so atleast we need to score 35%.
Which perspective would utilize to conceptualize children
Read the course Syllabus on Course Home.
Read Chapter 1, “An Introduction to Child Development,” and Chapter 2, “Theoretical Perspectives and Research” in your textbook, Child Development: A Topical Approach.
Watch the following *MyPsychLab videos:
· The Basics: Scientific Research Methods
· The Big Picture: Genes, Evolution, and Human Behavior
*To access MyPsychLab videos and MyVirtualChild, go to MyPsychLab under Course Home.
Unit 1: Unit 1: Introduction to Child and Adolescent Development – Discussion
After you have completed the Reading, and without reviewing your classmate’s responses, post your initial response to the following
Discussion. Your post should be at least 200-250 words in length and should extend the discussion of the group, supported by your course materials and/or other appropriate resources.
Methods for Studying Behaviors
In your Reading this week, you learned about the five major perspectives on child development (refer to Table 2-3) as well as the various types of research that can be utilized to gather information on development (refer to Table 2-4).
Imagine that you are working as a human service professional to evaluate the developmental progress of children. Today, you are working with two and three-year-old brothers whose mother was addicted to cocaine during the pregnancies, as well as over the last two years.
The children play in your office and refuse to talk to you or even look at you. You decide that you need to conduct further research to determine the needs of each child.
Discuss which perspective(s) you would utilize to conceptualize the children’s current development and needs. Then, explore which type of research you feel would be most beneficial in gaining any additional information needed in your analysis. Discussion responses should be on topic, original, and contribute to the quality of the Discussion by making frequent informed references to course materials and Seminars.
Remember to respond to at least two classmates with comments that forward the Discussion. Once you have posted your answer, offer suggestions or ask questions about your classmates’ designs
Assignment: The Nurse Leader as Knowledge Worker
The term “knowledge worker” was first coined by management consultant and author Peter Drucker in his book, The Landmarks of Tomorrow (1959). Drucker defined knowledge workers as high-level workers who apply theoretical and analytical knowledge, acquired through formal training, to develop products and services. Does this sound familiar?
Nurses are very much knowledge workers. What has changed since Drucker’s time are the ways that knowledge can be acquired. The volume of data that can now be generated and the tools used to access this data have evolved significantly in recent years and helped healthcare professionals (among many others) to assume the role of knowledge worker in new and powerful ways.
In this Assignment, you will consider the evolving role of the nurse leader and how this evolution has led nurse leaders to assume the role of knowledge worker. You will prepare a PowerPoint presentation with an infographic (graphic that visually represents information, data, or knowledge. Infographics are intended to present information quickly and clearly.) to educate others on the role of nurse as knowledge worker.
Reference: Drucker, P. (1959). The landmarks of tomorrow. New York, NY: HarperCollins Publishers.
To Prepare:
• Review the concepts of informatics as presented in the Resources.
• Reflect on the role of a nurse leader as a knowledge worker.
• Consider how knowledge may be informed by data that is collected/accessed.
The Assignment:
• Explain the concept of a knowledge worker.
• Define and explain nursing informatics and highlight the role of a nurse leader as a knowledge worker.
• Develop a simple infographic to help explain these concepts.
NOTE: For guidance on infographics, including how to create one in PowerPoint, see “How to Make an Infographic in PowerPoint” presented in the Resources.
• Your PowerPoint should Include the hypothetical scenario you originally shared in the Discussion Forum. Include your examination of the data that you could use, how the data might be accessed/collected, and what knowledge might be derived from that data. Be sure to incorporate feedback received from your colleagues’ responses.
By Day 7 of Week 2
Submit your completed Presentation.
Submission and Grading Information
To submit your completed Assignment for review and grading, do the following:
• Please save your Assignment using the naming convention “WK2Assgn+last name+first initial.(extension)” as the name.
• Click the Week 2 Assignment Rubric to review the Grading Criteria for the Assignment.
• Click the Week 2 Assignment link. You will also be able to “View Rubric” for grading criteria from this area.
• Next, from the Attach File area, click on the Browse My Computer button. Find the document you saved as “WK2Assgn+last name+first initial.(extension)” and click Open.
• If applicable: From the Plagiarism Tools area, click the checkbox for I agree to submit my paper(s) to the Global Reference Database.
• Click on the Submit button to complete your submission.
Grading Criteria
– Order essay Writing Service here.
To access your rubric:
Week 2 Assignment Rubric
Check Your Assignment Draft for Authenticity
To check your Assignment draft for authenticity:
Submit your Week 2 Assignment draft and review the originality report.
Submit Your Assignment by Day 7 of Week 2
To submit your Assignment:
Week 2 Assignment
Next Module
To go to the next module:
Module 2
Transforming Nursing and Healthcare Through Technology
Investigating Use of Force Before and After Complaints: An Operational Template to Avoid Civil Liability Richard H. Martin, Auburn University Montgomery Jeffrey L. Gwynne, Auburn University Montgomery Charles A. Gruber, Chief (Ret. ), CAG Consultants Introduction Many police agencies lack policy, procedure, and diligence by police supervisors to investigate NON-excessive use of force incidents before a citizen files a formal complaint of a civil rights violation against the police. Police by their very nature are the guardians of the nation’s civil rights.
They are the glue that holds the fabric of our constitutional guarantees in place. Therefore, when the underpinnings of those civil rights are compromised by those entrusted with their care, it limits the effectiveness of the police-guardian role, obscures the trust relationship, and creates liability for the supervising organization. Every police administrator’s dream would be to recruit honest, loyal, and wellbalanced officers who will carry out their duties and responsibilities without incident.
Then they wake up and realize that police officers are people, with all the character flaws and psychological baggage that most people carry. Whether from reaction to stress, flawed judgment, or simply some misconstrued dealings with the public, officers have problems that cause conflicts, and it is up to the police administrator to assign blame, mete out discipline, and provide both reputational and legal safeguards to the community. Officer reliability issues and citizen complaints come in all shapes and sizes: complaints of excessive force, abuse of authority, harassment, unlawful behavior, ad infinitum.
And when problems happen, they are rarely clearly delineated and easily resolved. They come through the muddied, if not conflicting, reports of the various sources involved, and it is the police administrator’s job to investigate and attempt to factually determine what really happened. To make matters more difficult, there is no single formula for conducting such internal investigations; they necessarily vary based upon the dynamics of the issues and encompassing circumstances.
While some issues may be resolved quickly, others require judgment calls about what to investigate, who to include in the investigation, and ultimately who to believe. Internal investigations also have risks. A poorly orchestrated investigation may do more harm than good, raising questions about the accuracy of the results as well as casting doubt about the police organization’s commitment to treating the complainant and (or) the subject of the investigation fairly.
The need for strong investigative protocols is therefore a management imperative. If issues can be resolved internally in a timely and professional manner, minor Law Enforcement Executive Forum • 2009 • 9(3) 19 problems can be stopped from exacerbating into major problems. Even if a problem turns into a serious legal issue, a good investigation and appropriate response may be the officer’s best defense. Sometimes internal investigations are necessary to preempt or prepare for inquiries from outside regulatory agencies.
By an agency conducting its own investigation first, it may be able to root out problems before they are uncovered and summarily addressed by outside investigative sources. With the ever-increasing incidence of use of force complaints, the resultant disruption, the enormous financial and emotional costs, and the obligation of departments to provide reasonable enforcement efforts set the stage for a formidable confrontation between officers and the public that employs them.
Therefore, police leaders, in addition to taking reactive steps to protect and promote civil rights throughout their communities, should take proactive steps immediately after an incident involving any use of force. Despite the amount of force used at the time, proactive steps should always precede an anticipated or unanticipated formal complaint that may be made by a citizen/victim and the subsequent reactive steps of an investigation. Visionary leaders recognize that the motive for these steps emerges out of the obligation to abide by the U. S. Constitution.
But why not define steps for an investigation before the complaint is filed? An internal accountability mechanism that becomes routine with use of force incidents will, by virtue of its function, become a deterrent to false complaints and intentional excessive use of force incidents (International Association of Chiefs of Police [IACP], 2006). With this said, an investigative protocol should be put into effect requiring an immediate response to the scene of all use of force activity to gather facts and supplementary evidence to determine if the use of force in this instance was reasonable.
According to the Fourth Amendment, force must be reasonable. It is implied, therefore, that there is both (in a general sense) reasonable force and unreasonable force. The force continuum used in force training around the U. S. flows from the level of use of words, or just the presence of the officer, to the level of deadly force (Petrowski, 2002). Choosing the correct level must be reasonable. Herein lies the problem—determining what reasonable force is. The U. S. Supreme Court decision in Graham v.
Connor states that determining what is reasonable is an objective standard based on the “common sense evaluation of the officer” during the situation. The reasonableness is determined by the officer at the scene rather than using hindsight evaluation to determine whether his use of force was reasonable (Petrowski, 2002). Hence, the importance of investigating the situation immediately by the supervising sergeant is magnified by this rationale of the Court. All courts recognize from a legal standpoint that officers can select the level of force that is reasonable—not necessarily the minimum amount of force.
In Plakas v. Drinski, the court stated there is no precedent that officers must use all feasible choices before using deadly force. However, the Plakas/Drinski court decision did state that there are cases in which deadly force was used with precedent—that there is no constitutional requirement that other alternatives must be used first before deadly force. Further, Petrowski stated that the U. S. Supreme Court and all federal circuit courts recognize that the “least obtrusive alternative” is impossible to choose.
In view of the situation and the heat of the moment, this is a reasonable conclusion. Use of Force Defined The meaning of the term use of force can be unclear at times. It can best be understood within the context of the situation in which it is used. Walker and Katz (2008) state 20 Law Enforcement Executive Forum • 2009 • 9(3) the authority to use force distinguishes the police from other professionals. It is a necessary part of the broad system of social control. Egon Bittner argued that the capacity to use coercion is the defining feature of the police.
Force is a broad term and its use can be defined as deadly force, less than deadly force, and deprivation of liberty through arrest. Bittner also stated that the use of force by the police is limited by law and must be used only in the exercise of official police action (pp. 10-11). The U. S. Supreme Court in the Graham v. Connor decision stated that the reasonable use of force by police has two justifications: (1) for safety and (2) for preventing escape and maintaining custody (Petrowski, 2002). Criminal Misconduct Police misconduct, or corruption, includes several characteristics.
One characteristic, or category, is any activity of police corruption that compromises the officer’s ability to provide police service impartially and enforce laws of the community. It is illegal for police action to be deployed in a manner that may produce personal gain for the officer. Police use of excessive force falls into this category. Sometimes the action is not excessive and is only perceived in that manner, but perception of wrong actions by the police has a negative effect on the police/citizen relationships in the community.
In anticipation of possible later formal complaints of excessive force, it is imperative to investigate all uses of force, including nonexcessive as originally reported. If a later claim is made, facts gathered by the investigation of the supervisor when the incident happened are already known. After all, not all claims of police brutality are filed immediately. In order to quell future allegations of excessive force, get the facts while witnesses are available and witness recollections of the incident are fresh. Citizen Complaints
In a study by Scrivner (1994) on the psychologist’s role in controlling police behavior, her findings show the types of services provided agencies to identify officers with potential behavior risks. The best way to control behavior risks is eliminating officers with potential behavior problems during the selection process. Some problems, however, do not manifest themselves until after employment. Scrivner identified several profiles of violence-prone officers. These profiles included personality disorders (e. g. , acquired before the job); related experience from previous employment (e. g. justified traumatic situations), problems that developed during the early part of their careers (e. g. , impressionable and macho types), inappropriate patrol techniques (e. g. , heavy handed and/or have a chip on their shoulders), and officers who have personal problems (e. g. , divorce). Procedures should be in place to assist the officers with these profiles to prevent problematic behavior. In addition to selection screening, it is recommended that officers develop the proper tools through provision of inservice training on the use of force and receive proactive supervision to identify problematic performance.
The first person to hear a citizen’s complaint is generally the supervisor. According to Whisenand (2007), a complaint has three stages: (1) reception, (2) investigation, and (3) disposition. The first stage is the receipt of the complaint which provides a paper trail for officer performance evaluations. A uniform format should be used to record all complaints. The citizen should be assured that an investigation will be made and a copy of the written complaint should be given to the citizen (p. 268). Law Enforcement Executive Forum • 2009 • 9(3) 21
Why not investigate before a complaint and be ahead of the blame game? This will protect the integrity of the officer and the department and act as a deterrent to false and frivolous accusations of excessive force. The second stage is the investigation. As part of general inservice training for newly appointed supervisors, specialized training on investigating internal and external complaints should be given to all supervisors, including providing them a resource guide on written guidelines for the investigation.
Basic training curricula should provide familiarity with the procedures conducted by the supervisor after receipt of a complaint. In addition, every agency should establish a policy to adopt formal procedures to investigate complaints of misconduct. Furthermore, these investigations should reveal facts and at the same time maintain the dignity and confidentiality of everyone involved (Whisenand, 2007, p. 268). Results of the investigation should be provided to the complainant (p. 271). The third stage is disposition.
During this stage, the supervisor is an advisor to police management. After the investigation is complete, the supervisor can inform management that the complaint is not sustained, unfounded, or that the officer should be exonerated. He can also advise the extent of the discipline to be meted out if the complaint is valid (Whisenand, 2007, p. 272). Allegations of excessive force, or police brutality, represent the most common complaint of minorities against police. The beating of Rodney King video is frequently used for evidence of this claim (Walker & Katz, 2008, p. 404).
Research conducted by Kappeler, Carter, and Sapp (see Walker & Katz, 2005) found that college-educated officers have fewer complaints filed against them than less-educated officers (p. 164). The attitude and demeanor of the suspect can have an effect on police use of force. In a study conducted by Black (cited in Walker & Katz, 2008), it was found that blacks are more likely to be antagonistic toward the police. Pilvavin and Briar found that juveniles had the same response toward police. This, in turn, can trigger an overbearing response by the police (cited in Walker & Katz, 2008, p. 408).
However, Klinger argued that it was the arrest that triggered the antagonism (cited in Walker & Katz, 2008, p. 408). Physical force is authorized by law for police to use to protect themselves, to affect an arrest, to overcome resistance, and to bring a dangerous situation under control. Excessive force is never authorized. The law enforcement agency accrediting body, the Commission for Accreditation of Law Enforcement Agencies (CALEA) (2006), illustrates in Standard 1. 3. 1 that police officers “will use only the force necessary to accomplish lawful objectives” (p. 1-6). Standard 1. 3. 6. d) states that a written report is submitted whenever an employee “applies weaponless physical force at a level as defined by the agency” (pp. 1-7). Walker and Katz (2005) state “that excessive force is any level of force [that is] more than is necessary to handle a situation” (p. 208). Walker and Katz’s comments on force were basically the same in their 2008 text, except, however, they suggested better accountability and better data on the use of force is needed (p. 493). There should be unmistakable differences between excessive force and plain force; measurement of force needs to be better.
Management must identify situations where force may most likely be used, identify individuals susceptible to using more force than necessary, and develop mechanisms to control officers use of force more effectively (p. 493). 22 Law Enforcement Executive Forum • 2009 • 9(3) As stated in the Graham v. Connor decision (Petrowski, 2002), the level of force used is determined by the officer’s perception in a given situation. It may be determined later that the amount used was not necessary. It is a matter of opinion.
The opinion of the officer is going to be different from the opinion of the defendant or complainant. Most police departments adopt a use of force continuum, identifying appropriate action in particular situations. Force continuums generally range from officer presence to using deadly force with three to seven stages between the two characteristics (Walker & Katz, 2008, p. 406). A Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) study found that police use of force happens in less than 1% of all citizen encounters with the police. The study involved over 80,000 people (Walker & Katz, 2008, p. 05). In 2004, Walker and Alpert wrote about early intervention (El) systems being recognized by the U. S. Department of Justice for enhancing use of force accountability. Consent decrees contain a variety of early intervention systems (Hickman, Piquero, & Greene, 2004, p. 21). The CALEA (2006) Standard 35. 1. 9 requires agencies to “establish a Personnel Early Warning System to identify employees that may require intervention efforts” (p. 35-4). Identifying problem employees and offering remedies early helps the agency establish accountability and increase respect in the community.
Police Citizen Contacts and Complaints 1996-2001 In 1996, Langan, Greenfeld, Smith, Levin, and Durose (2001) found a low number of incidents of excessive force by police. A nationally representative sample of 6,421 persons representing a population of 216 million people found 1,308 persons had face to face contact with the police and that 14 of them stated that police used or threatened force against them. Ten of these persons reported that their actions provoked the police to use force. The 14 incidents represented an estimated 500,000 people.
Another estimated 800,000 had no force or threats used against them but were handcuffed only. Half of all contacts in police-public interactions in 1999 resulting in the use of force or threatened force were in traffic stops (Langan et al. , 2001). In the last six months of 1999, approximately 422,000 people 16 years old and older were estimated to have had contact with police when force or the threat of force was used. The analysis of the Langan et al. survey found that less than 1% of these contacts resulted in police force or threat of force and only an estimated 20% of these involved only the threat to use force.
In 0. 7% of the stops, the surveyors were told that force was used, and in 0. 5% the survey respondents alleged that excessive force was used. 2002 Citizen complaints resulting in disciplinary actions accounted for less than 10% in a recent 2002 BJS study that was analyzed by Hickman (2006). Overall, he found evidence that justified disciplinary action in about 8% of 26,000 complaints of excessive force by police. Hickman also found the percentage of merited complaints ranged from 6% among county police departments to 12% among sheriffs’ offices. Law Enforcement Executive Forum • 2009 • 9(3) 3 Highlights of the analysis from Hickman (2006) include the following: • During2002,largelocalandstatelawenforcementagencies,representing5%of agencies and 59% of officers, received a total of 26,556 citizen complaints about police use of force. • Aboutathirdofallforcecomplaintsin2002werenotsustained(34%). Twentyfive percent were unfounded, 23% resulted in officers being exonerated, and 8% were sustained. • Usingsustainedforcecomplaintsasanindicatorofexcessiveforceresultsinan estimate of about 2,000 incidents of police use of excessive force among large agencies in 2002.
Approximately 19% of large municipal police departments had a civilian complaint review board or agency within their jurisdictions. Additional information about BJS statistical reports and programs is available from the BJS website at www. ojp. usdoj. gov/bjs. 2005 A 2005 BJS survey illustrates data on the characteristics of contacts between police and the public from a nationally representative group of 60,000 U. S. residents age 16 or older who had face-to-face contacts with the police (BJS, 2006b).
The findings represent one full year and include reasons for and outcomes of the contacts, resident opinions on police behavior during the contact, and whether police used or threatened to use force during the contact. Highlights of the BJS (2006b) survey include the following: • Anestimated19%ofU. S. residentsage16orolderhadaface-to-facecontact with a police officer in 2005, a decrease from 21% of residents who had contact with police in 2002. • Overall,about90%ofpersonswhohadcontactwithpolicein2005believedthat police acted properly. • Ofthe43. 5millionpersonswhohadcontactwithpolicein2005,anestimated 1. % had force used or threatened against them during their most recent contact, a rate relatively unchanged from the 1. 5% in 2002. U. S. District Court Civil Rights Complaints 1990-2006 Below is a summary of the highlights of a BJS (2006a) publication, Civil Rights Complaints in U. S. District Courts, 1990-2006, which illustrates the number of civil rights violations filed in federal district courts. Highlights include the following: • CivilrightsfilingsdoubledinU. S. districtcourtsfrom1990(18,922filings)to 1997 (43,278 filings) and subsequently stabilized until 2003. From 2003 through 2006, the number of civil rights cases filed in U.
S. district courts declined by 20%. • Duringtheperiodfrom1990through2006,thepercentageofcivilrightscases concluded by trial declined from 8 to 3%. 24 Law Enforcement Executive Forum • 2009 • 9(3) • From 2000 to 2006, plaintiffs won just under a third of civil rights trials on average, and the median damage awards for plaintiffs who won in civil rights trials ranged from $114,000 to $154,500. Awareness over the recent years is becoming much greater, and as evidenced from the data, the potential litigation of use of force incidents that may end up in federal district court can be seen.
Once it goes to court, the odds are in favor of the plaintiff, whether it is Section 1984 civil rights lawsuits or Pattern and Practice DOJ lawsuits. Although the percentage is very low, be prepared because it can be costly. The decline of trial litigation in that period of time is assumed to be the result of out of court settlement agreements and early warning intervention of problem employees by police agencies. Due to ethical imperatives, law enforcement leaders must be continually attentive to ensure the actions of their officers do not compromise civil rights and erode public support.
With the authority of the position, officers are granted a tremendous amount of discretion to enforce the law and protect individual rights in the community. At the same time, officers must act within the laws of the Constitution while executing their authority and discretion. They are not above the law nor should they ever consider themselves above the law while executing their responsibilities. The main purpose of the police is to protect, rather than restrict, the rights of civilians, a distinguishing factor of our constitutionally based republic (IACP, 2006).
Police supervisors, in addition to taking reactive steps to protect and promote civil rights throughout their communities, should take proactive steps immediately after an incident involving any use of force. Despite the amount of force used at the time, proactive steps should always precede an anticipated or unanticipated formal complaint that may be made by a citizen/victim and the subsequent reactive steps of an investigation. Visionary leaders recognize that the motive for these steps emerges out of the obligation to abide by the U. S. Constitution (IACP, 2006).
But why not define steps for an investigation before the complaint is filed? An internal accountability mechanism that becomes routine with use of force incidents will, by virtue of its function, become a deterrent to false complaints and intentional excessive use of force incidents. Investigating Use of Force Incidents Implementing timely and well-thought-out investigative protocols act to minimize risk; and risk prevention related to the use of force is certainly one of the most misunderstood and underutilized aspects in the abatement of officerrelated complaints.
In our attempt to protect against aggressive behavior and the subsequent results of such behavioral anomalies, we spend a great deal of time and fiscal resources in precursory activities such as applicant screening and post-employment training assuming the formulary dealing with potential risk has been dutifully satisfied. And while candidate assessment and training are key preventative factors and should always be a part of the ongoing development process, they are not a panacea. Additionally, we fail to take into account that the original risk criteria is predominantly established against the backdrop of pre-employment uitability, Law Enforcement Executive Forum • 2009 • 9(3) 25 which is based on the current individual’s lifestyle and experience—something that can be validated in part by a subsequent background investigation. However, once ensconced in the organizational culture and subjected to the varying demands of the work—work which exposes individuals to an unfamiliar set of circumstances and stresses not encountered before or reckoned with—individuals morph psychologically by varying amounts, both positively and negatively as previously illustrated by Scrivner’s (1994) findings about the different officer at risk behavioral profiles.
A strong investigative self-audit, coupled with appropriate policies and procedures, helps to take the guesswork out of executing one of a police administrators’ toughest tasks and leads the investigation from the initial after-action report to final resolution—hopefully prior to any formal complaint or other form of negative-based encroachments. Such early intervention is an effective means of protecting both the officer and public. Information should therefore be gathered by supervisory personnel immediately after all use of force incidents, even those thought to be incidental.
The information gathered by such supervisory staff helps to establish early warnings as well as protect officers from false allegations. Just as technologically sophisticated early intervention systems will be severely compromised when data are not collected thoroughly, so will the analysis of data collected by managers who are not trained and motivated to take advantage of early intervention as a deterrent in the use of excessive force.
Although more and more departments are using early intervention systems, clear data standards and uniform practices have yet to be established for the routine investigation of all uses of force, especially the use of force not resulting in a citizen complaint (IACP, 2006). Proactive Investigations A framework leading to the curtailing of liability-ensconced issues should begin with the premise that every officer-related incident involving the use of force should be investigated, whether it has been the subject of a complaint or not, thus resolving potential problems before they are identified in a subsequent formal complaint.
Such procedural perspectives allow increased public confidence and trust in the police; allows for quicker resolution of future formal complaints; improves collection of investigative data; and helps to provide an evenhanded approach, identifying intentional misconduct or willful negligence while absolving the innocent of wrongdoing.
While it is recognized that police officers may have to use force in the course of their duties, such should only be used to the extent necessary in the prevention of a crime, to affect a lawful arrest, or as a defensive countermeasure, with the assumption being that under such particular and substantiated circumstances, officers had no alternative but to use force. Any force beyond these limits should be characterized as “excessive. ” Any investigation on the use of force should therefore focus on two prime elements: (1) the methods used and (2) the purpose for such use.
The primary focus in these investigations should be (1) to collect relevant evidence, (2) to be thorough and impartial, (3) to make findings supported by evidentiary constructs only, and 26 Law Enforcement Executive Forum • 2009 • 9(3) (4) to conduct and complete the investigation in a timely and professional manner. The investigation should diligently probe for and discover evidence necessary to resolve the underlying issues of the use of force, concisely presenting and preserving such evidence.
The investigative presumption in use of force occurrences should be initially viewed as no wrongful or improper conduct, rebutted only by substantial evidence that the use of force resulted from intentional misconduct or willful negligence. Substantial evidence means that investigative findings support a greater weight of evidence toward misconduct than any different conclusion. The information obtained therefore must be based on well-established investigative and legal principles.
Evidence which establishes merely the possibility of intentional or deliberate misconduct should not overcome the presumption of innocence. As stated earlier, the Plakas v. Drinski decision stated that officers must use all feasible choices before using deadly force, but legal precedent also states that the “least obtrusive alternative” is impossible to choose when it comes to following the force continuum (Petrowski, 2002). Added to this are the ethical considerations. Law enforcement executives and managers face a variety of ethical challenges n a frequent basis, running the gamut from politically motivated situations to problems incurred through employee orchestration. Regardless of how the situation develops, it is up to those in command to serve the public and the department in a responsible and ethical manner. The Internal Investigation Process The internal investigation process is different in many ways from a normal criminal investigation. Police executives should be wary of assigning officers to internal investigation tasks based solely on operational convenience.
Officers charged with investigating use of force activity should be the best qualified to serve in such a capacity, possessing a mastery of investigative techniques such as gathering evidence, interviewing witnesses, and analyzing facts. Such investigators should also exhibit a professional quality of impartiality and a working knowledge of what it takes to meet legal standards in today’s litigious atmosphere. There is also the problem of skepticism in terms of whether any law enforcement organization can conduct an impartial investigation regarding one of its own.
Police executives must recognize that the most important aspect of any internal investigation process is the most difficult to achieve—conducting the investigation in the same professional manner in which criminal investigations are conducted. The investigation of use of force incidents should be just as thorough and complete as the investigation of any crime. This is additionally important because of the potential liability factor, the seriousness of which dictates the need to be as objective and thorough as possible.
Therefore, the investigator chosen should be a trusted and well-thought-of member of both the department and community—one who recognizes the importance and priority of the investigation and appreciates the ramifications for the maintenance of confidentiality of the investigative process. As much as we can determine from government reports, there are more than 18,000 law enforcement agencies in the United States. Most police departments Law Enforcement Executive Forum • 2009 • 9(3) 27 are rather small compared to those in Chicago, New York, and Los Angeles.
They do not have a complex organizational structure. It is difficult for small agencies to have specialists for personnel complaint investigations. The person most likely to investigate is the supervisor. Uniformity should be the rule for agencies with limited organizational structure and numbers (More & Miller, 2007, p. 336). Sergeants are usually the most visible and often the most approachable members of the police department’s management team. They are first in the chain of command and understand that officers will have a bad day and sometimes take it out on the citizens they encounter.
The officer may “be rude, insulting, intimidating, or downright criminal in dealing with others” (More & Miller, 2007, p. 336). Since constitutional constraints require reasonableness in the use of force (Petrowski, 2002), the supervising sergeant is the best choice to determine reasonableness by interviewing at the scene for any kind of force used, including voluntary handcuffing. Verbal abuse as well as physical abuse can be determined while it is fresh in the minds of witnesses as well as the condition and the demeanor of the person arrested.
Supervisors have inherent power and authority and are departmental disciplinarians who generally investigate minor claims and mete out discipline if warranted. In more serious claims of corruption, an internal affairs procedure is implemented. In smaller departments, they may also assist command officers in the investigation of serious complaints. In both situations, an administrative review evaluates whether personnel policies are followed appropriately (More & Miller, 2007, p. 337). Personnel investigations of misconduct claims require highly trained investigators, regardless of rank.
Therefore, the selection and training of investigators are very important. Police managers in smaller agencies do have several options when faced with an internal affairs investigation situation. Small agency managers can assign a case to the supervisor or themselves. The chief is responsible for making sure the investigation is of the highest calibre and fair (More & Miller, 2007, p. 338). The initial stage of an investigation is to interview the complainant (More & Miller, 2007, p. 338). It is good practice to always anticipate a complaint after a custodial arrest, especially when force is used.
The initial step in the investigation should occur just after the use of force incident takes place while witnesses are still available and before a formal complaint is made. The function of the interview is to gather information concerning the use of force complaint or, if no complaint, gather information about the use of force. Witnesses and investigative leads related to the alleged police action and possible misconduct need to be identified, and the incident and the suspect’s credibility and, if necessary, the complainant’s credibility, need to be assessed.
It should be determined whether the situation will likely end up in a formal complaint, ascertaining, if possible, the complainant’s motive or motives for making the allegation if there is a claim. It is important to not give opinions—do not editorialize, do not commit the department, and do not form conclusions during the interview process (p. 339). Two Types of Investigations With this in mind, we want to discuss two investigative protocols to help minimize legal exposure, anti-police rhetoric, and the disruption to organizational 28 Law Enforcement Executive Forum • 2009 • 9(3) unctionality. The first or Type One protocol involves investigations of complaints originating both internally and from the public domain—the reactive dynamic triggering most internal investigations. The second or Type Two protocol takes the position that an ounce of prevention outweights a pound of cures. Proactively investigating all use of force activity for potential misconduct issues is what agencies should think about implementing—not only to anticipate a complaint but as a routine procedure for any type of force used.
Such an investigative self-audit allows for a liability focused analysis against the rule of law and organizational policies and procedures, all prior to a costly lawsuit or negative public impact. Type Two not only protects the citizens, but it also protects officers against false allegations of excessive use of force. It goes a step beyond the normal requirements of investigating use of force incidents and alleged illegal uses of force. It is early intervention of all uses of force and an effective means of protecting officers and the public. Formal Complaint
Generally, agencies follow three basic steps when reacting to civilian and internal complaints: (1) the formal filing of the complaint, (2) investigation, and (3) the disposition. Although these steps are constant, there are differences in policies and procedures among departments. The determination of whether the force was reasonable is based on the circumstances of the incident. Whenever possible, individuals should be allowed to submit to arrest before force is used. But, when there is resistance, necessary reasonable force can be used. The first step, the formal complaint, should not be difficult for the public to make.
All perceived and real obstacles should be removed. In U. S. Department of Justice (2003) consent decrees, it is a requirement that the civilian complaint process must be readily accessible to the public. Officers should notify citizens of the right to file a complaint, where to go, and who to see to file the complaint. Business cards can provide the message of this right; a website URL; or the name of the person to contact at the agency and his or her badge number. Complaint forms should also be provided by the office when requested at the scene.
Since these are required by consent decrees after a Pattern and Practice lawsuit has been filed against the agency by the DOJ, why not be proactive and implement the procedure as a matter of policy before a lawsuit happens. Enforcement of the process is mandated by policy with disciplinary action for failure to comply with the policy, including disciplinary actions for impeding the complaint process. Officers should be investigated for failure to notify citizens of the right to complain and for any impediments by an officer. Police agency accreditation standards have been established by CALEA.
These standards are in place for agencies that wish to become accredited and maintain accreditation. According to CALEA (2006) Standard 26. 1. 5, first-line supervisors have the best opportunity to observe the conduct and appearance of employees and detect instances when disciplinary actions are warranted (p. 26-2). Another standard (26. 1. 8) states that a written directive provides specific procedures for maintaining records of disciplinary actions to document a warning system and Law Enforcement Executive Forum • 2009 • 9(3) 29 individual history of citizen complaints (p. 6-3). There is also a standard (45. 2. 2d) suggesting that the chief can proactively head off any potential problems as related to the community. It is reactive to community concerns, but it is also proactive because the chief can address concerns before a formal complaint against an officer is made (p. 45-4). In CALEA Standard 82. 2. 2(b), it states that the agency should have a written directive that requires the reporting of every incident of citizen complaints. The purpose of the standard is to require a procedure for proper investigation of complaints (p. 2-3). Accreditation standards do not specify what the investigative procedures should be. As with all CALEA standards, procedures and policies are left up to individual agencies to determine how an activity should be conducted. No CALEA standard addresses or explains “how” to investigate, only “to” investigate, and to have a process in place for investigation of a complaint, including being available to the public. The entire department must accept the responsibility of ensuring accessible civilian complaint processes.
Federal consent decrees and Memoranda of Agreement (MOAs) state the following measures: agencies should allow citizens to make complaints from various venues, both public and private; they should assure the public that they need not go to a police facility. Therefore, complaints should be allowed to be delivered in person, by U. S. Postal Service, or via personal e-mail. If a formal complaint is received at a police facility, officers should not make any assessment of the complainant’s mental capacity or physical condition.
Third party and anonymous complaints should also be accepted. If the complainant needs help completing the complaint form, assistance should also be given to the person (IACP, 2006). Formal Investigation After the Complaint The second step is the process of investigating the complaint. In addition to training recommendations by Whisenand (2007) illustrated earlier in the article, federal consent decrees and MOAs require departments to give complaints full and rigorous investigatory attention. To do this effectively and appropriately, complaints first must be categorized.
Police and legal experts recognize that not all complaints are of the same gravity or require the same type of investigation or intervention. Complaints range from gripes to allegations of felonies. This does not mean that low-level complaints can be summarily dismissed, however (IACP, 2006). When force is used, the following questions should be given consideration to evaluate the officer’s actions that should have been taken (IACP, 2006): • • • • • Whydidtheofficeruseforce? Wasthepersonathreat? Didthepersonhindertheseizure? Wastheperceptionreasonable?
Wastheuseofforceseizurereasonable? Complaint categories are based on the seriousness of the allegation. Many departments define multiple categories of complaints since procedures for investigating complaints depend on the nature of the incident and the allegation. For example, the Boise, Idaho, Police Department has two classifications of 30 Law Enforcement Executive Forum • 2009 • 9(3) complaints: Class I, policy violations and criminal conduct, and Class II, less serious allegations, including citizen inquiries not directed at an individual officer or employee (IACP, 2006).
The Tempe, Arizona, Police Department Agency Policy Manual has five categories of complaints. Complaints received will generally fall into one of the following categories (IACP, 2006): 1. Serious Misconduct—Allegations of criminal conduct or conduct that could result in suspension, disciplinary pay reduction, demotion, or termination 2. Minor Misconduct—Allegations not appearing to be criminal and which would not result in suspension, demotion, disciplinary pay reduction, or termination 3. Policy Infraction—Allegations which are not of a serious nature, but involve some infraction of department policy 4.
Inquiry—Those complaints against department policy 5. Administrative Investigation—Initiated at the direction of the chief of police and conducted by the internal affairs component Procedures for all investigations of complaints should be categorized according to the level of seriousness. Complaints based on seriousness are investigated through different procedures. Less serious complaints are reviewed by supervisors and managers, while more serious complaints are reviewed by specialized units within the department or external boards or commissions that have various degrees of independence from the department (IACP, 2006).
It is better to have commendations go into a separate level of intake rather than combining them with the complaint intake process. All allegations in the investigatory process, covering a wide range of issues, should include thoroughness of investigation. Standards of proof, quality of information, the role of supervisors, and timeliness of dispositions are important considerations. Consent decree agreements are deliberately prescriptive and proscriptive, addressing both what departments ought to do and ought not to do. IACP Recommendations
The IACP (2006) made several nonstatic recommendations in their project report on the basis of its assessment of federal consent decrees and MOAs as well as the project report. Additional comments to the IACP recommendations make the recommendations more applicable to what we are advocating—that is, an investigation of all use of force incidents regardless of severity. The authors’ recommendations are based on the IACP recommendations, but they have been modified to include all use of force incidents, including “soft hands control” situations.
The recommendations are as follows: 1. Implement a clear use of force policy that specifically addresses ALL use of force incidents, not just deadly and nondeadly use of force, and that is consistent with all legal and professional standards. All agencies should have a use of force policy with directives regardless of agency size or function. 2. Implement a comprehensive use of force policy that addresses all available use of force options, clearly places these options within a force continuum or a force Law Enforcement Executive Forum • 2009 • 9(3) 31 odel, and associates these options with corresponding levels of subject resistance. Policies should include canine deployment and conducted energy devices (CEDs) (i. e. , TASER use of force). 5. Monitor, review, and update use of force policies to reflect changes in use of force options, laws, and standards and provide specialized and comprehensive training and testing for use of force options. 6. Provide specialized training on alternatives to the use of force. 7.
Use of force policies must define ALL, NOT JUST SERIOUS use of force incidents, must include the circumstances under which supervisors must report to the scene of a use of force incident, and must require supervisors to report to the scene of all use of force incidents. The presence of supervisors provides support to officers at the scene and enhances accountability. 9. Clearly stipulate that a written use of force report is required for ALL incidents of force used. Reports aid supervisors and investigators in resolving incidents that may end up as formal complaints. 0. Clearly stipulate that for all levels of force, a use of force review and report is required. The authors’ recommendation is a reviewable use of ALL force at the scene by the supervisor. This recommendation goes beyond the consensus recommendation of the IACP advisors to this project—that reportable force is only the force above “soft hands control. ” 11. Ensure that accountability mechanisms, including use of force investigations for allegations of excessive force or force without cause, are fair, thorough, rigorous, and transparent.
Unlawful or excessive use of force is contrary to the ethics of policing, creates tremendous liabilities, and undermines the credibility of the department in the eyes of the public and the department members themselves. 12. Collect and analyze use of force data for organizational, management, and assessment purposes. Data collection should be frequent enough to enable analysis on a monthly or quarterly basis. 13. Establish proactive media and public relations strategies regarding department use of force policies and practices. 14.
Establish community outreach strategies to build the social capital on which departments may draw in the event of a critical use of force incident. Conducting the Investigation First and foremost, the internal investigative process should be considered a cognitive (critical thinking) exercise, characteristically likened to any professionally guided research endeavor—not simply a task-oriented process. As such, the investigator should seek to explore and analyze all forms of information, determining either a pattern for further inquiry or helping to contribute to the conceptual understanding of the circumstances being investigated.
This method 32 Law Enforcement Executive Forum • 2009 • 9(3) of inquiry helps to formulate and consider as relevant all possible investigative avenues by asking questions, making observations, manipulating conditions and observing the effects of those manipulations, and then developing explanations from the resultant data. In addition, best investigative practices take the form of theoretical insight regarding an essential feature or pattern of the event under investigative scrutiny—in other words, “what” and “how. These practices use the procedural tenets of probabilistic analysis and abductive (cause and effect) reasoning toward determining logical and verifiable solutions to identified events and outcomes— that is, “reasoning backwards” from consequent to antecedent. Simply stated, one throws all the obtained information and evidentiary possibilities in a bag and through a process of elimination removes possibilities from the bag, scrutinizing each until the bag is empty; the only thing left standing are the verifiable answers.
Further, it is not enough to simply collect and analyze investigative data. A guiding theory that is sufficiently flexible to accommodate new information and sufficiently logical to show a clear pattern of cause and effect is required. The essence of such thought-provoking “investigative inquiry” is established for providing investigators with a hypothetical learning experience in which they can develop their conceptual knowledge in the context of simulated authenticating processes, resolving doubt and creating an additional knowledge base.
Investigative Steps While there are numerous ways to articulate methodological formularies in such investigative processes, the underlying operational premise is based on three intertwining factors: (1) investigative integrity, (2) investigative effectiveness, and (3) the ability to functionally adapt to the complexities of the investigation at hand. Utilizing these prime formularies as the principle guide, the investigative strategy is simply an exercise in problem solving: 1. Review the preliminary case information and make observations about the data. . Consider the possible interpretations of those observations/data, and create a list of unanswered questions. 3. Develop a strategy for obtaining answers to those unanswered questions. 4. Continue making additional observations and collecting new information. 5. Take time to think about new observations/information, determining the best methods toward gleaning a full and better understanding of the subject matter under investigation; the resulting evidentiary data should be both clear and unambiguous to all who are reviewing them. 6.
Determine whether the observations and information garnered answer the original questions posed during the preliminary review, or whether there are other questions that need to be answered before a final conclusion can be Law Enforcement Executive Forum • 2009 • 9(3) 33 drawn. If there are still unanswered questions, repeat the appropriate steps until there is nothing left to investigate. Finally, use of force investigations should be governed under a “standard of proof” doctrine and supported by relevant evidence that accurately and substantively articulates the findings to have merit against the backdrop of any differing conclusion.
Upon critical inspection, all findings should be able to meet the burden of proof required in any future legal proceeding. Conclusion The use of force in police-citizen encounters is one of the most complex and emotionally charged issues in law enforcement. Officers must make decisions that are compliant with applicable laws, professional standards, and departmental policies, often in the context of split-second, life-or-death circumstances.
While the safety of officers and civilians remain a major concern, law enforcement leaders must create accountability mechanisms to ensure that the application of force remains within legal interpretation of “reasonableness. ” As use of force tools and techniques continually evolve, departments must carefully consider their use of force options. Maintaining public relations and respect for civil rights must continually be part of the process of making decisions in all situations (IACP, 2006). References Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS). (2006a). Civil rights complaints in U. S. istrict courts, 1990-2006 (NCJ-222989). Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office. Retrieved July 6, 2009, from www. ojp. usdoj. gov/bjs/abstract/crcusdc06. htm BJS. (2006b). Contacts between police and the public: Findings from the 2005 national survey (NCJ-215243). Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office. Retrieved July 6, 2009, from www. ojp. usdoj. gov/bjs/pub/pdf/cpp05. pdf Commission on Accreditation for Law Enforcement Agencies (CALEA). (2006). Standards for law enforcement agencies: The standards manual of law enforcement agency accreditation program (5th ed. . Fairfax, VA: Author. Hickman, M. (2006). Citizen complaints about police use of force (NCJ-210296). Washington, DC: US. Government Printing Office. Retrieved July 6, 2009, from www. ojp. usdoj. gov/bjs/abstract/ccpuf. htm Hickman, M. , Piquero, A. R. , & Greene, J. R. (2004). Police integrity and ethics. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth. International Association of Chiefs of Police (IACP). (2006). Protecting civil rights: A leadership guide for state, local, and tribal law enforcement. Alexandria, VA: Author. Langan, P. A. , Greenfeld, L. A. , Smith, S. K. Levin, D. J. , & Durose, M. (2001). Contacts between police and the public: Findings from the 1999 national survey (NCJ184957). Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office. Retrieved June 16, 2009, from www. ojp. usdoj. gov/bjs/abstract/cpp99. htm 34 Law Enforcement Executive Forum • 2009 • 9(3) More, H. W. , & Miller, L. S. (2007). Effective police supervision (5th ed. ). Cincinnati: Anderson Publishing Company. Petrowski, T. D. (2002, October). Use-of-force policies and training: A reasoned approach—legal digest. The FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin.
Retrieved July 6, 2009, from www. fbi. gov/publications/leb/2002/oct02leb. pdf Scrivner, E. (1994). Confronting excessive force in the police culture—Final report: Phase two research on excessive force. Rockville, MD: U. S. Department of Justice. Retrieved June 17, 2009, from http://ncjrs. gov/App/Publications/abstract. aspx? ID=165040 U. S. Department of Justice. (2003). United States v. city of Detroit, Michigan and the Detroit police department consent judgment (06/12/03). Available at www. usdoj. gov/crt/split/documents/dpd/detroitpd_ofwdcd_613. pdf Walker, S. & Katz, C. M. (2005). The new world of police accountability. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Walker, S. , & Katz, C. M. (2008). Police in America: An introduction (6th ed. ). Boston: McGraw-Hill. Whisenand, P. M. (2007). Supervising police personnel: The fifteen responsibilities. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson. Richard H. Martin is an associate professor and head of the Department of Justice and Public Safety at Auburn University Montgomery. He earned an EdD and a Master of Science from Indiana University, and a Bachelor of Science from Lipscomb University.
Martin was a police officer and a constable in Indiana; a police commissioner and sheriff’s department merit commissioner in Illinois; and was a department head for 24 years at four Midwest institutions prior to Auburn Montgomery. He is a certified assessor and team leader for CALEA; past member of the International Association of Chiefs of Police Research Advisory Committee; and chair of the IACP University and College Section Training Committee; and chair of the section Scholarship Committee.
He is also a consultant with the Theoretical and Applied Forensics Working Group; a reviewing editor for the Journal of Gang Research; serves as an Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention grant application peer reviewer; and has several published articles, book reviews, and two textbooks. Jeffrey L. Gwynne is an adjunct instructor and director of the Theoretical and Applied Forensics Working Group at Auburn University Montgomery. He earned a PhD from Walden University, a Master of Science from Reid College, and a Bachelor of Science from the Aero-Space Institute.
Jeff was a police officer rising to the rank of captain; staff member – Scientific Crime Detection Laboratory, Illinois Department of Law Enforcement; senior crime-countermeasures specialist, Honeywell, Inc. ; and president of Burn’s International Investigation Services, Inc. He is the designer of both law enforcement and security system components, is credited with the Law Enforcement Executive Forum • 2009 • 9(3) 35 development of the Municipal Registry police applicant evaluation system, and currently directs a consulting firm specializing in law enforcement and security issues. Charles A.
Gruber, Chief (Retired), now head of CAG Consulting, has a career in law enforcement that ps more than 36 years with 30 years as a chief of police. He is past president of the International Association of Chiefs of Police (IACP) and the Illinois Association of Chiefs of Police. Chief Gruber was appointed by the federal district court as part of a team of legal and policing experts to monitor compliance with the negotiated settlement agreement between the City of Oakland, California, and private plaintiffs pertaining to pattern and practice claims filed against the Oakland Police Department.
Concurrently, he is retained by the U. S. Department of Justice Civil Rights Division to investigate alleged pattern and practice abuses in several police departments. Like much of Chief Gruber’s work, the DOJ reviews include assessments of numerous officer-involved shootings and use of force issues. Chief Gruber earned a Bachelor’s degree in Psychology and a Master’s degree in Police Administration. He is a graduate of the FBI National Academy, Law Enforcement Executive Development Seminar, National Executive Institute, and
Students will create a digital marketing plan for either an existent company of their choice, or for a fictitious company. The focus of the report should be placed on a particular product or an event. The report’s contents should include an executive summary, an introduction, the detailed digital marketing plan, a practical conclusion, and references. The main body of the report should be approximately 2000 words (+/- 10%) in length. This is excluding executive summary, references and appendices. What will separate the better assignments from the others will be the level of understanding of the theory and competence in applying it to the issues. The quality of materials used in secondary research will also impact on the standard of your report. Be particularly careful to avoid plagiarism that is passing other people’s work off as your own. Penalties for plagiarism are heavy and may include failure in the course. The four main criteria for success: 1. Insight – The report should demonstrate an in-depth understanding of tourism organisation, its services and issues; 2. Substantiation – The report should be underpinned by course material and additional readings around the topics chosen and tools employed; 3. Recommendation – Students’ work must provide critical evaluation into and recommendations for a particular international tourism project; 4. Clarity and structure – The report should be well structured and clearly presented.
As we approach the launch of Mary’s MediBracelets new online selling site, she already has new ideas for other products and services.
Write a 2- to 3-page report for Mary, drawing from this week’s reading and activities for information systems planning. Explain the concept of information systems planning, comparing at least two development planning methods, appropriate for new system implementation. Also, address the option to acquire (instead of build in-house) information systems, identifying and discussing the tools that might be used in the acquisition of a new information system
Access and read the following materials:
1. Chapter 7, by Gregory Higby, in the required textbook.
2. Statement from the Joint Commission of Pharmacy Practitioners on the Vision of Pharmacy Practice (attached in Blackboard).
3. A Vision of Pharmacy’s Future Roles, Responsibilities, and Manpower Needs in the United States, an ACCP White Paper (attached in Blackboard). Read pages 991 – 996 and 1,000 – 1,012. From Pharmacotherapy 2000;20(8)991-1022).
4. Pharmacists take larger role on health team, published in the New York Times, August 13, 2010 by Reed Abelson and Natasha Singer. It can be accessed through the following URL: https://www.essaybishop.com/write-my-essay/nytimes.com/2010/08/14/health/14pharmacist.html?_r=1&sq=inhealthshift,morepatientsgetpharmacist’sappointment&st=nyt&adxnnl=1&scp=1&adxnnlx=1282212117-jHs6MwnCppwv+0eab4sgHw (Links to an external site.)Links to an external site..
5. New roles for a family of pharmacists, published in the New York Times, August 13, 2010 by Natasha Singer. It can be accessed through the following URL: https://www.essaybishop.com/write-my-essay/nytimes.com/2010/08/14/health/14pharmside.html?_r=1& (Links to an external site.)Links to an external site..
6. Pharmacists in these three states can now prescribe birth control, published in Motherboard, February 24, 2017 by KaleighRogers. It can be accessed through the following URL: https://motherboard.vice.com/en_us/article/53qnd3/pharmacists-in-these-three-states-can-now-prescribe-birth-control (Links to an external site.)Links to an external site..
You may have to to copy and paste the reference links directly into the Explorer, Edge, Mozilla, or Safari URL address window.
Learning Activities
After reading the assigned material, reflect upon it and other pertinent information. You may also refer to articles and presentations from other courses that examined the roles of the pharmacist.
You are being asked to prepare and submit a reflective write-up covering all points mentioned below:
• Discuss common points made by articles 4, 5, and 6.
• What is the importance of an article such as these appearing in a publication such as the New York Times?
• In Chapter 7 of the textbook, what does Dr. Higby mean by the “Professional Socialization of Pharmacists?
ACCT 434 Week 7 Quality Control
Inventory Management
Question :
(TCO 11)The four cost categories in a cost of quality program are
2.
Question :
(TCO 11) ________ is a formal means ofdistinguishing between
random and nonrandom variation in an operatingprocess.
3.
Question :
(TCO 11) Which of the following is NOT one of the steps in
managingbottlenecks under the theory of constraints?
4.
Question :
(TCO 11)Scrap is an example of
5.
Question :
(TCO 11) Regal Products has a budget of $900,000 in 20X6 for
prevention costs. If it decides to automate a portion of its prevention
activities, it will save $60,000 in variable costs. The new method will require
$18,000 in training costs and $120,000 in annual equipment costs. Management
iswilling to adjust the budget for an amount up to the cost of the new
equipment. The budgeted production level is 150,000 units. Appraisal costs for
the year are budgeted at $600,000. The new prevention procedures will save
appraisal costs of $30,000. Internal failure costs average $15 per failed unit
of finished goods. The internal failure rate is expected to be 3%of all
completed items. The proposed changes will cut the internal failure rate by
one-third. Internal failure units are destroyed. External failure costs average
$54 per failed unit. The companyâs average external failuresaverage 3% of units
sold. The new proposal will reduce this rate by 50%. Assume all units produced
are sold and there are no ending inventories. How much will appraisal costs
change assuming the new prevention methods reduce material failures by 40% in
the appraisal phase?
6.
Question :
(TCO 12) Which of the following is NOT a major feature of a
just-in-timeproduction system?
7.
Question :
(TCO 12)Quality costs include
8.
Question :
(TCO 12) Which of the following statements about
theeconomic-order-quantity decision model is FALSE?
9.
Question :
(TCO 12) When using a vendor-managed inventory system to enhance
thefeatures of supply-chain management, a challenging issue is
10.
Question :
(TCO 12) Liberty Celebrations, Inc., manufactures a line of flags.
The annual demand for its flag display is estimated to be 100,000 units. The
annual cost of carrying one unit in inventory is $1.60, and the cost to
initiate a production run is $40. There are no flag displays on hand butLiberty
had scheduled 60 equal production runs of the display sets for the coming year,
the first of which is to be run immediately. Liberty Celebrations has 250
business days per year. Assume that sales occur uniformly throughout the year
and that production is instantaneous.
If Liberty Celebrations does not maintain a safety stock, the estimated total
carrying cost for the flag displays for the coming year is
A company makes standard-specification kit-cars. The indicative order book for the next 3 months is a forecast of 640 cars broken down as follows:
January: 230 cars
February: 200 cars
March: 210 cars
The company employs 20 full-time people who can each produce 9 cars a month at the cost of £500 per car. Inventory carrying costs are £50 per car per month and stockout costs are £590 per car per month. If the company has an inventory of 10 cars at the end of December, develop the following plans and select the least expensive. Highlight any assumptions you make in your calculations.
Plan A involves hiring no new workers or using overtime. Any shortfalls are made up with subcontracting at a cost of £675 per car
Plan B involves working overtime with each employee producing 1 extra car per month at an extra cost of £150 per car.
Plan C involves employing temporary workers on an as needed monthly basis with a hiring cost of £1000 per employee and termination costs of £500. Temporary employees can only produce 6 cars a month.
The core assignment of this course is a documented research paper (1500-2000 words in length = approx. 6 – 8 pages double spaced, 12-point font).
The essay should support a thesis statement with information gained from research or investigation.
The paper will not be just a report presenting information, but will be an essay that carefully examines and presents your own historical interpretation of the topic you have chosen and your interpretation of the information you have gathered.
The paper may include consideration of problems and solutions, define key terms, or refute arguments against your thesis statement.
It will be important to choose a topic of interest to you.
Approach this assignment with an open and skeptical mind, then form an opinion based on what you have discovered.
You must suspend belief while you are investigating and let the discoveries shape your opinion. (This is a thesis-finding approach.)
Once you have found your thesis, write the paper to support it.
You will use some of the following critical thinking skills in this process:
Choosing an appropriate topic, limiting the topic
Gathering information, summarizing sources
Analyzing and evaluating sources
Defining key terms
Synthesizing information, comparing and contrasting sources
Testing a thesis, making an historical argument, using refutation
Amassing support for a position
Documenting sources
Because this may be a longer essay than you have written before and a complex process is involved, it is recommended that you complete this paper using the following steps:
Choose a topic related to U.S. History after 1877 (Chapters 16-28) that you would truly like to explore and that you are willing to spend some time on. Your chosen topic should be focused. Pose a question that you really want to answer. You may want to begin with more than one topic in mind.
Do some preliminary reading on the topic(s). You may begin with the textbook, then further explore the information available. Refine your topic. Summarize your topic, your interest in the topic, the questions you want to answer, and a hypothesis you want to test.
Gather information from a variety of sources. Use a minimum of four sources for your paper, and at least one must be a primary source.
Examples of primary sources are ones that are used in our discussion forums 2 – 8.
They are sources that are contemporary to the times under investigation.
An example of a secondary source is our textbook, though the textbook also contains excerpts of primary sources, which you may use as a source in your essay.
Outline the results of your research and then plan for your essay (note you are not required to submit the outline).
Write the final draft and be sure to include a Works Cited List; be sure to use the correct MLA documentation style.
You are a rookie FBI special agent conducting field work alongside an older, experienced agent. You are working late into the evening conducting interviews. The experienced agent tells you that the restaurant on the corner likes to have armed law enforcement officers around because they deter crime, so the owner gives free meals to agents and police officers. Your partner mentions that he never used to eat there, but when the restaurant was robbed at gunpoint three times in 10 day, he now visits this establishment at least three times each week. (Note, armed robbery of a restaurant is not a federal crime.) He invites you to visit the restaurant with him tonight to introduce you to the owner…and eat.. He proceeds to order steak, potatoes, and all the trimmings. What are you going to do?
What if it were just a convenience store offering free coffee, and the owner refused to take your money at the cash register? (Note, the owner also provides coffee to the postal mail carrier, deliver drivers, etc.)
Provide a persuasive argument as to whether or not gratuities of this nature should be acceptable.
Acceptance of Gratuities Essay
Provision of gratuities is a controversial topic in law enforcement as many people disagree on a specific stance. However, it is improper for the police officers to use this opportunity to receive free gifts, and in some instances, they always demand the provision since they feel that it is a right. Ideally, the police officers affirm that it is their job to protect the population against transgressions of any kind (Barker, 2011). In particular, they receive remuneration for this, and they are expected to work diligently without any other external assistance. For this reason, the reception of gratuities is not validated.
Businesses in an area have the main objective of making profits, and they can only optimize this by ensuring each client pays for the services. Throughout the process of trading, they have to pay taxes to the government for the financing of activities including payment of police officers. In this context, the provision of gratuities does not only hurt the businesspersons, but it also makes them pay double for the services that they have a right to receive (Learning Express (Organization), 2009). . In such an instance, they are mistreated, and this could affect their continuity and stability.
The essence of law enforcement is to stop criminal activities so that the safety of the population is reliable. In the context of provision of gratuities, the police officers may feel that if they eradicate criminal activities in the area, the business owners will feel safe such that they may not longer provide the free gifts. In this instance, there is encouragement of laziness on the job so that the perception of crime is high to prompt store owners providing gratuities. It is likened to bribing police officers so that they can perform their duties (Barker, 2011). Thus, it is has negative implication to the protection of citizens. At the same time, people that do not have the free gifts may not receive the protection they need as there is no motivation to the police officers. However, In the case of non-acceptance of cash by store owners, the police officers may accept this since it is a personal decision by the individuals involved.
References
Barker, T. (2011). Police ethics: Crisis in law enforcement. Springfield, Ill: Chares C. Thomas.
Learning Express (Organization). (2009). Becoming a police officer. New York: Learning Express.
Formulate an ethical question within one of the given topic
Read these assignment instructions before writing your paper, and re-read them often during and after the writing process to make sure that you are fulfilling all of the instructions. Please also utilize the assignment guidance, the modeled example, and the outline provided.
Overview
The following assignment is an exercise designed to help you begin the process of addressing a moral issue, a process that will continue in the next two assignments. In this exercise, you will do the following:
• Formulate an ethical question within one of the given topic areas from the list provided.
• Provide an introduction in which you briefly explain the topic and the particular question on which you will focus your paper.
• State your position on the question at issue.
• Identify one consideration that would support your position and one consideration that would challenge it.
Instructions
The exercise must be at least 500 words in length (excluding title and reference pages) and formatted according to APA style as outlined in the Ashford Writing Center. Be sure to include a title page and, if you include references, a bibliography. The exercise should be in outline (not essay) format, with each part labeled and numbered as specified below.
Part One: Formulate the Question Read through the list of available topic areas, and select a topic on which you would like to write your next two papers. Formulate a specific, concrete, ethical question pertaining to that topic, and place that at the top of your paper.
The question should be specific enough to discuss in six to eight pages (which is the length of the Final Paper assignment). For example, if you were interested in discussing the topic of capital punishment, a question like “Is capital punishment wrong?” would be too vague, and would need to be reformulated as a more specific question, such as “Should we execute people convicted of first degree murder?” or “Is it just to use capital punishment when there is the possibility of executing innocent persons?” or “Is the capital punishment system racist?”
Part Two: Provide a Brief Introduction to the Topic Your introduction should focus on setting out the topic and scope of the discussion in a way that clearly establishes what exactly you will be talking about and why it is significant. It should also provide any necessary context such as the background, current state of affairs, definitions of key terms, and so on. You want to try to do this in a way that stays as neutral as possible, avoids controversial assumptions, rhetorical questions, and the like. In other words, you should try to construct an introduction to the topic that could be an introduction to a paper defending any position on the question at issue.
It is important for your introduction to narrow down the topic as much as possible. Doing so will allow you to provide a more detailed consideration of the issues and explain the reasoning more clearly in later papers. In general, arguments and analyses are much stronger when they focus on addressing a particular issue thoroughly and in detail, and doing so often requires deciding on one particular question or point to discuss, and leaving other possible ones aside.
You should label this section of your paper as “Introduction.”
Part Three: Provide a Position Statement State clearly and precisely the position you intend to defend on the question you have formulated. This does not need to be more than one sentence.
Note that providing a position statement does not necessarily presume that you are confident in your position, that other positions do not have merit, or that you cannot change your mind later. However, for now, it is important to at least tentatively take a stand on a position you believe to be better supported than others.
Label this section as “Position Statement.”
Part Four: Identify and Explain a Supporting Reason Identify and explain a plausible reason someone could give that supports the position you have taken and be sure to clearly explain why you think it supports that position. The explanation should aim to be three to five sentences (shorter explanations are possible, but will likely be inadequate; longer explanations are likely to be too verbose).
Label this section as “Supporting Reason.”
Part Five: Identify and Explain an Opposing Reason Identify and explain a plausible reason someone might give that would oppose or challenge the position you have taken and be sure to clearly explain why you think it would oppose or challenge it. The explanation should aim to be three to five sentences (shorter explanations are possible, but will likely be inadequate; longer explanations are likely to be too verbose). You should strive to articulate that reason in a way that someone defending a contrary position to your own would do. This requires stepping back from your own position and being able to think about the problem as objectively as you can. You should not attempt to respond to this opposing reason.
Label this section as “Opposing Reason.”
This to be about “SEXUAL HARASSMENT IN THE WORKPLACE” THIS IS THE CHOSEN TOPIC FOR THE ASSIGNMENT.
Select either a leader (Avoid political arguments, so no controversial leaders such as Obama). Not all these factors may be relevant; however, explore the contexts that may be relevant and influence how the leader makes decisions and acts. Prepare a 1500 words APA paper citing at least 3 Scholarly sources.
1. Long-term historical, political, and economic forces include such factors as:
· The history of the organization, if it has been around for a while
· The national history, if relevant (for example, the organization may have a long-standing positive or negative reputation)
· Political factors (for example, the organization may be tied to a particular political party or system)
· Long-term economic factors (for example, the steel industry has long-term economic factors to consider
2. Current contemporary forces include such factors as:
· Cultural diversity (changes in the demographic and cultural makeup of the organization’s customers and other stakeholders)
· Social values that may affect the organization, its products and services (for example, fast food companies are affected by the increase in obesity in the U.S.)
· Technology (for example, many organizations are seeing competitors who operate on-line services similar to theirs; or organizations are expected to provide on-line services for their customers)
· The economy
· Social changes (for example, a more conservative political and social climate may affect the products and services an organization offers or how it advertises them)
3. The immediate context includes such factors as:
· The organizational culture and climate
· The structure of the organization
· The organization’s performance
· The products and services delivered
· The various suppliers
· The followers (their abilities, strengths, and weaknesses).
Computer Science homework help
1.How does Fintech compare to regular banking?2. Discuss R3 and its distributed ledger technology mission.3. What are some of the applications of cords and strategies of growing and expanding?4. What are some of the emerging markets that Fintech has impacted?
Compose your essay in APA format, including the introduction and conclusion, and in-text citations for all s
ources used. In addition to your 3 page (minimum) essay, you must include an APA-style title page and reference page
1. Identify a current event or contemporary social issue that involves human freedom. Your issue must be broad enough to sustain deep philosophical analysis and must have relevance to your community. A good choice of issue is one that (1) involves a decision that must be made, (2) includes with various available options about which reasonable minds can disagree, (3) concretely affects people’s lives, and (4) might be influenced by external and internal factors such as social norms, oppression, personal beliefs, socially-imposed constraints (such as laws), and physical limitations. Issues that only affect a few people or have only a minor impact are probably too narrow. Issues that you are not open to examining with an open mind will also not work well for this assignment. For some topic suggestions, you might want to browse some recent episodes of PBS’s Frontline series or the website of a reputable news organization.
2. Identify at least two news articles on your topic located using the South University Online Library and/or reputable news outlets. Make sure that the articles you choose present at least two different perspectives on the issue or event you choose and include information that you can use to develop your arguments and analysis. If you cannot locate two news articles on your topic, or if all of the articles share the same perspective, you should choose another topic. You should cite the two articles using correct APA citation.
3. Explain at least one theory of human freedom from your assigned readings. Cite support from the primary text selections in the chapter as well as authoritative secondary sources such as the course text and online lectures.
4. Analyze the issue using a theory of human freedom
Describe and interpret the analyses|Research paper
For the retake assignment, the purpose is to demonstrate that you master the crucial knowledge of the course in its entirety. In order to do this, please fulfill the requirements below,
1. Consult business literature to find a current, important problem in business that can be answered based on data analysis. Keep a reference to the source where you found the problem in your document. Describe the problem in minimum one page, maximum two.
2. Look up a publicly available database related to a research topic of your interest. Keep a reference to the database in your document. The database should be sufficiently rich to allow for the analyses required in step 3. Describe the origin, nature, method of collection and other properties of the database in minimum one page, maximum two.
3. Use appropriate statistical analysis to answer the research problem. Minimum one t-test and one regression with minimum two IV’s should be used. Additional or more elaborate tests should be used whenever relevant (your correct judgement of this will be included in the overall evaluation of your work).
Describe and interpret the analyses in at least three pages. Outputs of statistical programs should be added as attachments, not included in the text. The text should integrate results that are discussed, but without copy-pasting them from the statistical output.
Write a conclusion on your research problem of at least half a page.
Suppose your business had an e-commerce Web site where it sold goods and accepted credit card payments. Discuss the major security threats to this Web site and their potential impact. What can be done to minimize these threats?
Unit VIII Assignment This assignment provides you with an opportunity to complete three major items: a cover letter, a resume, and a professional strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats (SWOT) analysis. The cover letter should be a three-paragraph memo that has been tailored to a specific job that interests you.**THE JOB IS INTERNET MARKETING MANAGER** The resume should adhere to the steps outlined in Chapter 14 (see page 206). The details within the resume must be current with all relevant and up-to-date information. The SWOT analysis should address your professional strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats. Bullet points are acceptable for the resume and SWOT analysis; however, they must be detailed. Again, the cover letter must include three paragraphs. Also, the resume must be at least one page, and the SWOT analysis must thoroughly address each of the four parts of the analysis. Be sure to have the major items in the proper sequence: first, the cover letter; then, the resume; and finally, the SWOT analysis. Format each major item as you wish; however, be sure the details are professional and legible. Save all three within one word-processing document (e.g., Word) before submitting the file in Blackboard for grading.
Discusses the role of the leaders in this case study
Review the case study in the article, Texas Health Harris Methodist-Cleburne: A System Approach to Surgical Improvement.
After reviewing the case study, construct a written paper that addresses the following:
Explain organizational theories evidenced in this case study.
Analyze how Texas Health Harris Methodist-Cleburne is a learning organization.
Explain the organizational structure displayed in this case study.
Describe the leaders involved in this case study.
Discusses the role of the leaders in this case study.
Including an introduction and conclusion paragraph, your paper must be three double-spaced pages (excluding title and reference pages) and formatted according to APA style as outlined in the Ashford Writing Center. Including the textbook, utilize a minimum of three (one of which is the case study article used for review) scholarly and/or peer-reviewed sources from the Ashford University Library that were published within the last five years. Document all references in APA style as outlined in the Ashford Writing Center APA Checklist.
Analyse and select the tools for software development
In this assignment, you are acting as the lead software engineer for initiating an open-source project, and your task is to analyse and select the tools for software development.
You have been playing an augmented reality game on your smart phone, with virtual monsters appearing on the street all over the world that players can capture. Players can fight each other using he virtual monsters they captured. You think it would be a nice to build a mapping tool which allows players to upload information about the virtual monsters at real-time, and other users can use the map to identify the location to capture certain types of virtual monsters. Your idea receives supports from over 30 volunteer developers all over the world. As the lead developer, you’re responsible for determining the tools to be used for software development.
Your task in this assignment is to demonstrate how you decide the tools for software development in this project, and you are required to submit a report. Your report should review and compare 3-5 selected tools/practices for each section, and there are no specific right answers for this assignment, it is more important to correctly justify the decisions you have made. Make sure you check the lecture recordings for additional hints.
Your report should include the following sections:
-Software development workflow
-Programming environment (20%)
(Programming environment that needs to be consistent to all developers, e.g. programming language, automated build tool, etc)
-Software version control (20%)
(In addition to review/select/justify the software version control tool, you should also discuss how the tools are utilised, e.g. how branches are used.)
-Collaboration and communication tools
CS 496: Cloud and Mobile Software Development Homework 2 Due by Apr 28th 23:59:59 Create a cloud app (using Google App Engine) that does the following: 1. Presents a form for posting the name of a university and the URL of a photo 2. Stores the university and the photo in the data store along with the current date 3. Presents another page that displays the list of all universities and their photos 4. Runs an asynchronous task that deletes all universities and photos more than 5 minutes old Notice that you will need to deploy your app to GAE in order to run asynchronous tasks (part 4 above). Things to turn in: ? Turn in a 1page PDF. The PDF should contain two screenshots. ? One screenshot should show a screenshot of your app which should be running on the GAE servers. ? The second screenshot should show a screenshot of GAE administrative console showing your data store contents ? Url of the form and the list page of your cloud app so that I can see your app working. Note: You can create the PDF anyway you like. But see homework #1 for tips on one good way to create a PDF.
Attachments:
Final Exam
Operations Management
QSO 600 Operations Management
The final exam
consists of five essay and eight problem questions. Answer all the questions.
Essay Questions:
There is no set
length for answers; students may be as verbose or brief as they feel necessary
to cover the question. Use this same exam document for your answers, placing
them below each question.
Problem Questions:
Make sure to show
all your work to get full credit. The instructor needs to know the formulas and
calculations you used to get to your final answer. You can do part of the exam in Excel and
Paste your Excel work into this document.
File Convention:
File name for the
exam attachment to be
studentlastname-finalexam
(Be sure there are no spaces)
Be sure to put
your name on the exam paper.
Note: You may use the text
and any other materials. You are NOT to work with anyone else including other students
in completing the exam nor discuss it with them.
Essay Questions
1. What is operations management? Why is it important? Is a good
knowledge of operations management more important in service or manufacturing
industries? Explain your answer.
2. Discuss the use of PERT/CPM techniques for managing projects.
Describe what PERT/CPM does. Discuss advantages and disadvantages of using it.
What other techniques might you choose to manage your project?
3. What are economies of scale in a manufacturing plant? Do they
continue forever? What are diseconomies of scale? How might you decide the
optimal size of a plant?
4. What, in your opinion are the 3 most important issues in supply
chain management. Discuss why you think these are the key issues.
5. Discuss why (or if) inventories are necessary. What are the benefits
of inventories? What are the disadvantages of holding inventories?
Problem
Questions
1. Thermostats are subjected to rigorous testing before they are
shipped to air conditioning technicians around the world. Results from the last
five samples are shown in the table. Draw and R Chart and an x-bar chart. Based on the charts, is the process under
control? (20 Points)
Observations
Sample
1
2
3
4
5
1
73.5
70.8
72.2
73.6
71.0
2
71.3
71.0
73.1
72.7
72.2
3
70.0
72.6
71.9
72.4
73.3
4
71.1
70.6
70.3
74.2
73.6
5
70.8
70.7
70.7
73.5
71.1
Answer 1:
2. A professor records the number of students who complain
each week throughout the semester. If the class size is forty students, what
are 3-sigma control limits for this class? Construct a control p-chart and
interpret the data. Is the process in
control? (20 points)
Week number
Complaints
1
5
2
2
3
7
4
1
5
3
6
2
7
8
8
1
9
3
10
5
11
4
12
6
13
3
14
1
15
4
Answer 2:
3. A department store chain is designing a layout for a new store. The
store manager wants to provide as much convenience as possible for her
customers. Based on historical data, the number of trips between departments
per hour is given in the following closeness matrix. A block plan showing a
preliminary layout is also shown.
Customer
travel between departments is restricted to the aisles shown in the block plan
as dotted lines.
CALCULATIONS
TABLE:
Dept. Pair
Closeness Factor (w)
Original Distance (dO)
w´
dO
Revision #1 Distance (d1)
w´
d1
1 â 2
1 â 3
1 â 4
1 â 5
1 â 6
2 â 3
2 â 4
2 â 5
2 â 6
3 â 4
3 â 5
3 â 6
4 â 5
4 â 6
5 â 6
TOTAL
Complete the calculations and fill in the table
above. Based on the table above answer
the following questions.
a) What is the total expected weighted-distance
score between Office Supplies and Hardware? (4 points)
b) What is the total weighted-distance score
between Hardware and Toys? (4 points)
c) What is the total weighted-distance score for
the entire store? (4 points)
d) A suggestion has been made to switch Hardware
and Automotive. What would the total weighted-distance score for the entire
store if these two departments were switched? (4 points)
e) Based on your calculations, would you
recommend that Hardware and Automotive be switched? (4 points)
Answer 3:
4. Balance the assembly line for the tasks contained in the table. The
desired output is 240 units per day. Available production time per day is 480
minutes.
Work Element
Time (Sec.)
Immediate Predecessor(s)
A
40
—
B
45
—
C
55
A
D
55
B
E
65
B
F
40
C,D
G
25
D,E
a)
What is the desired Cycle time in seconds? (4 points)
b) What is the theoretical minimum
number of stations? (4 points)
c)
Use trial and error to work out a solution in the table below. Your efficiency should be at least 90%. (10
Points)
Station
Candidates
Choice
Work-Element
Time (Sec)
Cumulative Time (Sec)
Idle Time
d)
Calculate the efficiency of your solution. (2 points)
Answer 4:
5. A manufacturerâs research
and development center must expand by building a new facility. The search has
been narrowed to five locations, all of which are acceptable to management. The
assessment of these sites is being made on the basis of the five subjective
location factors that follow. Management has agreed to use a five-point scale
(Excellent = 5, and Poor = 1) to quantify and compare their subjective opinions
about the relative goodness of the sites. The weight reflects the importance of
each factor in the decision.
Locations
Factor
Weight
A
B
C
D
E
Labor climate
0.30
4
2
1
4
2
Proximity to markets
0.30
5
3
3
4
4
Quality of life
0.15
1
3
2
1
5
Proximity to suppliers
0.15
2
5
3
4
3
Taxes
0.10
4
4
4
1
3
Calculate the weighted score for each alternative. Which location
would you recommend?(15 points)
Answer 5:
6. Complete the following MPS Record (15 points)
Lot Size
130
Lead Time
1
Quantity on Hand
45
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Forecast
25
25
25
25
50
50
50
50
40
20
Customer Orders (booked)
30
20
5
8
2
Projected On-Hand Inventory
MPS Quantity
MPS start
Available to Promise Inventory
Answer 6:
7. Use the bill of materials and inventory records to determine the
quantity of purchased items necessary to assemble 20 end items if the
manufacturer uses lot-for-lot ordering. There are no end items currently on
hand, and none of the components have any scheduled receipts. (20 points)
Component
On-hand
Component
On-hand
A
5
D
15
B
75
E
3
C
10
F
20
.gif”>
Answer 7:
8.
Use the table below to answer
the following questions.
.gif”>
a)
Use the information in the Table above, what is the throughput time for
the process, assuming that the Call Center is always busy and has customers
waiting to be processed? (5 points)
b)
Use the information in Table above, what is the process bottleneck? (5
points)
c) Use the information in Table above, what
is the 8-hour capacity for the process? (5 points)
d) Use the information in Table above, where
would you expect customer wait times to occur? (5 points)
Write a brief analysis to a case( 500 words long) and a 5 pages ppt discuss whether your group wants to support or prevent the merger described in Monsanto-Syngenta Mega-Merger Would Drive More Deals: Real M&A. Discuss in the group the specific legal and practical bases for your argument in support or opposition to the merger.Here is link to this case : https://www.essaybishop.com/write-my-essay/bloomberg.com/news/articles/2015-05-01/monsanto-syngenta-mega-merger-would-drive-more-deals-real-m-aWe are against the merger.My part is : – Provides sound and rational bases upon which to conclude that mega-mergers should either be generally accepted or generally discouraged business practices.Just write about my part. Do not write about other parts.
1. In leading his work team on any project, Mike and the team members will typically discuss the project goals and the best way to achieve those goals. Which form of personal power is Mike using?
a. Process power
b. Expert power
c. Referent power
d. Rational persuasion
e. Information power
2. Under which of the following conditions does the resource dependence of an organization increase?
a. As needed resources become scarcer
b. As outsiders have less control over needed resources
c. As more substitutes for a particular type of resource are available
d. As more companies can provide the necessary key resources
e. As competitor firms become weaker in your market
HCS 449
Week 4 Individual Professional Career Action Plan.
Resource: Professional Career Action Plan Grading Criteria
In addition to the personal goals you set in Week Three, this week you will be
setting professional career goals. These are goals that relate to your chosen
career, what type of job you want, and what steps you need to take to secure
that job. These include gaining skills to include on your resume and a look at
what hiring managers will focus on. You will do a gap analysis, where you
identify the skills you currently posses and those you need to posses in your
chosen career. This will help prepare you for job searches and interviews.
Review the American Council for Health Care Executives (ACHE) Career Management
101 workshop site. A link is provided on the student website.
Create a professional career plan using the University of Phoenix Material:
Professional Career Action Plan Outline.
Write a 1,400- to 1,750-word paper, based on your action plan outline,
addressing the following questions:
What are your professional goals?
What job do you plan to have in the health care sector?
What skills for this job do you currently have?
Which skills do you need to change or alter?
What is your plan for ultimately achieving these professional goals?
What professional organizations can help you achieve these goals?
What benefit does your career action plan outline provide?
A check for $167 is incorrectly recorded by a company as $176.On the bank recon-ciliation the $9 error should beadded to the balance per books.deducted from the balance per books.added to the balance per bank.deducted from the balance per bank.
The end of this drawn-out essay is to oppugn the pattern of implemented conformance within the societies depicted by Edith Wharton ‘s The Age of Innocence and Mark Twain ‘s The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn. This paper encompasses the two plants which compare the differences between the social facets of conformance within Twain ‘s Southern provinces of pre-civil war America and Wharton ‘s post-civil war New York. Both writers use the position of their several supporters to reflect on and knock the biass and values of these societies.
In The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn, Mark Twain uses the cardinal character of Huck to foreground society ‘s lip service and the manner that faith and morality stifle individuality and free-spiritedness. Huck is invariably indicating out the manner that persons believe themselves to be devout and morally unsloped but, in fact, are by and large hypocritical and dishonest. One of Twain ‘s chief onslaughts is directed against the system of bondage in concurrence with the stereotyping of Negroes at this clip. Huck ‘s voice is used to foreground the unfairness of this system, although, being a merchandise of this society, he besides expresses some of the biass he has learnt. Other characters, such as Jim and Pap, are included to research this subject farther. Puting, imagination and a humourous tone aid to reenforce Twain ‘s review.
Wharton uses similar devices to reprobate New York society in late 19th century. Unlike the boylike artlessness of Huck, Wharton ‘s supporter, Newland Archer, is misanthropic and can see rather clearly the mistakes in his community. It is suggested that he would wish to interrupt out of conventional behavior, but does non hold the bravery. Other characters, such as May and Ellen, are used to foreground the harm that the insisting on conformance causes to persons. Wharton besides draws to her readers ‘ attending, the patriarchal nature of this society, its focal point on philistinism, and refusal to alter. Like Twain, Wharton uses symbolism, particularly that of flowers and costume, every bit good as elusive sarcasm, to foreground her observations.
Word Count: 330 words
Introduction
One major facet of human nature is the bias against those who reject social norms. It seems inevitable that the bulk is prejudiced against those who refuse to conform, in order to keep societal stableness and do certain everybody upholds the values that most people portion. There are many different sorts of bias but the chief focal point of two American novels, The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn ( 1884 ) , by Mark Twain, and Edith Wharton ‘s The Age of Innocence ( 1918 ) , trade with prejudice against non-conformists. These authors use a assortment of devices to place readers to be hostile towards such values and conventionality. Couple utilises the supporter, Huckleberry Finn, every bit good as a overplus of secondary characters, such as Pap and Jim, to foreground the unfairness of the bondage system which operated before the civil war. Furthermore, Twain besides critiques the lip service of most people, who claim to take the moral high land, but are, in fact, merely holier-than-thou. In this text, imagination and sarcasm are used to convey the author ‘s strong message. Wharton employs similar techniques. The supporter, Newland Archer, is portrayed as a coward. He is to the full cognizant of the absurdnesss of his society ‘s insisting on conformance, but can non interrupt off, taking to the calamity of his by and large unrealized life. Minor characters, including Ellen and May, reinforce this major subject every bit good as Wharton ‘s onslaught on the patriarchal nature of her surroundings, and fright of alteration. Like Twain, Wharton weaves into her text, a strong sense of sarcasm and drawn-out imagination. Thus the two texts are really similar in manner and construction, although they deal with really different societies and conventions.
The Age of Innocence is set in upper-class New York society in post-civil war America. In this surroundings, people are really proud of their community ‘s accomplishments and reject alteration, which they perceive will endanger the position quo, richness and civilization. Wharton suggests that persons are raised in a civilization that is already to the full established with complex sets of values and categorizations, regulations and prohibitions. The bulk accepts these codifications as normal and natural. Having mastered the complexnesss of the civilization, life is conducted in the channels provided by that civilization. Hence, when anyone attempts alteration or stairss out of these well-worn waies, he or she is rounded upon, condemned and finally rejected. New York in the late 19th century is besides stiffly patriarchal and adult females must be cosmetic, supportive and economically dependent on work forces. In contrast, The Adventure of Huckleberry Finn is set before the civil war in America ‘s Deep South, specifically along the Mississippi River. Unlike New York, the chief bias here is racial. Most Whites support bondage and are dying to maintain Negroes in their topographic point, for fright that they will accomplish equality and hence overthrow the high quality of the Whites. This society besides prides itself on its moral virtuousnesss and is determined to coerce everyone to conform to the spiritual conventions.
Edith Wharton uses a assortment of methods to reprobate New York ‘s society ‘s snobbism and fright of alteration. The supporter, Newland Archer, is Wharton ‘s chief device. In the first chapter, it is rapidly established that he conforms to societal norms, as readers learn that, “ what was or what was non “ the thing ” played a portion as of import in Newland ‘s New York. ” ( Wharton, 1918: 4 ) However, Newland likes to believe of himself as a non-conformist and feels that he is the “ clearly the higher-up of these chosen specimens of old New York ” . ( Wharton, 1918:7 ) Mutely, he mocks those whom he sees as slaves to conventionality. Assorted incidents are used to foreground Newland ‘s disdain. He is frustrated by May ‘s deficiency of independent action when she refuses to run off with him and comes to see her as “ a terrific merchandise of the societal system he belonged to ” ( Wharton, 1918:35 ) . He is unimpressed with May and fascinated by Ellen ‘s exoticness, symbolised by his reaction to her unconventional house, where he felt the lamps imposed a “ bleached shadowy appeal of a room unlike any room he had known ” . ( Wharton, 1918:57 ) Another symbol of Newland ‘s flirting with the out danger of the unconventional is the type of flowers he gives to the two adult females in his life, giving flowers was non merely a manner to show wealth, but besides a manner to pass on elusive messages. During his battle with May, Newland sends lilies-of-the-valley to her “ every forenoon on the minute ” ( Wharton, 1918:65 ) , while it is traditionally given as a marrying flower to stand for a “ return of felicity ” , it besides symbolises artlessness and celibacy ( Gwen ) . The supporter sees May as being naA?ve and guiltless as the white flowers he gives her suggest. However, during Newland ‘s first visit to Ellen Olenska ‘s place, he gives her a corsage of yellow roses which the supporter ‘s thought “ there was something excessively rich, excessively strong, in their ardent beauty. ” ( Wharton, 1918:65 ) as “ he had ne’er seen any as sun-golden before ” ( Wharton, 1918:65 ) therefore Wharton, suggests that like flowers reflects on the receiving system ‘s personality and hence the xanthous flowers symbolise green-eyed monster, unfaithfulness and exoticness.
Yet, faced with the chance to arise, he lacks the bravery. Rather than contending against society ‘s positions on divorce, he volitionally gives in and decides non to follow her, even though he feels “ an ceaseless indefinable craving ” ( Wharton, 1918:183 ) for Ellen. The writer farther high spots Newland ‘s cowardliness and apathy by saying that he “ instinctively felt that in this regard it would be troublesomeaˆ¦to stick out for himself. ” ( Wharton 1918:7 ) Newland ‘s unwillingness non to conform is farther extrapolated when he pays lip service to democratic rules, but one time married, reassumes his earlier conventional, patronizing attitude to May ‘s “ artlessness ” ( Wharton 1918:119 ) , with the premise that it “ seals the head against imaginativeness and the bosom against experience! “ ( Wharton, 1918:119 ) . Even when he subsequently admits to Ellen that his matrimony is a “ fake ” ( Wharton, 1918:199 ) , he blames her for his quandary stating “ You gave me my first glance of a existent lifeaˆ¦ it ‘s beyond human digesting ” ( Wharton, 1918: 199 ) . Wharton ‘s oppressing unfavorable judgment of Newland culminates in the concluding pages. The clip is now 30 old ages subsequently and society is radically different. Old snobbisms have been abandoned and he realises that May ever knew about his relationship with Ellen. Yet, now there is “ no ground for his go oning in the same modus operandi ” ( Wharton, 1918:289 ) and he has a opportunity of freedom, he is still “ held fast by wont ” ( Wharton 1918:290 ) and “ saw into what a deep rut he had sunk. ” ( Wharton, 1918:290 ) Indeed Newland has non changed at all ; he is still torn between the feeling that he should prosecute in “ new things ” . ( Wharton, 1918:290 ) He is good cognizant that now “ Cipher was shockable adequate ” ( Wharton, 1918:290 ) to worry about past injudiciousnesss. However, the supporter still lacks bravery to be true to himself. He seems frozen by inactiveness, highlighted by his failure to see Ellen ‘s flat, as he thinks “ it ‘s more existent to me here if I went up ” ( Wharton, 1918:298 ) . Wharton shows how Newland continues at war within himself as he “ all of a sudden heard himself state ” . ( Wharton, 1918:298 ) these words. Therefore as the terminal, when he “ walked back entirely ” ( Wharton, 1918:298 ) , readers understand the otiose chances of Newland ‘s life as he can ne’er interrupt out of societal norms. As Wharton demonstrates a usage of sarcasm as Ellen “ closed the shutters ” ( Wharton, 1918:298 ) , she is symbolically stoping any opportunity that Newland has of altering.
Similarly, Mark Twain uses his chief characters to review his society, but is it non the snobbism and the conventions that are attacked, but the lip service. Huck is used as a device to dramatize the struggle between societal or received morality on the one manus, and a different sort of morality based on intuition and experience on the other. Like persons of his age, Huck is written through the position of a kid and although he is doubting of spiritual values, such an immatureness is demonstrated by the supporter ‘s superstitious positions as he heard “ a shade ” ( Twain, 1884:4 ) . Despite such beliefs, Huck reflects Twain ‘s agnosticism as he remains stainless by the regulations and premises of society in which he finds himself in. Even though Huck is speedy to knock the absurdness of the universe around him, he does non try to do discourtesy. He is every bit speedy to state us that though the “ widow cried over me, and called me a hapless lost lamb. . . she ne’er meant no injury by it. ” ( Twain, 1884:2 ) . Couple presents the supporter ‘s unwillingness to alter after Miss Watson ‘s efforts to “ sivilize ” ( Twain, 1884:1 ) him, but shortly reverts back to his old wonts after populating with his male parent. The struggle between the subjugation of civilization and “ natural life ” is introduced in the first chapter through the attempts of the Miss Watson, who tries to coerce Huck to have on new apparels, give up smoke, receive an instruction and larn the Bible. Couple nowadayss both Miss Watson and the Widow Douglas as being highly conservative, invariably seeking to learn Huck the ways of a spiritual society which he finds “ boring and only ” ( Twain, 1884:3 ) , whereas Huck is represented as being out traveling and free spirited. Twain uses an analogy to depict Huck ‘s antipathy for the inefficiency within supplication as Miss Watson tells Huck “ to pray every twenty-four hours, and whatever I asked for I would acquire it. But it war n’t so. I tried it. Once I got a fish-line, but no hooksaˆ¦ . I tried for the maulerss three or four times, but somehow I could n’t do it work. ” ( Twain, 1884:4 ) Here, Twain suggests that Huck is unable to hold on the construct of formal faith. Furthermore, Huck ‘s refusal to remain at the Grangerfords reveals his inability to settle down as he says, “ there war n’t no place like a raft ” ( Twain, 1884:5 ) Therefore, Huck is used to show the writer ‘s chief message that the barbarian manner of life is more desirable and morally superior to the corruptness of purportedly civilized American society.
Wharton besides subverts the mythology of America as a new, democratic society. America is supposed to be an uninhibited “ heaven ” as opposed to the stiff European “ snake pit ” experienced by Ellen. However, the writer suggests that people have in fact imported the “ old ” category differentiations and snobbism from Europe. “ Old ” New York society has an ambivalent attitude towards the “ new ” rich. Peoples admire Julius Beaufort because he is affluent but despise him because he is self-made, despite the fact that he has gained societal reputability by get marrieding into the celebrated Mingott household, he is ever at the outer peripheries of society and considered slightly disreputable. The possibility of a new beginning is symbolized by Newland and Ellen ‘s interlude in the Patroon ‘s house. The original Dutch governor ‘s bungalow embodies the possibility that the twosome can get away the yesteryear. In contrast, the new wave der Luydens are one of the most well-thought-of households because of their European lineage, epitomised by their “ high-ceilinged white-walled Madison Avenue drawing-room, with the picket brocaded armchairs so evidently exposed for the juncture, and the gauze still veiling the ormolu mantle decorations ” . ( Wharton, 1918:42 ) Their seal of blessing is needed to derive societal acceptableness, shown when their invitation to Ellen allows her to come in New York society as they delivered her an envelope that “ contained a card ask foring the Countess Olenska to the dinner ” ( Wharton, 1918:7 ) . However, she shortly discovers that this surroundings is merely as stiff and stratified as Europe, as Newland explains, “ New York Society is… ruled, in malice of visual aspects, by a really few people with- well- instead old- fashioned ideasaˆ¦ ” ( Wharton, 1918:89-90 ) Wharton shows that alteration is rejected as a destabilising influence. In the first chapter, Ellen is seen have oning an unfamiliar European style-dress which attracts “ undivided attending ” ( Wharton, 1918:10 ) . The disapproval of such new manner is emphasised when Miss Jackson notes, “ aˆ¦In my youthaˆ¦ it was considered vulgar to dress in the newest fashionsaˆ¦ ” ( Wharton, 1918:211 ) . Wharton points out the inevitable alteration of society by showing a contrast at the terminal of the book ; Dallas Archer has married Julius Beaufort ‘s bastard girl, Fanny which would hold one time been considered wholly unacceptable. The writer even points out the comparing between Fanny and Ellen as the former “ had won [ New York ‘s ] bosom much as Madame Olenska had won it 30 old ages before ” ( Wharton, 1918:260 ) . However, now “ alternatively of being distrustful and afraid of her, society gleefully took her for granted. “ ( Wharton, 1918:260 ) . As Newland reflects, “ Peoples presents were excessively busy with reforms and “ motions, ” aˆ¦ to trouble oneself much about their neighbors. ” ( Wharton, 1918:291 ) Therefore, the fact that such a respected and conventional household such as the Archers became connected to “ Beaufort ‘s assholes ” ( Wharton, 1918:291 ) is used to bespeak how stiff New York society one time was and how much it has changed.
An built-in portion of Wharton ‘s review is the repression of adult females. Late 19th century New York society is steadfastly patriarchal. Womans are expected to be inanimate, cosmetic and pure. Wharton uses costumes to foreground these outlooks as May is instantly introduced as “ a immature miss in white ” . ( Wharton, 1918:5 ) This symbolism suggests her artlessness and fidelity towards her hereafter partner. In contrast, Ellen is subsequently introduced as have oning a “ dark bluish velvet gown instead stagily caught up under her bosom by a girdle with a big antique clasp. ” . ( Wharton, 1918:7-8 ) This description instantly highlights Ellen ‘s refusal to conform and so openly ask foring attending which is a complete contrast to May ‘s costume, proposing her deficiency of conformity of the gender stereotype. Furthermore, adult females are expected to get married and stay so, nevertheless severely they are treated. Wharton emphasises the manner work forces patronise adult females through the relationship between Newland and May. He notices his married woman ‘s narrow involvement while in London with annoyance, where “ nil interested her but the theaters and the stores. ” ( Wharton, 1918:160 ) and patronizingly teaches her about art. Women within New York society besides have to be compliant and supportive of their hubbies, irrespective of their partners ‘ behavior as “ May ‘s lone usage of the autonomy she supposed herself to possess would be to put it on the communion table of her wifelike worship. ” ( Wharton, 1918:160 ) Wharton besides presents the meeting of individualities of adult females with their hubbies through the word picture of the new wave der Luydens who “ were so precisely alike that Archer frequently wondered how, after 40 old ages of the closest conjugality, two such merged individualities of all time separated themselves plenty for anything every bit controversial as a talking-over.. ” . ( Wharton, 1918:43 ) The rebellion against gendered stereotypes is by and large opposed, as shown when Ellen is condemned for take a firm standing on divorce. There are some exclusions, for illustration, Mrs. Manson Mingott, whose “ influence is great throughout her household ” ( Wharton, 1918:206 ) , because she is affluent and does non present a menace to societal convention yet even she refuses to assist her girl, Regina when Beaufort runs off with Fanny. Miss Manson Mingott abandons her girl, claiming that their household name was tarnished by such an incident as she says “ It was Beaufort when he covered you with gems, and it ‘s got to remain Beaufort now that he ‘s covered you with shame. ” ( Wharton, 1918:223 ) Furthermore, this intervention of adult females produces societal tensenesss. Newland desires Ellen, who is sexually experienced, and had a affair with Mrs. Rushworth who was his rational equal. However, if he wants to keep male high quality, he has to accept May and the deficiency of fulfillment he knows he will see throughout his married life. It is through the creative activity of these characters that Wharton critiques her patriarchal society. Wharton ‘s society is brewing with lip service, as money buys non merely regard and human value but besides free scope to populate without effects. In the novel ‘s society, value and individuality are rooted in philistinism and lip service, bespeaking non merely a crisis of subjectiveness on the degree of the person but besides suggesting at a larger prostration of human relationships in general.
Like Wharton, Twain besides condemns the lip service of the spiritual. However, the onslaught is much more biting, even though the tone, created through Huck ‘s voice, is humourous and purposes to satirically mock the values presented by the supporter. In the first chapter, Miss Watson introduces Huck to “ the bad topographic point ” ( Twain, 1884:3 ) , while the supporter, could non “ see no advantage in traveling ” ( Twain, 1884:3 ) to Heaven. Twain indicates that despite the caretakers ‘ purposes, Huck ne’er sees any existent weight in faith and treats the construct of Eden and snake pit as a myth. Subsequently, when the mountebanks, “ Duke ” and “ King ” , convert a spiritual community to give them money so they can “ change over ” their non-existent plagiarist friends, the God-fearing common people are easy fooled as King “ went all through the crowd with his chapeau ” ( Twain, 1884:171 ) roll uping money and is subsequently offered adjustment. Therefore, King and the Duke are used to stand for those con-men who use faith in a corrupt mode, for self-gain. The chapters where Huck meets the Grangerford and Sheperdson allows Twain to utilize sarcasm in order to reprobate certain facets of purportedly civilized America. Both households represent the wealthy and educated and uncover the senseless ferociousness and gratuitous slaughter involved in their arbitrary construct of honor. The dignified Colonel Grangerford, who is eager for the glorification to be gained from hiting “ a few buck-shot “ ( Twain, 1884:141 ) at a Shepherdson household member, unquestioningly believes in devaluating human life, emphasized by the Twain ‘s suggestion of the feud is so arbitrary that the households do non even know why they are contending ( Q ) . Both feuding households are church departers and in one discourse where both the households “ took their guns along ” ( Twain, 1884:142 ) , given by Mr. Grangerford he speaks of “ brotherlike love ” ( Twain, 1884:142 ) while, hypocritically, encourages the slaying of the opposing household. Twain satirise this by showing Huck ‘s oblivion to spiritual values, crying that “ it seem aˆ¦to be one of the roughest Sundays, I had run across yet ” ( Twain, 1884:142 ) , when compared to the household ‘s positive remarks about the “ good discourse ” ( Twain, 1884:142 ) . Through this averment, it can be suggested that Twain is resentful towards the contradiction of spiritual values, which is reinforced by the in writing description of the confrontation as Buck recalls that “ his male parent and his brother was killed, and two or three of the enemy. ” ( Twain, 1884:148 ) intended to floor the readers and reinforce Twain ‘s point that God-fearing and self-proclaimed observant Americans feel justified in utilizing such ferociousness. This incident is besides in marked contrast to the breeding of Wharton, who ne’er references force. This comparing clearly indicates the different nature of these two respective societies – the abrasiveness of the South and the polish of New York – even though both claim to be, in comparing with aliens, civilised.
Another major unfavorable judgment of Twain ‘s society is the unfairness of bondage. In The Adventures Huckleberry Finn, The writer uses sarcasm to show that bondage is supported by even the most “ moral ” of characters. Miss Watson, an educated and devout Christian adult female, is besides a slave proprietor, connoting that people who regard themselves as morally unsloped believe that bondage is justified inkinesss are purportedly racially inferior and is willing to sell Jim “ down to Orleans ” ( Q ) for eight-hundred dollars. Furthermore, the word picture of Pap reinforces the connexion between hapless moral character, racism, and the credence of bondage. He is portrayed as, non merely a racialist, but besides, a rude, self-involved rummy and kid maltreater. As he says “ I was merely approximately to travel and vote myself if I war n’t excessively imbibe to acquire at that place ; but when they told me there was a State in this State where they ‘d allow a nigger ballot, I drawed out. ” ( Twain, 1884:36 ) The writer presents how visual aspect and clamber coloring material are the lone standards considered by the societies of the South when finding who is afforded rights in comparing to the black “ p’fessor ” ( Twain, 1884:36 ) from the northern province of Ohio. It appears that regardless of how immoral and depraved a white adult male might be, he is still afforded more power than that of a moral black character wish Jim as he is immediately blamed for the “ slaying ” of Huck. Therefore exemplifying how society is speedy to fault persons who are socially underprivileged. Here, Twain ‘s really willingness to portray a morally unsloped character like Jim, whose predicament is intended to convey understanding, presents an attitude that is doubtless anti-slavery. In contrast to Pap ‘s changeless maltreatment of his boy, Jim is shown to lose his household as he “ was frequently moaning and mourning that manner, darks, when he judged that [ Huck ] was asleep ” ( Twain, 1884:201 ) as he realises that he “ ai n’t of all time gwyne to see ” ( Twain, 1884:201 ) them of all time once more. Twain emphasizes Jim ‘s superior moral facets to Huck ‘s male parent by showing the character ‘s compunction in penalizing his girl, ‘lizabeth, after gaining that she is deaf and was hence, unable to listen to his demands. True the supporter does express racist attitudes towards Jim when he says “ I would n’t agitate my nigga, would I? – the lone… nigga I had in the universe, and the lone belongings. ” ( Twain, 1884:279 ) However, Twain indicates that Huck is merely a kid who has been influenced by societal bias as he is raised within a deeply bigoted society.
While The Age of Innocence and The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn are really similar in manner and building, the chief difference occurs in the usage of imagination. Wharton uses the coloring material “ white ” to symbolize pureness and artlessness, as exemplified in May ‘s costumes as she dresses in “ white and splinter ” ( Wharton,1918:53 ) and the “ corsage of lilies-of-the-valley ” ( Wharton,1918:5 ) she receives from Newland. In contrast, Twain uses the thought of “ white ” to sabotage the racial bias practised by the white Southerners. Pap Finn represents the worst facets of white society as he is illiterate, nescient, violent, and deeply bigoted. As Huck remarks, his male parent is “ white ; but non like another adult male ‘s white, but a white to do a organic structure ill ” . ( Twain, 1884:25 ) Here, the sickening deathlike lividness of Finn ‘s tegument underscores Twain ‘s disapprobation of the Whites who feel that they are superior to inkinesss, merely because of the coloring material of their tegument. Conversely, the black professor from Ohio is described as have oning “ all right apparels ” , “ a gold ticker and concatenation, and a silver-headed cane ” and is able to “ speak all sorts of linguistic communications, and knowed everything ” ( Twain, 1884:36 ) . This clearly educated adult male is able to vote whereas Pap takes his privileges for granted, warranting his failure to vote by stating he was “ excessively intoxicated ” ( Twain, 1884:36 ) . In set uping the contrast between Pap and the Negro, Twain overturns the traditional positions of his clip which suggests that the color white, non black, is associated with immorality.
Decision
Clearly, The Adventure of Huckleberry Finn and The Age of Innocence are really similar in the manner they present vesicating reviews on their several societies. Both Wharton and Twain use a wide-ranging assortment of different schemes to convey their message. The word pictures of major and minor characters illustrate how persons react and are affected by biass. In Wharton ‘s instance, the memorable supporter, Newland Archer, is bogged down by society ‘s fright of alteration, whilst Twain ‘s Huckleberry Finn subtly remarks on the unfairnesss of his society through the infantile eyes of artlessness. Furthermore, linguistic communication, manner and symbolism reinforce the unfavorable judgments. Readers of both plants are invited to reason that conformance, bias and lip service are unacceptable values for any society to keep and tolerance and fairness are far more preferred.
Assignment #2 â Data AnalysisProblem 5-14 ModifiedYou are looking for a new apartment and decided to go through a realtor instead of shopping for theapartment through advertisements. Cain Realty provided you with the following list of 7 availableapartments in the area you specified. The apartments have been evaluated by Cain Realty using 12different criteria (listed as 2â13 on the spreadsheet in Figure 5.16).Complete the following steps for Part 1 and Part 2:1. Use an Excel workbook to design a decision aid to choose an apartment.2. Use the appropriate factors in Part 1 and Part 2.3. Decide how much decision weight you want to assign to each factor relative to the other factors.4. Distribute the decision weights so that they add up to 100 (i.e., 100%).5. Justify your decisions about factors and weights.6. Select an apartment and provide the reason for your decision.Part 1a. Use the 12 factors shown in Figure 5.16 for your decision model.b. Complete the steps listed above.Part 2a. Choose a situation that would require a decision. [Example: selecting a new car]b. Select 10 factors for your decision model. [Example: price, mpg, and safety]c. Indicate potential sources from the internet for your decision factors. [Example: Kelly BlueBook(prices) and Edmund (car reviews)]d. Set up a Table of Data in the same format as Figure 5.16e. Populate the table with response to the factors. (This data can be fictitious. You do not have toresearch the criteria.)f. Complete the steps listed above.
Choose two of the following questions. Write an essay of approximately four concise pages on each. (As an alternative, you may write eight pages on one question.) i will give you considerable latitude in how you handle the questions. You may use outside sources, you may consult one another, you may (and should) offer opinions and take issue with the theorists you discuss. However, you must identify your sources and you must write your own essays. Your essays are due on or before October 18th.
1. Discuss the status of the author in modern theory, especially in relation to language and to the reader/interpreter.
2. Discuss the nature of the text in modern theory. Barthes; distinction between text and work might be a place to begin.
3. What of e. the dominant models of history and historical change in modern theory? Possible approaches to this topic could include discussing class struggle as the engine driving historical change or whether history actualh, has a design kas claimed by Hegel and Marx). Generically speaking, is it even history it it doesn’t have a design?
4. How is Freud interpreted and extended by modern theorists? Or, if you prefer’. Which of Freud’s theories remain most influential/c.ontroversial and why?
5. Does a theory of female authorship need to be different from a theory of male authorship? If so, how? if not, why not?
6. What is so special about the domain of the Aesthetic for Kant? How does he go about defending aesthetic judgment from charges of arbitrariness? What are the implications for modern theory?
7. Some of the theorists we have read argue (or assume) that Literature is a distinctive form of language with special powers. Others aggressively criticize this position. Discuss some of the arguments for and against.
Over the last two decades of the twentieth century the Greek police have managed to arrest almost all members of the November 17th terrorist group.True or False
You must find three different articles from three different sources that pertain to business. Articles must be dated within one month from the present. For the assignment, please type a one page, double-spaced summary in your own words. The summary must include the name of the source, title of article, author, date, and page number
ACC 230 Week 6 Assignment – Candela Corporation CaseResources: Ch. 4 of Understanding Financial StatementsDue Date: Day 7 [Individual forum]Compose a 500- to 750-word paper in APA format responding to questions 1 and 2 of the Candela Corporation Case on p. 146 (Ch. 4).
Observations of a certain galaxy show that stars at a distance of 16 pc from the center of the galaxy orbit a central supermassive black hole at a speed of 200 km/s. Use Newtonâs form of Keplerâs third law to determine the mass of the central black hole.
Current listings and information on job opportunities
Strategy Assignment:
1. Check out Internet sites that offer current listings and information on job opportunities Visit the Monster.com site for a start. Monster.com Continue your search with other relevant job sites as you wish. For example, you could check out 6figurejobs.com for a look at higher paying executive positions. Executive Positions Select one new job direction that may interest you in the future and write a short paper (one page) about what you have found.
Part 2
Check out the Keller Career Services site, and add a paragraph to the report on what you found that would be helpful to your career plans. Be as specific as you can regarding your professional focus.
What distinguishes postmodernism, specifically the thought of Foucault? From his perspective, how does the combination of social power and knowledge influence our beliefs about morality? Using that moral view, analyze the ethics involved in the issue of transgender people in school locker rooms.***MLA STANDARD, MINIMUM OF THREE PAGES!***
Prices were recorded for all the loaves of bread in a supermarket, the mean price for a loaf of bread was $1.37 with a standard deviation of $0.67. Find the probability that if 13 loaves are selected the mean price is less than $1.000.56430.02330.91050.0032
Describe the good or service and desired brand image
The goal of the paper is to integrate theories and concepts from the textbook and readings into your own ideas to create specific marketing ideas to promote the brand (good or service) with a particular target market. Refer to the previous assignments completed in this course for insight on how to develop your Final Paper. You must
Provide an Overview/Executive Summary of the marketing strategy.
Describe the good or service and desired brand image.
Describe the target market, including buyer motivations, demographics, and psychographics.
Describe the overall marketing strategy, including positioning strategy versus competitors.
Describe a promotions and advertising campaign that includes a description of one advertisement.
Recommend and describe a Public Relations campaign.
Describe the use of an Internet marketing campaign, including web site and use of email.
Describe a direct marketing campaign, including Customer Relationship Management.
Select one historic example of a terrorist act using either an explosive device, or by incendiary means resulting in fire. This act could have perpetrated by either a domestic group such as ALF and ELF, or an international terrorist group.
Explain how the operation was carried out and analyze something of interest related to the act of violence – perhaps first responder actions, intelligence gathering/analysis prior to the event, or forensics after the fact that led to the identification of the suspect(s) or group. Your post must be between 400-600 words and you must cite at least 2 references. To wrap up your discussion, you must respond to at least two of your classmate’s postings (150 words each). Make the focus of your response to either build on the information your classmates wrote, perhaps by comparing/contrasting devices or terrorist groups.
Take a look at the following video, which is Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano talked about the role of state and local criminal justice professionals in counterterrorism efforts.
ACC 460 – Week 1 -Individual Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) and Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Analysis PaperPrepare a 350- to 700-word paper comparing and contrasting GASB and FASB accounting.Explain the objectives of the two standards boards and how they are similar and different.Describe how the modified accrual basis of accounting differs from full accrual accounting.Format your paper consistent with APA guidelines.
Question 2: ( 3000 Words).: Organization Learning Project ( 50 Marks)
Students will be required to choose an organisation that they are familiar with and analyse it using relevant change management theories or frameworks to identify areas where change is required. Relevant change intervention strategies are to be proposed.
The organisational change project covers the following:
1. An introduction to the organisation.
2. Internal and external analysis of the organisation to identify areas requiring change (at the end of this section, include a summary of the areas where change is required)
3. Literature review – overview of change management theories or frameworks
4. Evaluation of possible change strategies required to improve the situation.
5. Recommendations of the most suitable strategies. (Very Important)
6. Required resources for implementing the identified suitable strategies.(Very Important)
7. Conclusion
Notes:
The purpose of this assessment is to allow students take on a management perspective to analyse organisational change and propose recommendations with the aim of improving the situation. This project seeks to create a case study of an organization that requires a change intervention.
Referencing: According to “Harvard Referencing Workbook.
Explain unauthorized practice of law (UPL), and provide at least one (1) example of a specific behavior or act that could result in the UPL. Next, review the guidelines of avoiding UPL from Chapter 2 of the textbook, and identify one (1) way in which a paralegal could avoid UPL. Include one (1) example of such ways to support your response.Recently The Georgetown University Law Center’s 2016 report said law firms need to make “bold, proactive changes” to thrive in a changing industry. The article is at the following link: https://www.essaybishop.com/write-my-essay/nytimes.com/2016/01/09/business/dealbook/law-firms-risking-obsolescence-report-says.html?mwrsm=Email. Read the article and then consider the following: the pressure to reform can be driven by many forces, which are economic, political, personal, philosophical. But above all these forces are the ethical standards in the Code of Conduct. You are the paralegal assigned to the team that will come up with recommendations for changes to the firm. How would the UPL impact any of your considerations? Explain one change that you would recommend for paralegals in the firm and explain how it will not violate the legal prohibitions of the Code of Conduct.
ABN 49 003 577 302 CRICOS Code: 00161E National Code: 90458
TEQSA Provider Number: PRV12051
ASSESSMENT BRIEF
COURSE: Bachelor of Business /Bachelor of Accounting
Unit: Management Principles
Unit Code: MGTP102
Type of Assessment: Assessment 3 – Individual Essay Writing
Length/Duration: 1500 words
Course Learning
Outcomes addressed: 1, 2, 3, 5
Unit Learning
Outcomes addressed:
1, 2, 3, 4
Submission Date: Week 10
Assessment Task: An academic argumentative essay
Total Mark: 25
Weighting: 25%
Students are advised that any submissions past the due date without an approved extension or without
approved extenuating circumstances incurs a 5% penalty per calendar day,
calculated from the total mark
E.g. a task marked out of 40 will incur a 2 mark penalty per calendar day.
More information, please refer to (Documents> Student Policies and Forms > POLICY – Assessment Policy
& Procedures– Login Required)
ABN 49 003 577 302 CRICOS Code: 00161E National Code: 90458
TEQSA Provider Number: PRV12051
ASSESSMENT DESCRIPTION:
Write an argumentative academic essay on one of three given topics related to management theory. The
essay will be written in accordance with the guidelines for writing academic essays in the Academic Learning
Skills (ALS) student guide “Essay Writing”.
The argumentative essay must agree or disagree with one of the statements below:
a) In today’s turbulent environment only organic organisational structures are effective.
OR
b) The only thing that effects employee motivation is the level of pay.
OR
c) A strong organisational culture is essential for superior organisational performance.
Your essay must include:
At least five reference sources including the prescribed text book, none of which are internet
sources, e.g. websites.
Correct argumentative essay structure. Refer to the Academic Learning Skills student guide “Essay
Writing”.
Harvard Australian referencing for any sources you use. Refer to the Academic Learning Skills
student guide “Referencing”.
ASSESSMENT SUBMISSION:
This assignment should be submitted online in Moodle.
The assignment MUST be submitted electronically in Microsoft Word format. Other formats may not be
readable by markers. Please be aware that any assessments submitted in other formats will be considered
LATE and will lose marks until it is presented in Word.
For assistance please speak to our Academic Learning Skills Coordinators. They can help you with
understanding the task, draft checking, structure, referencing and other assignment-related matter.
Kent Institute Australia Pty. Ltd.
Assessment Brief ABN 49 003 577 302 CRICOS Code: 00161E RTO Code: 90458
Version 1: 22nd December, 2016 TEQSA Provider Number: PRV12051
MARKING GUIDE (RUBRIC):
Marking Criteria. Fail (0-9.9) Pass (10-12.5) Credit (13-14.5) Distinction (15-16.5) High Distinction (17-20)
Research
/20
Little evidence of research.
Sources are missing,
inappropriate, poorly
integrated or lacking credibility.
Lacks clear link of sources with
essay.
Text book and 4 other relevant
sources. Basic use of sources to
support ideas, generally well
integrated, most sources are
credible. May be weaknesses
with paraphrasing or
integration/application.
Research is generally thorough.
Good use of
sources to support ideas, mostly
well integrated, sources are
credible. May be weaknesses with
paraphrasing or integration/
application.
Thorough research is indicated.
Very good use of sources to
support ideas, well integrated,
sources are credible. May be
minor weaknesses with
paraphrasing or
integration/application.
Thorough research is indicated.
Professional use of sources to support
ideas, well integrated, sources are
credible. Very minor,
if any, weaknesses with paraphrasing or
integration/application.
Information /
Content
/20
Essay lacks coherence; topic is
poorly addressed; little
analysis.
Essay is generally coherent; topic
is addressed; analyses in
reasonable depth with
some description. There are
some inconsistencies and
weaknesses with flow.
Essay is coherent and flows well;
topic is addressed quite
thoroughly; analyses in
considerable depth. There may be
some inconsistencies and
weaknesses with flow.
Essay is very coherent and flows
well; topic is addressed thoroughly;
analyses in
depth. There may be minor
inconsistencies and weakness with
flow.
Professional work. Essay is very
coherent and flows well; topic is
addressed thoroughly;
analyses in great depth. Very minor, if
any, inconsistencies and weaknesses
with flow.
Structure
/20
Topic, concepts are not clear in
introduction.
Material in the body is
generally poorly
sequenced. No discernible
conclusion; no links to
introduction.
Topic, concepts are generally
stated with some clarity in
introduction. Material in body is
generally logically sequenced;
some weaknesses. Conclusion
does not clearly summarise
essay; links to introduction are
not clear.
Topic, concepts and are mostly
clearly conveyed in introduction.
Material in body is logically and
clearly sequenced; few or minor
weaknesses. Conclusion
summarises essay; may be some
weaknesses; generally
clear links to intro.
Topic, concepts are clearly outlined
in introduction. Material in body is
logically and clearly sequenced;
very few or minor weaknesses.
Conclusion mostly effectively
summarises essay; with
recommendations and clear links to
introduction.
Topic, concepts are clearly
outlined in introduction. Material in
body is logically and clearly sequenced;
very minor, if any, weaknesses.
Conclusion effectively summarises
essay; with recommendations and
clear links to introduction.
Language/
Presentation
/20
Poor standard of writing. Word
limit may not be adhered to.
Minimum 1900 words in length.
Basic and sound standard of
writing; some errors in
punctuation, grammar and
spelling
Good standard of writing; few
errors in punctuation,
grammar and spelling.
Very good standard of writing; very
few or minor errors in
punctuation, grammar and spelling.
Professional standard of writing; no
errors in
punctuation, grammar and spelling.
Referencing
/20
No referencing is evident or, if
done, is inconsistent and
technically incorrect. No or
minimal reference list, mixed
styles.
Basic and sound attempt to
reference sources; may be some
inconsistencies and technical
errors in style. Reference list is
generally complete with 1 or 2
references missing.
Good attempt to reference
sources; inconsistencies and
technical errors in style. Few
inaccuracies in reference list and
all references listed.
Very good attempt to reference
sources; very minor inconsistencies
and technical errors in style.
Thorough and consistent reference
list and all references listed.
Professional level of referencing and
acknowledgment; no errors of style
evident. Thorough and consistent
reference list and all references listed.
Kent Institute Australia Pty. Ltd.
Assessment Brief ABN 49 003 577 302 CRICOS Code: 00161E RTO Code: 90458
Version 1: 22nd December, 2016 TEQSA Provider Number: PRV12051
GENERAL NOTES FOR ASSIGNMENTS
Assignments should usually incorporate a formal introduction, main points and conclusion, and will
be fully referenced including a reference list.
The work must be fully referenced with in-text citations and a reference list at the end. We strongly
recommend you to refer to the Academic Learning Skills materials available in the Moodle. For details
please click the link http://moodle.kent.edu.au/kentmoodle/course/view.php?id=5and download the
file “Harvard Referencing Workbook”. Appropriate academic writing and referencing are inevitable
academic skills that you must develop and demonstrate.
We recommend a minimum of FIVE references, unless instructed differently by your lecturer. Unless
specifically instructed otherwise by your lecturer, any paper with less than FIVE references may be
failed. Work that includes sources that are not properly referenced according to the “Harvard
Referencing Workbook” will be penalised.
Marks will be deducted for failure to adhere to the word count – as a general rule you may go over or
under by 10% than the stated length.
GENERAL NOTES FOR REFERENCING
High quality work must be fully referenced with in-text citations and a reference list at the end. We
recommend you work with your Academic Learning Support (ALS) site
(http://moodle.kent.edu.au/kentmoodle/course/view.php?id=5) available in Moodle to ensure that
you reference correctly.
References are assessed for their quality. You should draw on quality academic sources, such as books,
chapters from edited books, journals etc. Your textbook can be used as a reference, but not the
lecturer notes. We want to see evidence that you are capable of conducting your own research. Also,
in order to help markers determine students’ understanding of the work they cite, all in-text
references (not just direct quotes) must include the specific page number/s if shown in the original.
Before preparing your assignment or own contribution, please review this ‘YouTube’ video by clicking
on the following link: Plagiarism: How to avoid it
PLAGIARISM: HOW TO AVOID IT
You can search for peer-reviewed journal articles, which you can find in the online journal databases
and which can be accessed from the library homepage. Wikipedia, online dictionaries and online
encyclopaedias are acceptable as a starting point to gain knowledge about a topic, but should not be
overused – these should constitute no more than 10% of your total list of references/sources.
Additional information and literature can be used where these are produced by legitimate sources,
such as government departments, research institutes such as the NHMRC, or international
organisations such as the World Health Organisation (WHO). Legitimate organisations and
government departments produce peer reviewed reports and articles and are therefore very useful
and mostly very current. The content of the following link explains why it is not acceptable to use nonpeer reviewed websites: Why can’t I just Google? (thanks to La Trobe University for this video).
Paper details • Apply evidence-based practice research findings in the management of a health issue. • Discuss how age, gender, and culture affect health assessment and physical examination outcomes and techniques. • Identify alternative methods, interview techniques, and tools used to assess clients based on age (i.e. ear check for toddler, assessing skin turgor in the elderly), culture/ethnicity (i.e. dehydration in dark skinned client), gender (i.e. Pap smear), List all necessary assessment tools for the assessment of your specific patient for the specific age and condition. Choose one patient from the following patients: -Newborn Asian baby boy 1 day old with Mongolian spots -One year old girl with Asthma wheezing -Five year old boy with a greenstick fracture starting kindergarten -Ten year old Hispanic girl who weighs 150 pounds -Seventeen year old American teenager with a STI -Twenty-five year old Muslim female mother of twins with mastitis -Thirty year old pregnant female with pre-eclampsia eight month pregnant -Seventy year old African American male with BPH
Chicago Computing Corporation manufactures two remote Internet communication devices: Personal and DeLuxe. Below is the information relative to their costs:Name of PoolDollars in PoolNo. of DriversDriverPurchasing$1,000,00010,000Purch. OrdersSoldering500,000100,000InchesGeneral Factory250,00040,000Labor Hours$1,750,000Labor rate is $20.00 per hour.Following is information relative to the two products:DescriptionPersonalDeLuxeDirect Material500,000800,000Number of Units10,0005,000Purchase Orders6,0004,000Inches50,00050,000Direct Labor Hours25,00015,000Required:Compute the total cost of making the personal device and the deluxe device using the single driver approach with labor hours being the cost driver. Also, compute the unit cost of each device.Compute the total cost of making the personal device and the deluxe device using the ABC approach. Also, compute the unit cost of each device.What are the three environmental factors that normally exist where a company is using ABC costing?Discuss some of the reasons firms have not adopted ABC costing.
Analyze two cases involving right to counsel focusing on:- The aspects of right to counsel for the cases- How the historical development of right to counsel relates to the cases- When the right to counsel attaches to criminal procedure for the cases- Whether the defendants in the cases exercised their right to self-representation- The role of the attorneys in the cases as it applies to right to counsel
Within the Discussion Board area write 500-750 words thatrespond to the following questions with your thoughts ideas andcomments. This will be the foundation for future discussions byyour classmates. Be substantive and clear and use examples toreinforce your ideas:
Compare and contrasts the businesses of insurance and banking
Order Description
Question
In recent years the boundaries between the banking and insurance industries have become blurred, with many types of ‘bancassurance’ operators and instruments that combine the features of both insurance and banking products.
Compare and contrasts the businesses of insurance and banking. (Your comparison could include such things as the nature of the risks assumed by banks and insurers, the types of products offered by them, management style and culture, distribution channels, profitability and volatility (of profitability) etc. – but it is for you to choose what you think are the most significant similarities and differences).
Example: HSBC
Consider global perspective:
(e.g.) different law restriction for product they offer
Use book and e-journal
Risk management and insurance – Scott E. Harrington, Greg Niehaus c2003
Life and health insurance – Kenneth Black, Harold D. Shipper 1999
Success in insurance – Diacon, S. R., Carter, Robert L. 1992
-Our experienced writers know everything about high education requirements and know exactly how to satisfy your demanding university professor – Essay Writing Service saving your time, creating your perfect paper
History homework help
history Art
2) Lewis’s chapter on gendering Orientalism discusses how white women would both challenge and propagate dominant Orientalist/imperialist views. Can you name some ways in which Isabella Bird’s illustrations (also of Malaya, which included Singapore) offer such a gendered view? How might they challenge or confirm views held in Picture #1?
—
History homework help
history
Art
1) Said says that, “The relationship between the Occident (the West) and the Orient (the East) is a relationship of power, of domination, of varying degrees of a complex hegemony…” (highlighted on p. 49).” How do you believe that the Picture #1 of a Singapore port could be used to illustrate this, alongside Said’s thesis of Orientalism? How do you think that Picture #2, which is taken by a Chinese photographer who did not embrace an Orientalist view, might confirm the existence of Orientalism?
Module 3 Discussion
Discuss the major tenets of Title VII
of the Civil Rights Acts of 1964 and the Civil Rights Act of 1991. Then,
take on the role of supervisor of a unit in a computer software company
which has approximately 200 employees. You have been told by your boss
that you must downsize your unit, in order to help the company save
money in these âtough economic times.â After reviewing the matter with
the other managers in your organization, you decide that you will have
to terminate 4 employees. These employees just happen to be of
African-American descent and they are all over 40 years of age. After
notifying the employees, they object to being terminated. You claim that
you are entitled to let them go. What parts of the Civil Rights Act of
1964 and 1991 apply and what parts of the Age Discrimination in
Employment Act (ADEA) of 1967 may apply? What issues do you believe the
EEOC will use to decide whether to pursue the case? Do you think that
your decision will prevail, and why or why not, based on these Acts and
how the courts have typically decided these types of cases? Do you think
that the ultimate decision will be âjustâ for the parties involved? Use
citations where appropriate (APA).
ANALYSIS OF THE MEASURES TAKEN FOR THE PREVENTION OF OIL POLLUTION FROM SHIPS AND OIL COMPANIES [TAKING A CASE STUDY FROM WEST AFRICAN WATERWAYS]
LITERATURE REVIEW
INTRODUCTION
Pollution is said to be the presence of matter or energy whose nature, location or quantity causes damage to the environment as well as humans. Ships and oil companies cause pollution in different kind of ways such as the discharge of ballast water and oil into the sea, emission of NOX and SOX, improper disposition of sewage and garbage and the discharge of noxious liquid substances into the sea.
All shipping companies have a role to play in preventing pollution and reducing release of harmful substances into the environment. Pollution has greatly degenerated the ecosystem in the marine environment and such measures needs to be put in place to eliminate or control it, mostly especially oil pollution which this dissertation is about.
Oil pollution has been a great challenge in the maritime sector especially in West Africa. Despite efforts from international regulations that provides laws that governs oil pollution globally, West African countries are still faced with oil pollution and this has affected our ecosystem and the day to day lives of the West African people. Oil spill has been one of the leading environmental issues that West Africans are faced with the beginning of the first petroleum industry within the Niger Delta area in West Africa. This spills have caused harmful effects in the West African environment as a result of their frequent occurrence in this regions. The oil spill and governance in oil exploration has also resulted in regional crisis in West Africa due to the fact that oil companies and government lack maintenance culture and lacks a good relationship with the local people in the regions they explore, this has resulted in corrosion of oil pipelines and tanks, sabotage and inadequate care in oil production.
HISTORICAL CONTEXT
The exploration of oil started as far back in 1956 in West Africa, when oil was discovered in a small hamlet in the southern part of Nigeria called Oloibiri, by shell British petroleum now Royal Dutch shell. By 1958 commercial exploration of oil began and over the year’s companies such as Texaco, Agip, Chevron, Total, Exxon-mobile and the Royal Dutch shell have all been working in West Africa. According to the Nigeria country analysis brief, there are 606 oil fields in the Niger delta, 246 of that in offshore and 360 onshore. Ghana also have about 10 oil wells at the moment.
In the Niger Delta area of Nigeria, an estimate of about 7000 spills have occurred between 1970 and 2000, 21% of which are as a result of oil production operations,50% caused by corrosion of pipelines and tankers,28% due to sabotage and 1% as a result of non-functional operation equipment’s,[Ngoran, 2011].
IMPACT OF OIL POLLUTION IN NIGERIA
Oil company’s activities in Niger Delta Area of Nigeria includes massive dynamiting for geological excavations, surveying and clearing of seismic lines. The shooting of dynamites has destabilized our environment thereby causing reduction in the fertility of plants because of the reduction in the penetration of light that caused increase in turbidity and block the filter feeding in fauna. It has led to the death of fishes and other aquatic organisms and cause a lot of harmful effect in our environment [ Zabbey, 2004]
The habitat area has been reduced as a result of oil and gas pipelines that are buried deep in the mangrove and rainforests of the rich ecosystem and breathing of our plants as been distorted due to the occasional clearing of pipelines tracks that segregates the natural population. The Niger Delta has been the major area in Nigeria were oil and gas production and exploration takes place. The oil produced in this region constitutes about 90% of the economy and this same oil as destroyed the region due to series of oil spills that has routinely occurred over the years. The oil enter into the environment in a number of ways including discharges from ships and refineries, tank accidents , rapturing and leakage of pipelines and through biogenic hydrocarbon source’s.
According to [Dublin- Green et al, 1998, 5334 cases of crude oil spillage was reported and about 2.8million barrels of oil has been released between 1976 and 1997 into coastal areas, estuaries and on land in Nigeria. This incidents all occurred in the mangrove swamp area which is the most productive ecosystem with very rich flora and fauna. It is very important to know that, a good number of oil spills in this region were not put on record neither were they cleaned because they were tagged minor incidents and the inhabitants were not compensated for the damaged properties. The major recorded cases in the petroleum industry are, the Oshika pipeline spillage 1993, the Goi trans Niger pipeline oil spill 2004, the Bomu II blowout 1970, the Funiwa 5oil blowout 1980, the Forcados terminal spillage 1980, the Oyakana pipeline spillage 1980 and the Okoma pipeline spillage 1995.
The effects of oil pollution on the environment are composed of variety of elements that affects the lifes of plants, animals and interfaces with functioning of their organ systems and creates conditions that are not favourable for life and the environment as a whole. For instance the suffocation of some aquatic systems is as a result of oxygen not penetrating into water bodies due to the fact that the water surface contains oil. The transience of plants, animals and other sub-lethal damages are as a result of toxic components that are contained in crude oil. The extent poisonous nature of the damage caused by oil depends on factors such as the type of crude oil, the type of environment, level of contamination and the degree of sensitivity of individual organisms.
Gas leakage and fire incidents are factors that can cause severe damage to the environment during transporting and production of gas. For instance, the Nigerian Liquefied Natural Gas [NLNG] pipeline passing through okrika and Kala- Akama leaked and there was fire that burnt for days and it was so severe and uncontrollable. The incident destroyed the environment and plants and animals were killed. [Zabbey, 2006].
There was also a case were the hippopotami that is known to be a great and giant animal vanished from the Bonny area of Nigeria when NLNG gas and oil pipeline was constructed in the region, [Ayuba, 2012]. No one could tell if the great animal and its generation died or migrated far away due to NLNG activities , but whatever the case it is known that wildlife encounter series of ecological catastrophe when faced with distance of this nature. Situation such as this one leads to the killing of whole population of species and animals which have limited distribution.
The flaring of gas during oil production also has negative effect on our natural ecosystem in the Niger Delta as it contains about 300 toxins
According to a study of the impacts of gas flaring on the environment in Nigeria which was done by the climate justice programme UK [ CLP, 2005] and Environmental Rights Action [ERA] Nigeria, shows the extent of damage done to the crops and environment in areas gas flared. Their findings revealed that there was a 100% loss in yield of crops that was cultivated about 200metres away from the Izombe station, 45% loss of those 600metres away and 10% loss in yield for crops that were one kilometre away from the area. [Okezie and Okeke 1987}.
IMPACT OF OIL POLLUTION IN GHANA
Oil was discovered in 2007 in Ghana and by 2011 license was issued to different companies to explore in regions such as the Jomoro, Nzema East and Sharma and even with small reserves the estimated revenue the oil would bring to the country was said to be about $1 billion per annum, [ Enweani et al, 2013].
According to a report on oil exploration in Ghana, oil pollution as affected the local people and the environment negatively by exposing the environment to gas flaring, oil leaks and deforestation as new routes are been created on a daily basis in other to access other areas. The oil as resulted in cultural, aquatic, terrestrial, atmospheric, human and socio-economic impacts in Ghana, [UNCTAD, 2007].
The local people in regions such as Abuesi, Sekondi-Takoradi whose occupation is fishing seas the oil in Ghana as a blessing for national treasuries and oil companies but a curse for the native people as the activities of offshore drilling and spills are gradually damaging the communities and fisheries, [Yamoah, 2013]. They fear larger spills will damage the environment completely,as there are no laid procedures and equipments to ckean even the smallest amount of oil spill in the region. For instance the fishermen experienced an oil slick that floated to their shores from the Jubilee oil field which is 60km off the coast of Ghana, the spill destroyed the beaches of the many communities in the area. They reported this incident to the authorities and the shipping companies,but they acted like nothing happened in the region. There was no official clean up done and as such the local communities were faced with the mess and were forced to clean it themselves. This incident as made the residents of coastal areas doubt the government, as the government lack measures to support this communities that relies on fishing to survive. No form of compensation or funds has been set aside for the over 2million people that relies on fishing to survive, [Badgley 2012].
The activities of the oil companies in the region such as the Nzema East as resulted in the local people facing a number of health challenges. In March 2011, the fishermen in the coastal areas developed reddened eyes and rashes in their skin due to the fact that too much gas was flared in the region,[Musiime, 2012]. Gas flaring cause more damage in areas as toxic gases are transferred via the wind even the roofs of the houses contaminating rain water that some inhabitants drink,[Mevuta 2013]
FAILURE OF GOVERNMENT AND OIL COMPANIES IN IMPLEMENTING SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT POLICIES IN WEST AFRICA
Sustainable development is said to be a means of development that satisfies the needs of an existing generation and not compromise the means that future generations will use in satisfying their own needs [Burritt, 2003]. The main aim in this is to have valued economic developments and also protect the environment.
The review on sustainable development can be looked into from three angles; conflict in oil producing areas in West Africa, problems of implementing sustainable development policies and through research on the approach. According to research made by scholars, development can only be realised in oil producing areas when government gains the trust and support of the citizens in this regions. But the government has failed in this as they have failed in implementing and enforcing environmental policy laws that will make it easier for this places to be developed, [Okonmah, 1997]. The research further shows that the government makes unfulfilled promises to the local people and this has made them lose trust in the government.
In a report made by scholars [Ibidapo, 1990, Ewharieme, 2004] they wrote that the government’s environmental policies laws are ineffectively implemented and the effectiveness of this laws are doubted by the local groups. And according to them the government has failed in this aspect.
According to [Edo,], the ministry of state for environment in Nigeria, proposed a policy in 2003 for that there should be zero gas flaring in the country due to environmental, health and economic effects of gas flaring, but the policy was attacked and opposed by the multinational oil companies with the claim that they lack the necessary equipment’s and technology and that they cannot get them as at then and that the claim was technically infeasible. The federal government due to their relationship with the oil companies compromised and set out a later date to implement the policy, which was supposed to be 31st of December 2007 but this date was extended to the end of 2008 and the policy is yet to be implemented up to this date, this goes to show that the government is ready to subject the economic livelihood and health of the citizens over the continued gas flaring in west Africa in other to maintain their good relationship with this multinational oil companies. The west African government lack the will to implement and enforce the relevant environmental laws needed to protect our environment as well as the indigenous people and this is as a result of the fact that the economy of oil producing countries in west Africa such as Nigeria depends solely on oil and it’s been engineered by foreigners who pays little or no attention to the local people but their business of exploiting oil.
On the conflict in oil producing areas in West Africa, questions that surrounds vital issues such as, the responsibility of the government towards development, oil and environmental degradation were raised. According to [O`hara`s 2001] issues such that has caused violent in oil producing areas in west Africa since 1990 are; human right violation, character of the government, oil governmental destruction and the struggle for livelihood. Although a few literatures argue that the conflict in regions such as the Niger Delta is as a result of the fact that some people are driven by greed than grievances [Ikelegbe, 2008] but the centre of all the violence lies on the impact of oil companies activities on host communities in West Africa, [Luckham, 2006].
One of the many reasons for the lack of effective environmental enforcement schemes in West Africa is the overarching corruption rate of those in public offices. Corruption is almost in all sectors of the economic in West African countries. When you consider those that the enforcement officials have to deal with [oil companies], you find out its easier for official to be easily be bribed and co-opted by this multinational companies. There is also the issue whereby public office holders diverse funds meant for sorting out environmental issues into areas that are of less importance or even for individual benefits,[ Ibaba, 2010, Adelagan, 2006].
CONCLUSION
The government in oil producing countries in West Africa, such as Nigeria and Ghana have failed in their duty to protect the health and right to healthy environment and therefore this is a breach of obligation under the African charter. The government allowed oil companies such as shell to exploit their oil at the expense of the local people of west Africa as they failed in enforcing and implementing environmental policy laws, and this is a violation of the fundamental rights of the indigenous people under the African charter and the ICESCR, [Konne, ]. This comes to show that the problem of oil spillage and gas flaring in west Africa is not that environmental policies failed as it was never in the agenda of the oil companies and government in the first place, [Osuyi,]
Length: 1500 words
Individual Assignment
For this assignment students are required to write a Case Study Report based on the following patient case study:
Patient profile
Mrs Betty White is a 76 year old Italian female, with poor English language skills, who has just been admitted to your medical ward as a direct admission from her General Practitioner (GP) for acute exacerbation of her existing Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) following a bout of pneumonia. She has no known allergies. You are the Registered Nurse providing care for Mrs White.
PMHx
• COPD
• Osteoporosis
• Hypertension
• L total hip replacement 1997
• Long term ulcer on R lower leg
• Ex-smoker. 3 packs per day x 50 years
Social History
• Widowed
• One son – lives in Melbourne, sees Mrs White x 3 times per year. Was due to visit this week but had to cancel due to work commitments
• Currently living in own home utilising community nursing services x 3 times per week. Assistance with domestic chores and to attend dressings to leg ulcer
• Strong ties to the local Italian community who check on Mrs White daily
• Minimal exercise due to shortness of breath on exertion
• She is very thin and states she has no appetite
Objective data
• Spirometry – not attended. Machine broken at GP clinic
• CXR – not attended. Direct admission
• Blood tests – not attended. Direct admission
• RR – 26
• HR – 99
• SpO2 – 87% She is currently on 6L O2 via a Hudson Mask
• BP at GP clinic– 122/72
• Noted peripheral oedema
• Very productive cough
• Short of breath
• Extensive use of accessory muscles
• ECG – not attended
• She has not yet been seen by an admitting physician
Medications
• Coversyl 2.5mg Daily
• Spiriva x 1 daily
• Combivent x 1 daily
• Colecalciferol 800IU daily
• Fosamax 70mg weekly
• Panadol Osteo 1330mg TDS
This assignment will enable students to:
? Demonstrate their ability to outline patient’s health issue/s in order that the patient receive comprehensive, appropriate and timely care.
? Become familiar with the management of a patient with a chronic condition.
? Determine how the topic relates to professional nursing practice in Australia and will enable students to critically review the evidence that informs and underpins Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease management.
? Consider how evidence in the literature can inform and underpin nursing practice ? Further develop and utilise literature searching skills.
? Further develop academic skills in: academic writing, critical analysis, evaluation and referencing.
TASK: Case Study Report
PART 1: Patient Presentation
1. Introduction: Introduction: (100 words) You will provide a brief introduction explaining the content of this report and the scope of the discussion.
2. Aetiology of the Disease Process: In this section you must explain the pathology of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD). This will include its risk factors generally and those found in the patients history. This is an opportunity to demonstrate your critical thinking in linking clues found in her patient history and the information that you find in the literature. All information provided must be sourced from high quality literature.
PART 2: Nursing Care and Education
3. Nursing Care: You must critically discuss the clinical nursing assessment methods that you will use to assess this patient. You must also discuss the nursing management strategies you will use that are relevant to COPD symptom management. You will demonstrate how these strategies will improve patient safety and improve outcomes.
4. Education: Discuss the education you will provide to the patient about the management of her condition. You must demonstrate the techniques you will use to educate the patient and take into consideration issues that may act as a barrier to her communication.
5. All information must be supported with evidence-based research sources.
PART 3: Multidisciplinary Care
6. Discharge Planning: As a nurse you are required to understand the role of the Multidisciplinary Team and the health professionals that need to be involved in a patients’ care. Discuss and support with literature who is identified as an important member of the Multidisciplinary team, what role they will play and why this is important for the patient.
7. Conclusion: Conclude the assignment by summarising the content of the assignment and the role of the nurse in managing chronic disease.
PART 3: Reference List
Your assignment will also have a reference list at the end. Ensure all references that appear in the Case Study assignment are listed in your reference list.
The Case Report must include at least 5 reputable references to support your statements.
The articles will be no more than 5 years old.
Use APA 6th reference style.
Ensure the reference list is on a new page and they are listed in alphabetical order
The full APA 6th edition bibliographic details for each article and all headings are excluded from the total word count.
In-text referencing will be required for the section called “Relevance to Australian Nursing Standards” when making direct links to any of the NMBA codes, studies and guidelines.
Submitting your Assignment:
Formatting your Work: o Your assignment must be submitted via Turnitin from the link on the Blackboard learning site. No assignment will be accepted via email attachment. o It must consist of 1500 words. Excessive words will not be marked. A leeway of +/-10% total words will be acceptable. o You will need to use these Headings for each article’s annotation o Attach a Coversheet to the beginning of your assignment. This coversheet will be available from the blackboard learning site in the section called “Assessment Details.” Do not submit the coversheet as a separate document from your assignment. o Your assignments must be submitted as either Word documents (with .doc extension, or .docx). PDF / Note pad assignments will not be accepted. No handwritten assignments will be accepted. o Include either a Header or Footer with your name, student ID number and the page number
o Use size 12 Calibri font throughout the assignment o Use either 1.5 line spacing or Double spacing. o Do not use bullet points or lists, assignment must be written in academic writing .
Write a first draft of at least 800 words, based on your thesis statement and your outline from Week Three, and include an introduction, body, and a conclusion.Develop an introductory paragraph for your essay. Include your thesis statement in this paragraph.Develop topic sentences for appropriate types of supporting paragraphs for the body of your essay. Use your topic outline in University of Phoenix Material: Thesis Statement and Outline from Week Three as a guide.Develop a concluding paragraph to sum up the main ideas of your entire paper. Avoid adding any new information into the concluding paragraph.Include appropriate transitions within and between paragraphs.Submit your essay to Plagiarism Checker for feedback. Use the feedback to check your paper for potential plagiarism issues and make any necessary edits.Post your draft essay as a Microsoft® Word attachment.Your are writing about health and wellness, this is a compare and contrast essay.
ACC 544 Week 6 Reporting Options, Evaluation Criteria, and Information Technology Controls:Imagine you are a controller for a company: Identify the internal control reporting options. Create criteria against which the options can be evaluated. Be sure to include internal controls for IT.
Explain your human capital plan for your business. It must include your human capital management goals, how you could accomplish the goals, and how you plan on implementing your plan. Also, include how you and your company might communicate the plan, providing clear direction, and how you will hold employees accountable. Be sure to include in-text citations to support your assertion.
All assignments should be written in APA format.
Minimum of 2 full pages ( double spaced)
Minimum 2 scholarly sources
3-4 Discussion board replies needed. Please I will be awaiting the replies it’s Due in 2 hours. It only a discussion board replies. thank you.
Each replies must be at least 2 Paragraphs each
Due in 2 hours
Reply needed 1
OSSEC is short for Correlator of Open Source Security Events. This well-established and reputable alternative is a free and open-source host-based intrusion detection system created and maintained by the foundation OSSEC thanks to an enormous list of contributors. This project is increasing with about 5000 monthly downloads and is distinguished by its scalability and multi-platform aspect as it operates on Windows, various Linux distributions, and MacOS.
As a HIDS, this instrument enables log assessment, file integrity checking, policy tracking, rootkit detection, and active reaction using both signature and anomaly detection techniques. To detect anomalies, it offers precious insight into system activities. OSSEC uses a server-agent model, which means that a dedicated server provides aggregation and analysis for each host. The measures are fairly simple to install and configure OSSEC, but OSSEC has some disadvantages. For example, if you want to upgrade to a newer version, because of an overwriting operation, you will lose the rules you have defined unless you export the rules and import them after the migration. However, OSSEC is a useful option as a strong log analysis engine if you aggregate various equipment and distinct facilities (internet servers, databases, firewalls, etc.).
My understanding that the main difference between NIDS and HIDS is that Network-based IDS monitors a network segment and Host-based IDS monitors a single system. NIDS is much more real time events and HIDS analyzing the logs for unusual activity after the fact.
Retrieved from: https://www.ossec.net/
Reply needed 2
Smart home control hubs have been a major source of security vulnerabilities for its users. There have been multiple incidents of security vulnerabilities for either the hub itself or devices connected to it. It is unique in the fact it is an always on device and is web connected. The intent of most is the ability to remote control parts of the users’ home from anywhere in the world. Unfortunately, large numbers of these devices are being developed with little to no thought to security. Smart devices have been used to conduct large scale DDoS attacks across the internet (Kolias, Kambourakis, Stavrou, & Voas, 2017). Smart devices, each cable of getting an IP means bot nets can grow exponentially.
I would propose the control hub is a prime example of a device needing the ability to detect intrusion and alert the user/provider of the issues. If a web cam is hacked, the hub should realize the intrusion and quarantine the device.
The IDS could even be distributed. Hussain, Hussain, Hassan, and Hossain (2019) suggest a machine learning state, where all smart devices learn what normal is and can alert when things change. I believe the hub could be the device to house this information.
Hussain, F., Hussain, R., Hassan, S. A., & Hossain, E. (2019). Machine Learning in IoT Security: Current Solutions and Future Challenges. Retrieved from http://search.ebscohost.com.ezproxy.umuc.edu/login.aspx?direct=true&db=edsarx&AN=edsarx.1904.05735&site=eds-live&scope=site
Kolias, C., Kambourakis, G., Stavrou, A., & Voas, J. (2017). DDoS in the IoT: Mirai and Other Botnets. Computer, 50(7), 80-84. doi:10.1109/mc.2017.201
Reply needed 3
In discussing a system or type of system that would be recommended in protecting with host-based IDS Splunk offers both HIDS and NIDS features that is a host-based intrusion detection system. This is a pure HIDS because it is a system or tool that is free to use and does not include any network-based data alerts. It is also very effective when considering an anomaly-based HIDS. There is a Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) version of Splunk which is called Splunk Cloud, and the top edition of Splunk is called Splunk Enterprise. Between the Free Version and the Enterprise edition sits Splunk Light, which has some service limitations. There is also an online version of Splunk Light, called Splunk Light Cloud. HIDS tools. (2018).
Splunk has workflow automation features that make it an intrusion prevention system. This module is called the Adaptive Operations Framework and it links automated scripts to trigger alerts. The automation of solutions to detected problems is only available with the higher paid options of Splunk. The dashboard of Splunk is very attractive with data visualizations such as line graphs and pie charts. The system includes a data analyzer in all the editions of Splunk. This enables you to view records, summarize, sort, and search them, and get them represented in graphs. HIDS tools. (2018).
Splunk Enterprise Security detects patterns in your data and automatically reviews events for security-relevant incidents using correlation searches. When a correlation search detects a suspicious pattern, the correlation search creates an alert called a notable event. The Incident Review dashboard surfaces all notable events and categorizes them by potential severity so analysts can quickly triage, assign, and track issues. Data models encode specialized domain knowledge about one or more sets of indexed data. They enable Pivot Editor users to create reports and dashboards without designing the searches that generate them. (“Managing Incident Review in Splunk Enterprise Security – Splunk Documentation”, 2019)
6 best HIDS tools. (2018). Comparitech. Retrieved 24 September 2019, from https://www.comparitech.com/net-admin/hids-tools-software/
Managing Incident Review in Splunk Enterprise Security – Splunk Documentation. (2019). Retrieved 24 September 2019, from https://docs.splunk.com/Documentation/ES/5.3.1/Admin/IRoverview
Question: Expand the Currency Conversion event to have a menu of 5-currencies that allows the user to choose which currency they wish to display in its equivalency to the United States dollars. The choice selected by the user will be error checked (which means that it is error checked (crash proof, I might test it with any type of input) as a valid entry). If the input was an error the program must prompt the user to make another selection (to do this you must use one of the looping techniques learned in this course). With a correct selection, the program will then perform the appropriate calculation and display the currency selected and the conversion. This program will allow the user to continue to select additional currencies (Loop construct) until they choose to stop. Insert comments in the program and use good structured programming techniques to document the program internally. Attach a design flow chart (in MS Word, not Visio). Submit the source code, flowchart, a quality control sheet, and the version control sheet to me.
The School to Prison Pipeline Project is a controversial topic. This week you will have the opportunity to research this topic in greater detail and debate your position.
Create a 6–8 slide PowerPoint incorporating speaker notes highlighting your opinion of the School to Prison Pipeline issue.
Include the following in your presentation:
Provide an overview of the School to Prison Pipeline.
Describe the controversies surrounding the project.
Take a position for or against the project and defend your position.
Include an introduction slide and a reference slide.
Question 1 A linear programming model consists of only decision variables and constraints.AnswerTrueFalse2 points Question 2 A feasible solution violates at least one of the constraints.AnswerTrueFalse2 points Question 3 The following inequality represents a resource constraint for a maximization problem: X + Y ? 20AnswerTrueFalse2 points Question 4 If the objective function is parallel to a constraint, the constraint is infeasible.AnswerTrueFalse2 points Question 5 If the objective function is parallel to a constraint, the constraint is infeasible.AnswerTrueFalse2 points Question 6 Graphical solutions to linear programming problems have an infinite number of possible objective function lines.AnswerTrueFalse2 points Question 7 In a linear programming problem, all model parameters are assumed to be known with certainty.AnswerTrueFalse2 points Question 8 In a linear programming problem, a valid objective function can be represented asAnswerMax Z = 5xyMax Z 5×2 + 2y2Max 3x + 3y + 1/3zMin (x1 + x2) / x32 points Question 9 The following is a graph of a linear programming problem. The feasible solution space is shaded, and the optimal solution is at the point labeledZ*..strayer.edu/courses/1/MAT540140VA016-1146-001/ppg/respondus/exam_Quiz_3/image0054ecbc8cf.jpg” alt=””> Which of the following constraints has a surplus greater than 0?AnswerBFCGDHAJ2 points Question 10 In a linear programming problem, the binding constraints for the optimal solution are: 5×1 + 3×2 ? 30 2×1 + 5×2 ? 20Which of these objective functions will lead to the same optimal solution?Answer2x1 + 1x27x1 + 8x280x1 + 60x225x1 + 15×22 points Question 11 ) Which of the following could be a linear programming objective function?AnswerZ = 1A + 2BC + 3DZ = 1A + 2B + 3C + 4DZ = 1A + 2B / C + 3Dall of the above2 points Question 12 Which of the following statements is not true?AnswerAn infeasible solution violates all constraints.A feasible solution point does not have to lie on the boundary of the feasible solution.A feasible solution satisfies all constraints.An optimal solution satisfies all constraints.2 points Question 13 The production manager for the Coory soft drink company is considering the production of 2 kinds of soft drinks: regular (R) and diet (D). Two of her limited resources are production time (8 hours = 480 minutes per day) and syrup (1 of her ingredients) limited to 675 gallons per day. To produce a regular case requires 2 minutes and 5 gallons of syrup, while a diet case needs 4 minutes and 3 gallons of syrup. Profits for regular soft drink are $3.00 per case and profits for diet soft drink are $2.00 per case. What is the objective function?AnswerMAX $2R + $4DMAX $3R + $2DMAX $3D + $2RMAX $4D + $2R2 points Question 14 The linear programming problem: MIN Z = 2×1 + 3x2Subject to: x1 + 2×2 ? 20 5×1 + x2 ? 40 4×1 +6×2 ? 60 x1 , x2 ? 0 ,Answerhas only one solution.has two solutions.has an infinite number of solutions.does not have any solution.2 points Question 15 Cully furniture buys 2 products for resale: big shelves (B) and medium shelves (M). Each big shelf costs $500 and requires 100 cubic feet of storage space, and each medium shelf costs $300 and requires 90 cubic feet of storage space. The company has $75000 to invest in shelves this week, and the warehouse has 18000 cubic feet available for storage. Profit for each big shelf is $300 and for each medium shelf is $150. What is the objective function?AnswerMAX Z = $300B + $100 MMAX Z = $300M + $150 BMAX Z = $300B + $150 MMAX Z = $300B + $500 M2 points Question 16 The following is a graph of a linear programming problem. The feasible solution space is shaded, and the optimal solution is at the point labeledZ*..strayer.edu/courses/1/MAT540140VA016-1146-001/ppg/respondus/exam_Quiz_3/image0034ecbc8cf.jpg” alt=””> The equation for constraint DH is:Answer4X + 8Y ? 328X + 4Y ? 32X + 2Y ? 82X + Y ? 82 points Question 17 Cully furniture buys 2 products for resale: big shelves (B) and medium shelves (M). Each big shelf costs $500 and requires 100 cubic feet of storage space, and each medium shelf costs $300 and requires 90 cubic feet of storage space. The company has $75000 to invest in shelves this week, and the warehouse has 18000 cubic feet available for storage. Profit for each big shelf is $300 and for each medium shelf is $150. What is the maximum profit?Answer$25000$35000$45000$55000$650002 points Question 18 Solve the following graphicallyMax z = 3×1 +4x2s.t. x1 + 2×2? 16 2×1+ 3×2? 18 x1 ? 2 x2 ? 10 x1, x2 ? 0Find the optimal solution.What is the value of the objective function at the optimal solution?Note: The answer will be an integer.Please give your answer as an integer without any decimal point.For example, 25.0 (twenty five) would be written 25Answer2 points Question 19 A graphical representation of a linear program is shown below. The shaded area represents the feasible region, and the dashed line in the middle is the slope of the objective function. .strayer.edu/courses/1/MAT540140VA016-1146-001/ppg/respondus/exam_Quiz_3/image0064ecbc8cf.jpg” alt=””> What would be the new slope of the objective function if multiple optimal solutions occurred along line segment AB? Write your answer in decimal notation.Answer2 points Question 20 Consider the following minimization problem:Min z = x1 + 2x2s.t. x1+ x2 ? 300 2×1+ x2 ? 400 2×1+ 5×2 ? 750 x1, x2 ? 0 Find the optimal solution.What is the value of the objective function at the optimal solution?Note: The answer will be an integer.Please give your answer as an integer without any decimal point.For example, 25.0 (twenty five) would be written 25Answer2 points Save and Submit
CLC: Pros and Cons of Mandatory Continuing Nursing Education Presentation
Trends and Issues in Health Care – Nurses in Politics
In your CLC group, create a PowerPoint presentation of 10-15 slides in which you compare the pros and cons of continuing nursing education related to the following:
Impact on competency.
Impact on knowledge and attitudes.
Relationship to professional certification.
Relationship to ANA Scope and Standards of Practice.
Relationship to ANA Code of Ethics.
Take a position with your CLC group: Should continuing nursing education be mandatory for all nurses? Support your position with rationale.
A minimum of three scholarly sources are required for this assignment.
While APA format is not required for the body of this assignment, solid academic writing is expected and in-text citations and references should be presented using APA documentation guidelines, which can be found in the APA Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center.
Discuss why are many of the reliable, effective biometric systems perceived as intrusive by users and what are stateful inspection firewalls and how do the tables track the state and context of each exchanged packet?
Week 8 DiscussionWeek 8 Discussion 1Top of Form”Gift Tax Strategies”:You are a CPA and a wealthy couple engaged you to minimize their estate value. Evaluate the rules regarding gift taxes and recommend a strategy for your client to minimize current and future tax obligations. Support your recommendation with examples. Take a position on the fairness of the current gift tax laws and recommend changes you would propose to the law to make gift taxes fairer and/or a rationale for eliminating gift taxes. Provide support for your rationale. Week 8 Discussion 2″Gift Tax Advice”:You are a CPA and a client engages you to determine how to provide a low-cost loan to their children and avoid paying taxes and mitigate the risk of an IRS audit. Analyze the rules regarding loans and propose a strategy that complies with current tax laws and mitigates the risk of an IRS audit. Support your recommendation with examples. The current tax law allows a marital deduction under certain circumstances. Analyze the rules regarding the marital deduction. Based on your analysis, propose what circumstances could cause a marital transfer of assets to be a taxable event. Support your proposal with examples.
Chemical Reactions (graded)How has our understanding of atomic structure helped explain why chemicals react the way they do?This section lists options that can be used to view responses.Electricity and Magnetism (graded)Electrical charge and magnetic force are fundamental properties of matter we have learned to manipulate in all the electrical devices we use in our daily lives. From where do these properties arise? How do they relate to one another? How have they been manipulated to make generators, motors, transformers and other useful technologies?week 4Earth’s Place in an Expanding Universe (graded)A famous photograph taken by the Hubble telescope shows galaxies extending into what appears to be limitless regions of space. What evidence do we have that supports the Big Bang Theory, this expansion from an incredibly dense state? How did our current structure, both large scale (galaxies and clusters) and individual stars and solar systems, form?This section lists options that can be used to view responses.Earth: A World of Change (graded)Earth is a dynamic world where rocks cycle from one type of material to another, and where continents drift like ships over oceans of hot mantle. What is the anatomy of this planet? What minerals give it form and substance? What proof do we have that massive continental sheets drift from one place to another; that the crust is in a dynamic state of change?
The St. Clare Hospital was founded in 1988. In the past few years, the revenues have dropped steadily to a point where CEO James Edwards is considering cost control to improve the organization’s bottom line. Mr. Edwards understands physicians play a critical role in controlling cost, but they do not have a great interest in cooperating with him to sustain the viability of the hospital. Mr. Edwards decides to hire Wendy Jones as the chief operating officer and empower her to cut costs for the hospital. The first measure taken by Ms. Jones is to outsource the interpretation of imaging readings and fire the radiologist Dr. Harris. By doing so, the hospital would save $160,000 per year. However, after two weeks, the hospital sees 18% inaccuracy rates in outsourced reading reports. The hospital might face legal liabilities from inaccurate readings. Mr. Edwards and Ms. Jones want to stay with the plan to control costs, but the physicians are furious. The medical director, Dr. Wiseman, gathers all staff physicians to a call for action. Write a four-to six-page double-spaced paper (excluding title and reference pages), addressing the following: •Describe types of conflict identified in this case. •Explain conflict management styles evidenced in this case. •Propose a conflict resolution strategy to be used. •Recommend strategies to reduce cost and legal liabilities. Including an introduction and conclusion paragraph, your paper must be four to six double-spaced pages (excluding title and reference pages) and formatted according to APA style as outlined in the Ashford Writing Center (Links to an external site.)Links to an external site.. Utilize a minimum of three scholarly and/or peer-reviewed sources, including the textbook, that were published within the last five years. Document all references in APA style as outlined in the Ashford Writing Center APA Checklist (Links to an external site.)Links to an external site..
You wrote a piece of software that does a better job of allowingcomputers to network than any other program designed for thispurpose. A large networking company wants to incorporate yoursoftware into their systems and is offering to pay you $490000today plus $490000 at the end of each of the following six yearsfor permission to do this. If the appropriate interest rate is 6percent what is the present value of the cash flow stream that thecompany is offering you?
Select appropriate data-collection methods for a given research question. (research question to be given)
. This Assignment represents the Method section of your Research Proposal. It should have a title page and references page but should be formatted per the APA Publication Manual’s outline of a Method section (see page 44 of the APA Publication Manual for a graphic and description of the formatting as well as the template for this assignment). When it is revised for inclusion in the Research Proposal, some changes will need to be made, but if you have done well here, those changes will be minor.
The Method section of a Research Proposal is like the instructions portion of a recipe. It outlines, in very specific terms, everything that is necessary to cook the dish (to perform the research and collect the data). This includes describing the ingredients in very specific detail (describing the participants and how they are recruited, describing any apparatus or other materials necessary for the research to move forward) and then giving very detailed instructions on how make the dish (the procedure…how one will do the actual research). As with any other recipe, if anything is vague or left out of the description, the result will NOT be what was intended.
The Method section for the Research Proposal in this course will have five subsections: Participants, Apparatus/Materials, Procedure, Measures, and Ethical Considerations. Apart from these subsections, there should be no other material in the Method section.
Under “Participants,” the population to be sampled should be clearly described and the method of sampling (random, stratified, etc.) described along with the rationale for why that method will be used. How the actual recruitment will be performed to achieve that sampling method should also be described.
“Apparatus/Materials” will describe any equipment or other materials that will be needed for the research. If you intend to use a questionnaire or inventory, it should be clearly identified and discussed here.
The “Procedure” subsection must be completed in enough detail to ensure that someone else reading the Method section could replicate the experiment exactly as proposed. Referring back to the recipe metaphor: if the recipe does not clearly and exactly describe every step, each person using the recipe is likely to wind up with a very different product at the end (overcooked, undercooked, with the wrong ingredients or the right ingredients but the wrong amounts, etc.). The procedure section should also clearly indicate what type of experimental design is being used (for example: “quantitative, between-subjects design”).
The “Measures” subsection describes the variables being assessed in the study. Describe the independent (predictor) and dependent (criterion) variables, how they will be analyzed, and how you will assess the reliability and validity of these measures.
The final subsection, “Ethical Considerations” will discuss appropriate ethical issues that might arise from performing the research being proposed: informed consent, privacy issues, etc. Do not simply give a laundry list of the APA standards or a vague statement that they will be followed: discuss them in terms of your proposal and how you will ensure that you are in accord with the guidelines. If there are BACB guidelines that might also come into play here, they should also be discussed.
The use of the template is not mandatory, it is strongly encouraged.
This assignment should be between 5–8 pages in length.
Assignment Directions:
To recap in an outline format:
Formal title page (this title page will not be included in the Final Project)
Method section
Participants subsection (describing population to be tested, describing sampling plan)
Materials subsection (describing all equipment and materials needed)
Procedure subsection (detailed description of how the research is to be done, sufficient to permit replication. Clearly label research design)
Measures subsection (describing variables to be controlled/measured as well as a discussion of reliability and validity)
Ethical considerations subsection (discuss APA ethical guidelines with respect to how they must be implemented for the research. ABA students should also discuss anything relevant from BACB guidelines.)
References (materials from this page and the Unit 4 Assignment’s references page will be concatenated in the Final Project)
The Assignment should:
Follow Assignment directions (review grading rubric for best results).
Use correct APA formatting per the APA Publication Manual, 6th Edition.
Demonstrate college-level communication through the composition of original materials in Standard American English.
Be written in Standard American English and be clear, specific, and error-free. If needed, be sure to use the Writing Center for help.
Essay on “New birth of freedom” | American history
Term Essay Exam
Option 1: Did the upper classes and lower classes fight in WWI with the same expectations? Which Americans, if any, benefited from the war? Did anyone protest the war? If so, who, why, and how?
Option 2: Did the 13th, 14th, and 15th Amendments to the Constitution bring a “new birth of freedom” as is often claimed? If yes, how? If not, why?
Your paper should be at least three pages (that means to the bottom of the third page). It must be double spaced and typed in 12 point Times New Roman font.
Begin with a strong thesis statement followed by relevant evidence from the readings and lecture. Cite Foner as (Foner pg.#); cite the Zinn documents by the author of the document of title if the author is anonymous, for example (Ginsburg 454); and cite the presentations/lectures as Colling + lecture/slide #, e.g. (Colling 5/42).
Use at least three primary documents for evidence. These can be found in Zinn. They are your choice, but you must use the primary documents as significant sources to make your case. At the end of the essay, in one or two sentences, tell me why you chose these documents.
Discuss advantages and disadvantages of standardized tests
Jamal is a 22-month-old toddler in your home childcare center. He has been in your center for 2 weeks and you have some concerns about his development. His mother reports that the pregnancy and birth were non-eventful and that he has developed typically. Jamal’s mother stayed home with him until 2 weeks ago when she took a full-time clerical job. Your concerns about Jamal are two-fold: he is not walking yet and he only says three words consistently: mama, bye-bye, and no.
What would be your recommendation for assessing Jamal?
Would a standardized test be appropriate? Why or why not? If yes, give examples of appropriate standardized assessments.
Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of standardized tests.
Keeping in mind that you can and should always try to collect assessment data from a variety of sources, what further assessment would you recommend and why?
Give an example of how you would you approach Jamal’s mother to discuss your concerns and the need for appropriate assessment. Please remember that as a student in the early childhood profession you cannot identify nor suggest a diagnosis, but you can recommend appropriate assessment by a trained professional.
Let A = {1, 2, 3} and B = {3, 4} and let the universal set U = {x|x ? Z ? x ? 0}.1. What is the cardinality of A and cardinality of B.2. What is the cartesian product A Ã B.3. Calculate P(A)4. Calculate A ? B, A ? B, A ? B.5. Calculate A^c and write in two different ways (set of elements, and then with a set builder).6. Calculate U ? A and compare to A^c.
ACC204 Advanced Financial Accounting Assignment
This individual assignment is worth 40% of the total unit weight. Provide detailed solutions and ensure that you include any relevant working out. You should submit your assignment on Moodle using a single file; it can be Excel format, word format or PDF format. The due date for this assignment is 11pm Sunday, 26 May 2019.
Question 1 (10 marks)
Sunshine Ltd acquires an item of machinery on 1 July 2011 for $420000. When the asset is acquired, it is considered to have a useful life for the entity of six years. After this time, the machine will have no residual value. It is believed that the pattern of economic benefits would best be reflected by applying the sum-of-digits method of depreciation. However, contrary to expectations, on 30 June 2014 the asset is sold for $150000.
Required:
Calculate depreciation expense and gain or loss on disposal of the machinery and prepare all the journal entries necessary for Sunshine Ltd for the year ended 30 June 2012, 30 June 2013, 30 June 2014.
Question 2 (10 marks)
As at 1 July 2015, Top Ltd has an asset that has a cost of $100000 and accumulated depreciation of $20000. Top Ltd decided on 1 July 2015 that the asset should be revalued to $120000. The remaining useful life of the asset is eight years, after which time it will have no residual value. Top Ltd use straight line method to allocate depreciation for the asset.
Required:
Prepare journal entries to reflect the revaluation of the asset and the subsequent depreciation of the revalued asset using the net-amount method for the year ended 30 June 2016.
Question 3 (10 marks)
Tamarama Ltd acquires $100% of Bronte Ltd on 1 July 2013. Tamarama Ltd pays the shareholders of Bronte Ltd the following consideration:
Cash: $70000
Plant and equipment: fair value $250000; carrying amount in the books of Tamarama Ltd $17000
Land: fair value $300000; carrying amount in the books of Tamarama Ltd $200000
On 1 July 2013 Bronte Ltd’s statement of financial position shows total assets of $700000 and liabilities of $300000. The fair value of the assets is $800000.
Required:
a) Has any goodwill been acquired and, if so, how much?
b) Can Tamarama Ltd revalue the goodwill upwards in a subsequent period?
Question 4 (10 marks)
Johnson Ltd has entered into a lease arrangement with ABC Ltd in which it has agreed to lease an item of machinery from ABC Ltd on the following terms:
Date of commencement of lease: 1 July 2015
Duration of lease: 8 years
Fair value of machine at lease inception: $871172
Initial up-front payment: $200000
Lease payments at the end of each year: $100000
Implicit rate of interest: 6%
The lease is considered to be non-cancellable. The economic life of the machinery is considered to be 10 years. However, Johnson Ltd will return the machinery to ABC Ltd at the end of the lease term. At this stage it is expected that the machinery will have a residual(unguaranteed)value of $80000 at the end of the lease term.
Required:
a) Determine the present value of the minimum lease payments.
b) prove that the rate of interest implicit in the lease is 6%.
Design an employee selection program for hiring stock trader – Management
Part I
Job Analysis: What is job analysis? How can you make use of the information it provides?
b.Job Descriptions: Do you think companies can really do without detailed job descriptions? Why or why not?
c.Recruitment and Selection: What are the five main things you would do to recruit and retain a more diverse workforce? Why?
d.Interviewing Mistakes: Briefly discuss and give examples of at least five common interviewing mistakes. Note: this question is to be addressed from the interviewer perspective (i.e., HR manager as interviewer), not the interviewee.
e.Interviewer Improvement: Briefly discuss what an interviewer can do to improve his or her performance. Note: this question is to be addressed from the interviewer perspective (i.e., HR manager as interviewer), not the interviewee.
Part 2
a.We want you to design an employee selection program for hiring stock traders. We already know what to look for as far as technical skills are concerned-accounting courses, economics, and so on. What we want is a program for screening out potential bad apples. To that end, please let us know the following: What screening test(s) would you suggest, and why? What questions should we add to our application form? Specifically, how should we check candidates’ backgrounds, and what questions should we ask previous employers and references?
b.What else (if anything) would you suggest?
Write a report including both parts in 1600-1800 Words count.
1. Standard costs facilitate management planning. What are the other advantages of standard costs?
2 Contrast the roles of the management accountant and management in setting standard costs.
3. Distinguish between an ideal standard and a normal standard.
4. What factors should be considered in setting (a) the direct materials price standard and (b) the direct materials quantity standard?
5. “The objective in setting the direct labor quantity standard is to determine the aggregate time required to make one unit of product.” Do you agree? What allowances should be made in setting this standard?
.theguardian.com/media/pda/2010/jan/14/socialnetworking-haiti”>https://www.essaybishop.com/write-my-essay/theguardian.com/media/pda/2010/jan/14/socialnetworking-haiti.livestream.com/smw_newyork/video?clipId=pla_7751d399-d4cb-4252-8022-ddefe6c12fd4″>https://www.essaybishop.com/write-my-essay/livestream.com/smw_newyork/video?clipId=pla_7751d399-d4cb-4252-8022-ddefe6c12fd4Demonstrate your understanding and knowledge gained about sessionâs material. Provide a short discussion (one paragraph) for each question on a Word document and upload through the courseware.1) Whatdatawouldyoufindusefulinmakingdecisionsaboutsocialmediaandmobiletechnologyfororganizations?2) How doyoumeasure success inmobileaccess to information?3) Youare the IT advisor to the Haitian Government at the time of the earthquake crisis. What doyourecommend to continue the efforts usingsocialmedia? 4) List 5 of the most important concepts or knowledge thatyougained from this case.
Discussion: Counseling Same-Sex Couples
Consider the following scenario: You are a helping professional providing counseling to a same-sex couple. The partners in that couple are parents to two children, ages 6 and 3. Beyond this basic information, you are asked to speculate how additional details might influence this couple’s experience of parenting. Consider different possible aspects of their lives as parents, including how parenting may influence their couple relationship, what connections the family may have to other members of the local community, and how the parents might interact with and experience institutions related to their parenting experiences (e.g., schools, child care, health care providers, mental health professionals).
Select two pairs of demographic differences from the following list:
Urban/rural
Interracial/same race
One stay-at-home parent/dual career
Higher/lower socioeconomic status
Residency in a state where a legal union is possible/residency in a state where a legal union is not possible
Secular/religious
Consider how the same-sex couples’ parenting experiences might differ between each side of the categories you selected.
Post by Day 4 the two categories of demographic differences that you selected. Explain how the couple’s relationship and their parenting experiences might differ between each side of the categories you selected. (For example, if you chose urban/rural as one of your categories, explain how the experiences would differ if the couple lived in an urban area or if they lived in a rural area.) Finally, explain how your counseling approach might differ based on the different experiences of the couple.
Be sure to support your postings and responses with specific references to the resources.
Please answer the following questions. Thanks1. The Sales Returns and AllowancesA) account is presented on the balance sheet as a deduction from Accounts Receivable.B) on the income statement as a deduction from Sales.C) on the income statement as an addition to Sales.D) on the balance sheet as a deduction from Capital.2. If a firm had sales of $50,000 during a period and sales returns and allowances of $4,000, its net sales wereA) $54,000.B) $50,000.C) $46,000.D) $4,000.3. The entry to record a return by a credit customer of defective merchandise on which no sales tax was charged includes:A) a debit to Return Expense and a credit to Accounts Receivable.B) a debit to Sales and a credit to Sales Returns and Allowances.C) a debit to Sales Returns and Allowances and a credit to Accounts Receivable.D) a debit to Accounts Receivable and a credit to Sales Returns and Allowances.4. With the accrual basis of accounting, it is appropriate to recognize revenue from a credit saleA) on the date of the sale.B) on the date the account is collected in full.C) each time a payment on an account balance is received.D) either on the date of the sale or when the amount of the sale is collected.5. On December 31, prior to adjustment, Allowance for Doubtful Accounts has a credit balance of $200. An age analysis of the accounts receivable produces an estimate of $1,000 of probable losses from uncollectible accounts. The adjusting entry needed to record the estimated losses from uncollectible accounts is made forA) $800.B) $1,000.C) $1,200D) $2006. When the allowance method of recognizing losses from uncollectible accounts is used, the entry to record the write-off ofa specific account consists ofA) a debit to Uncollectible Accounts Expense and a credit to Accounts Receivable.B) a debit to Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and a credit to Accounts Receivable.C) a debit to Uncollectible Accounts Expense and a credit to Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.D) a debit to Accounts Receivable and a credit to Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.7. A firm reported sales of $300,000 during the year and has a balance of $20,000 in its Accounts Receivable account at year-end. Prior to adjustment, Allowance for Doubtful Accounts has a credit balance of $300. The firm estimated its losses from uncollectible accounts to be one-half of 1 percent of sales. The entry to record the estimated losses from uncollectible accounts will include a credit to Allowance for Doubtful Accounts forA) $1,200B) $1,500C) $1,800D) $3,0008.8.When a firm uses the allowance method to provide for losses, the collecting of an account previously written off as uncollectible requires an entryA) to reinstate the account receivable.B) to increase the balance of the Sales account.C) to reduce the balance of Uncollectible Accounts Expense.D) to decrease the balance of the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.9. On December 31, prior to adjustments, the balance of Accounts Receivable is $16,000 and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts has a credit balance of $95. The firm estimates its losses from uncollectible accounts to be 5% of accounts receivable at the end of the year. The adjusting entry needed to record the estimated losses from uncollectible accounts is made forA) $705.B) $800.C) $895.D) $95.10. The adjusting entry to record accrued interest on a note receivable requiresA) a debit to Interest Income and a credit to Notes Receivable.B) a debit to Interest Receivable and a credit to Interest Revenue.C) a debit to Interest Revenue and a credit to Cash.D) a debit to Interest Revenue and a credit to Interest Receivable.11. When a company issues a promissory note, the accountant records an entry that includes a credit to Note Receivable forA) the face value of the note.B) the face value of the note plus the interest that will accrue.C) the face value less the interest that will accrue.D) the maturity value of the note.12. How much interest will accrue on a $20,000 face value, 60-day note that bears interest at 9 percent a year (based on a 360 day year)?A) $300B) $1,800C) $450.D) $900.13. Notes payable which are to be satisfied with current assets and are due within one year are usually shownA) in the Current Assets section of the balance sheet.B) in the Current Liabilities section of the balance sheet,C) in the Other Expenses section of the income statement.D) in the Long-Term Liabilities section of the balance sheet.14. Upon collection of the amount due on a $6,000 face value, 90-day note with interest at 10 percent a year, the Note Receivable account isA) debited for $6,600.B) credited for $6,000.C) credited for $6,150.D) debited for $6,000.15. The balance sheet showsA) the results of business operations.B) all revenues and expenses.C) the amount of net income or loss.D) the financial position of a business at a given time.16. Amounts that a business must pay in the future are known asA) accounts receivable.B) accounts payable.C) stock.D) expenses.17. Examples of assets areA) cash and accounts receivable.B) cash and revenue.C) cash and rent expense.D) investments by the owner and revenue.18. A net loss resultsA) when expenses are greater than revenue.B) when assets are greater than liabilities.C) when revenue is greater than expensesD) when expenses are greater than assets.19. The income statement showsA) the financial position of a business on a specific date.B) revenue and stockholdersâ equity.C) the results of operations for a period of time.D) the total value of the business.20. If liabilities are $4,000 and stockholdersâ equity is $15,000, assets areA) $9,000.B) $15,000.C) $19,000D) $4,00021. Assets and liabilities are reported onA) the balance sheet.B) the income statement.C) the statement of stockholdersâ equity.D) both the balance sheet and the income statement.22. The rent paid for future months is a (n)A) asset.B) liability.C) expense.D) revenue.23. Credits are used to recordA) decreases in assets and stockholdersâ equity and increases in liabilities.B) decreases in assets, liabilities, and stockholdersâ equity.C) decreases in liabilities and increases in assets and stockholdersâ equity.D) increases in liabilities and stockholdersâ equity.24. Debits are used to record increases inA) assets and revenue.B) revenue and stockholdersâ equity.C) assets and expenses.D) assets and liabilities.25. A firm paid cash to apply against a debt. To record this transaction, the accountant wouldA) debit Accounts Receivable and credit Cash.B) debit Accounts Payable and credit Cash.C) debit Cash and credit Accounts Payable.D) Debit Cash and credit Accounts Receivable.26. When charge customers pay cash to apply against their accounts, the amount is recordedA) on the debit side of the Cash account and the credit side of the Fees Income account.B) on the debit side of the Accounts Payable account and the credit side of the Cash account.C) on the debit side of the Cash account and the credit side of the Accounts Receivable account.D) on the debit side of the Accounts Receivable account and the credit side of the Cash account.27. The account used to record increases in stockholdersâ equity from the sale of goods or services isA) the revenue account.B) the Cash account.C) the stock account.D) the dividends account.28. Which of the following types of accounts normally have debit balances?A) assets and revenue.B) assets, liabilities, and stockholdersâ equity.C) expenses and assets.D) liabilities and Stockholdersâ equity.29. Which of the following groups contain only accounts that normally have credit balances?A) accounts receivable and fees income.B) salaries expense and accounts payable.C) fees income and stock.D) accounts payable and equipment.
GB 518 Unit 03 Assignment BTN 4-9 Nokia P4-3A REX COMPANY P6-4ABTN 4-9 NokiaP4-3A REX COMPANYBTN 4-9 Nokia (www.Nokia.com), Research in Motion, and Apple are competitors in the global marketplace. Key comparative figures for each company follow.Nokia (Net Sales $40,984) (Cost of Sales $27,720)Research in Motion (Net Sales $14,953) (Cost of Sales $8,369)Apple (Net Sales $42,925) (Cost of Sales $25,683)Part 1- Fill in each companyâs Revenue, Cost of Sales, Gross Margin and Gross Margin ration.Then rank the three companies (highest to lowest) based on the gross margin ratio.P4-3A REX COMPANY The following unadjusted trial balance is prepared at fiscal year-end for Rex Company.1. Prepare adjusting journal entries to reflect each of the following:a. Store supplies still available at fiscal year-end amount to $1,650.b. Expired insurance, an administrative expense, for the fiscal year is $1,500.c. Depreciation expense on store equipment, a selling expense, is $1,400 for the fiscal year.d. To estimate shrinkage, a physical count of ending merchandise inventory is taken. It shows $11,100 of inventory is still available at fiscal yearend.2. Prepare a multiple-step income statement for fiscal year 2011.3. Prepare a single-step income statement for fiscal year 2011.4. Compute the current ratio, acid-test ratio, and gross margin ratio as of January 31, 2011.The following information is available to reconcile Clark Companyâs book balance of cash with its bank statement cash balance as of July 31, 2011.a. On July 31, the companyâs cash account has a $26,193 debit balance, but its July bank statement shows a $28,020 cash balance.b. Check No. 3031 for $1,380 and check No. 3040 for $552 were outstanding on the June 30 bank reconciliation. Check no. 3040 is listed with the July canceled checks, but check no. 3031 is not. Also, check no. 3065 for $336 and check no. 3069 for $2148 both written in July, are not among the canceled checks on the July 31 statement.c. In comparing the canceled checks on the bank statement with the entries in the accounting records, it is found that check no. 3056 for July rent was correctly written and drawn for $1250 but was erroneously entered in the accounting records as $1230.d. A credit memorandum enclosed with the July bank statement indicates the bank collected $9000 cash on a non-interest bearing note for Clark, deducted a $45 collection fee, and credited the remainder to its account. Clark had not recorded this event before receiving the statement.e.. A debit memorandum for $805 lists a $795 NSF check plus a $10 NSF charge. The check had been received from a customer, Jim Shaw. Clark has not yet recorded this check as NSF.f. Enclosed in the July statement is a $15 debit memorandum for bank services. It has not yet been recorded because no previous notification had been received.g. Clarkâs July 31 daily cash receipts of $10,152 were placed in the bankâs night depository on that date, but do not appear on the July 31 bank statement.Prepare the bank reconciliation for this company as of July 31, 2011 on the next tab. â>
Explain Foundations of the Development and Functions of Police|Law – Criminal
To understand contemporary policing in America, it is essential to understand the history by looking at the past eras. The police have day-to-day practices influenced by deeply ingrained traditions. It’s also necessary to comprehend how an officer’s career begins, from the academy to the street. The effective partnership between the police and the community must also be understood to better appreciate the development and functions of police.
Write a five (5) page paper in which you:
1. Compare and contrast the major characteristics of the political and reform eras of policing.
2. Identify the skills and knowledge that are imparted to police trainees during their academy training and explain the importance of these skills in relation to real world applications.
3. Provide your own definition of community-policing and explain the difference between community policing and traditional policing.
4. Critically examine the important elements of implementation and evaluation phases of community policing and problem solving.
5. Determine the top five (5) qualities that detectives and undercover officers need to possess (one [1] being the most important). Provide a rationale for your response.
6. Use at least four (4) quality references. Note: Wikipedia and other Websites do not qualify as academic resources.
Your assignment must follow these formatting requirements:
· Be typed, double spaced, using Times New Roman font (size 12), with one-inch margins on all sides; citations and references must follow APA or school-specific format. Check with your professor for any additional instructions.
· Include a cover page containing the title of the assignment, the student’s name, the professor’s name, the course title, and the date. The cover page and the reference page are not included in the required assignment page length.
The specific course learning outcomes associated with this assignment are:
· Trace the development of law enforcement organizations and police operations in America.
· Illustrate the nature of police work and describe the training and management of police officers.
· Analyze the development of community-oriented policing and describe its impact on communities today.
· Describe the nature and purpose of criminal investigation, including some investigative techniques.
· Use technology and information resources to research issues in law enforcement operations and management.
· Write clearly and concisely about law enforcement operations and management using proper writing mechanics.
The executive leadership of an organization has hired your firm to work with them; largely for your firm’s ability to support recommendations made with current research on systems and leadership management and theory. The client would like your firm to model and describe their organization based on recent developments in both systems and leadership management and theory.
The notion of tipping points is related to systems as that point in which a system changes from one state to another. While there is a mathematical description for a tipping point, it is out of scope for this class. Instead, consider a tipping point as simply a break from the current state of a system to a new state. For example, if a company were to be acquired by another company, it would experience a tipping point. If a company were to radically downscale, then it would experience another tipping point. Tipping points are a common feature of systems, such as ecological systems, climate systems, insect colonies, and human social systems.
For this Final Project component, select an organization with which you are familiar. The organization can be a corporation, a nonprofit, a community organization, a government agency/subagency, a military organization, or other entity involving people, resources, and goals, such as a city, county, state, or country.
This week, you begin your Consultancy Report for the executive leadership of your selected organization. Review the Final Project Template for details about this week’s Final Project component.
Please include the following in 2 pages:
Using the PowerPoint template, model the following for your organization (this model will be inserted as a figure into your Final Project Template or attached as a separate file, which is likely the best option as the number of slides increases):
Inputs (information, materials, and energy)
Top-level organizational process
Outputs (information, materials, and energy)
Two or more thresholds or tipping points beyond which the organization would become unrecognizable
Explain the organization in detail to interpret your model.
Explain how general systems theory and Boulding’s hierarchy of systems might inform the executive leaderships’ understanding of its organization’s and leadership/management’s thinking.
Include at least two citations/references to current literature to support your rationale to the executive leadership.
Submit your SECTION 1 Final Project component
RESOURCES:
Oshry, B. (2007). Seeing systems: Unlocking the mysteries of organizational life. San Francisco, CA: Berrett-Koehler.
Act 1, “Seeing the Big Picture” (pp. 1–60)
Act 2, “Seeing Patterns of Relationships” (pp. 61–128)
Uhl-Bien, M. (2006). Relational leadership theory: Exploring the social processes of leadership and organizing. The Leadership Quarterly, 17(6), 654–676. Retrieved from the Walden Library databases.
Stockholm Resilience Centre. (n.d.). Social-ecological systems contain various tipping points or thresholds that can trigger large-scale reorganization. Retrieved August 20, 2014, from https://www.essaybishop.com/write-my-essay/stockholmresilience.org/download/18.3e9bddec1373daf16fa438/1381790210379/Insights_regimeshifts_120111-2.pdf
· Document: Coffee Shop System (PowerPoint presentation) Attached herewith
Document: Final Project Template (Word document) Attached herewith.
Word count: 4500 words
Description
For this assignment you will create a narrative reflection on your experience as a migrant who is seeking work as a teacher in New Zealand. The assignment should include the following:
• A reflection on your existing qualifications and training in India, i.e. the processes for qualifying as a teacher and the nature of the training;
• An explanation of the process for you as a new migrant in getting your qualifications recognised in New Zealand, and analysis of this process drawing on your previous reading on the requalification of migrant professionals in Aotearoa New Zealand;
• Reflection on differences you notice between primary schools in New Zealand and India, including your understanding from reading and from visiting schools;
• A statement on the kind of teacher you think you will need to be to work in New Zealand schools, and how it might be the same or different from the teacher you were in India.
You can present this work in any of the following formats, but whichever one you use you must use formal and grammatically correct English and include references to reading throughout, in addition to narrative of your experience.
• Diary
• Letter writing
• Story writing
• Essay
The criteria for assessment are as follows:
• Includes a defined and justified topic.
• Literature is used appropriately and is of relevance to the topic.
• Development of a critical analysis and discussion of the implications for education practice.
• Meets expectations for academic writing.
Using declining-balance depreciation at twice the straight-line rate, calculate the depreciation expense for the third year of the equipmentâs life.Gandolfi Construction Co. purchased a used CAT 336DL earth mover at a cost of $325,000 in January 2013. The companyâs estimated useful life of this heavy equipment is 10 years, and the estimated salvage value is $75,000.
Choose one (1) of the topics from the list of topic choices below. Read the topic carefully. Write a three to four (3-4) page paper (750-1,000 words) that responds to each of the items described in the topic.
For the topic you choose:
Support your ideas with specific, illustrative examples. If there are questions or points associated with your chosen topic, be sure to answer all of the listed questions and address all of the items in that topic. If your topic asks you to do several things related to the topic, be sure to do each of the things listed.
While some of the topics tend to lend themselves toward particular writing genres, you are not restricted to the specific format suggested for the individual topic. For example, you may do an “interview,” a “proposal,” a “letter,” a “short story,” a “blog,” an “essay,” an “article,” or any other written genre for almost any of the topics. The project is intended to be fun as well as informative, so feel free to be creative with the delivery of your information.
Use at least three (3) good quality academic sources, with one (1) source being the class text.
Note: Wikipedia and other similar Websites do not qualify as academic resources. You are highly encouraged to use the Resource Center tab at the top of your Blackboard page.
Note: Your instructor may require you to submit your topic choice for approval before the end of Week 5.
Topic choices (pick 1):
Office Art Memo. Memorandum. Your boss, who knows you have been taking a humanities class since he pays for your tuition reimbursement, has tasked you with managing the art budget for your company, expecting you to choose various pieces of art for the new corporate offices. (Note: Replicas of the works are acceptable since they are more cost-efficient and you are working on a budget.) Include the following:
Identify three (3) examples of 19th century Impressionist painting or sculpture and three (3) Post-Impressionist works. Explain how the six (6) pieces of art fall into these two (2) styles.
In a memo, describe the appearance of your six (6) choices to your CEO so he or she will know what the art looks like and where it would be placed in the corporate offices.
Explain why each piece is considered to be historically significant.
Explain how each piece “fits” your company’s overall (or desired) corporate image. Keep in mind that a piece of art is supposed to “say” something about the owner, so describe what would these pieces of art say about your company.
New Composition. Speech. Your uncle’s birthday is in two (2) months, and everyone knows that he loves almost all kinds of music. As a birthday gift for him, you want to have a special piece of music composed in his honor which will be played at a family birthday celebration. Write a speech that you will make to the composer’s agent. Include the following:
Narrow your choices down to three (3) composers you’ve studied in this course. Choose one (1) of the composers and explain why you want him to write the “birthday present” music.
Explain why the other two (2) composers were ultimately not selected.
Specifically identify the musical elements in the composer’s style that you would like to be included in the new music written for your uncle.
Describe what sort of emotion is generated by listening to the works of your selected composer; in other words, what do you want your uncle to “feel” as he hears the music, and why is this composer so perfect for this composition
Harlem Renaissance Poets. Essay & Poem. Choose two (2) poems by different authors from the Harlem Renaissance. Write an essay that:
Describes each author’s role and importance within the Harlem Renaissance.
Identify the elements in each of their poems in which you see evidence of the “double-consciousness” being expressed by each author.
Fully describe at least two (2) primary themes you see in the poetry written during this time period, referring to specific lines in each of the poems.
Write your own poem that expresses these identified themes of the Harlem Renaissance.
Women’s Roles Then & Now.Script. Script a conversation between two (2) notable women from the 18th and / or 19th century on the roles women should play in society. Within the dialogue, include:
Biographical information for each woman.
The historical status for women in general during the time period in which each woman lived.
What opinions each of the women might have on the role the women should play in society during their lifetimes.
What each of the women might think about women’s current roles.
Other topic choice recommended and approved by the professor and supported by the grading rubric.
The Project Paper will be graded on:
The level to which the instructions were followed.
The extent to which all four (4) parts in the topic were addressed.
The adequacy of information, examples, and details which support the general claim or main idea.
The clarity and relevance of the explanations and descriptions.
Adherence to standard rules of grammar, punctuation, and mechanics.
The inclusion of three (3) required references (two [2] additional sources besides your textbook) documented using APA style.
Your assignment must follow these formatting requirements:
Be typed, double spaced, using Times New Roman font (size 12), with one-inch margins on all sides; references must follow APA Style format. Check with your professor for any additional instructions specific to the selected topic. (Note: Students can find APA style materials located in the course shell for reference.)
Include a cover page containing the tile of the assignment, the student’s name, the professor’s name, the course title, and the date. The cover page and the reference page are not included in the required page length.
The specific course learning outcomes associated with this assignment are:
Explain how key social, cultural, and artistic contributions contribute to historical changes.
Explain the importance of situating a society’s cultural and artistic expressions within a historical context.
Examine the influences of intellectual, religious, political, and socio-economic forces on social, cultural, and artistic expressions.
Identify major historical developments in world cultures from the Renaissance to the contemporary period.
Use technology and information resources to research issues in the study of world cultures.
Write clearly and concisely about world cultures using proper writing mechanics.
Grading for this assignment will be based on answer quality, logic/organization of the paper, and language and writing skills, using the following rubric found here.
Bella Lugosi Holdings, Inc. (BLH), has collected the following operating information below for its current month’s activity. Using this information, prepare a flexible budget analysis to determine how well BLH performed in terms of cost control.Actual Costs IncurredStatic BudgetActivity level (in units)5,2505,178Variable Costs:Indirect materials$24,182$23,476Utilities$22,356$22,674Fixed Costs:Administration$63,450$65,500Rent$65,317$63,904
In the previous module we explored the developments of the Civil Rights Movement. In the 1970s there was a wider diversity of movements that followed some of the victories from the 1960s. In your initial post, identify and describe a particular movement or challenge from the 1970s. How did this movement differ from the movement in the early to mid-1960s? What new challenges did they face? How did their tactics differ? What victories did they achieve?
1
ASSESSMENT 3 OVERVIEW – Critical appraisal of evidence
For Assessment 3 students are required to demonstrate their ability to reflect on a health
scenario and critically appraise the evidence (primary research paper) provided in relation
to a health scenario. The scenario is available under the Assessment 3 tile.
Students are required to identify strengths and limitations of a research paper at a
beginning level. The research paper can be located under the Assessment 3 tile. Finally,
students are required to discuss the factors which influence the use of evidence in
practice. The critical appraisal of evidence must be supported by a minimum of four (4)
references which are valid and varied academic sources (e.g. Greenhalgh et al. 2018;
Hoffman et al. 2017).
Instructions:
Critically appraise the research paper provided in LEO located under the Assessment
3 tile, and read the corresponding health scenario. The research paper should be
accessed as a full text and critically appraised using the questions identified in Part A
& B, which are based on Greenhalgh et al. (2018). The research paper being critically
appraised should be written as a full reference at the beginning of the essay (and
included in the reference list). The paper should be referenced in-text according to
APA (i.e. author, year) required for direct quotes only.
Writing in an essay format (introduction, body, conclusion, reference list) answer the
questions in Part A and Part B. Students should refer to the ACU Study Guide: Skills for
Success (2017) – available online – to ensure they follow the university’s essay writing
and referencing guidelines.
Small/short headings may be used. Do not repeat the questions or scenario.
Part A
Consider the strengths and limitations (critically appraise) the research paper using the
following questions. Each paragraph should be supported with a high quality, valid, varied
academic reference. This reference is supporting your knowledge and understanding of
critical appraisal related to the research paper.
Authorship
1. Discuss the strengths and limitations of the:
a. Authors’ expertise, based on their cited qualifications and affiliations;
b. Possible conflicts of interest or possible grounds for bias in the paper.
Research Questions, aim or hypothesis
2. Outline the research study’s question/s, aim or hypothesis and present the author’s
justification/s as to why their study was needed.
2
Research Design
3. Discuss the research design and how the authors justified their choice of design for
their stated research question.
Research Methods
4. Discuss the methods the researchers used for: selecting study participants and for
collecting and analysing data?
What were the strengths and limitations of the methods used?
Results and limitation of the study
5. Discuss whether the results/conclusions of the study answer the research study’s
question/s.
Describe how the limitations impact the application of the study findings?
Part B
Application of research evidence into clinical practice considering the given
scenario and clinical question.
Adoption of research findings is often restricted due to a range of key enablers and
barriers. Reflecting on your scenario describe some of the enablers and barriers to the
uptake of your papers research findings.
Due date: Part A and B are to be submitted on Wednesday 22nd
May by 2359 Hours
Weighting: 50%
Length and/or format: Assessment 3 (Part a & b) should not exceed 1200
words +/-10% (including in-text citations)
Purpose: The written assignment is required to provide the
students with an opportunity to demonstrate
fundamental skills required for sound appraisal of
research. These assessments are designed to engage
students with content that will build knowledge which,
by the conclusion of this programme, will allow the
student to graduate as a health care professional who
can locate and critically appraise discipline specific
literature.
Learning outcomes assessed: 3, 4, 5
How to submit: Submission is via the Turnitin Dropbox available in
LEO HLSC122 (Campus tile).
3
Return of assignment: Feedback (written, rubric and/or voice comments) will
be available in the Turnitin Dropbox in LEO when the
final unit grades are released.
Assessment criteria: Critical appraisal, knowledge, critical thinking,
presentation
Please include the word count of your assignment on
the front page of your assignment or in a header.
Please note that in-text citations are included in the
word count whilst the reference list is not included in the
word count. Words that are more than 10% over the
word count will not be considered.
Please see further information in the section below
titled ‘Word Count’.
WORD COUNT
Writing requires skill and being able to write within a specified word limit is an essential
component of professional and academic work. Reading and writing critically are
fundamental skills which demonstrate an understanding and an ability to make
judgements and solve problems, hence why only 10% of a word count should be direct
quotes. That is, if the word count is 1500 words only 150 of those words should be direct
quotes. Word counts provide students with an indication of the amount of detail and work
required for each assessment item.
What is included in a word count?
Essentially, all text within an assessment item from the introduction through to the
conclusion is counted in the word count. This includes all in-text citations, direct quotes
and headings.
The word count does not include the following:
• Title page
• Reference list
• Appendices
• Tables
• Figures and legends
AVOIDING PLAGIARISM
Please note that if you submit your assignment, notice that the similarity index is high
but do not have time to revise your assessment task before the due date has passed,
then you are advised to:
• contact the Lecturer in Charge and request that your assignment be removed.
4
• revise the assignment, submit it within three days of the due date and incur a late
submission penalty.
• submit it into the regular Dropbox. Do not submit into the extension Dropbox.
• Please review the Academic Integrity and Misconduct policy if you choose not to
do this.
REFERENCING
This unit requires you to use the APA referencing system.
See the ‘Academic referencing’ page of the Student Portal for more details.
the assignment to be like a coursework more of defining what is E-Goverment and the reason for using it and where it can be used. use a lot of built points so it would be easer to present the paper work. use most importantly is The Democracy and E-goverment by Meir, Andreas………………
For a custom paper on the above topic, place your order now!
Chapman Company, a major retailer of bicycles and
accessories, operates several stores and is a publicly traded company. The
comparative balance sheet and income statement for Chapman as of May 31, 2014,
are as follows. The company is preparing its statement of cash flows.
CHAPMAN COMPANY
COMPARATIVE BALANCE SHEET
AS OF MAY 31
.jpg”>
2014
2013
Current assets
Cash
$28,730
$20,020
Accounts receivable
75,830
58,590
Inventory
220,960
250,350
Prepaid expenses
9,457
7,500
Total current assets
334,977
336,460
Plant assets
Plant assets
600,740
502,640
Less: Accumulated depreciationâplant assets
150,550
125,270
Net plant assets
450,190
377,370
Total assets
$785,167
$713,830
Current liabilities
Accounts payable
$123,890
$115,060
Salaries and wages payable
47,300
72,660
Interest payable
27,980
26,000
Total current liabilities
199,170
213,720
Long-term debt
Bonds payable
70,020
100,350
Total liabilities
269,190
314,070
Stockholdersâ equity
Common stock, $10 par
370,410
280,850
Retained earnings
145,567
118,910
Total stockholdersâ equity
515,977
399,760
Total liabilities and stockholdersâ equity
$785,167
$713,830
CHAPMAN COMPANY
INCOME STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED MAY 31, 2014
Sales revenue
$1,256,130
Cost of goods sold
722,510
Gross profit
533,620
.gif”>Expenses
Salaries and wages expense
253,040
Interest expense
75,510
Depreciation expense
25,280
Other expenses
8,420
Total expenses
362,250
Operating income
171,370
Income tax expense
43,460
Net income
$127,910
The following is additional information
concerning Chapmanâs transactions during the year ended May 31, 2014.
1. All sales during the year were made on account.
2. All merchandise was purchased on account,
comprising the total accounts payable account.
3. Plant assets costing $98,100 were purchased by
paying $25,400 in cash and issuing 7,270 shares of stock.
4. The âother expensesâ are related to prepaid
items.
5. All income taxes incurred during the year were
paid during the year.
6. In order to supplement its cash, Chapman issued
1,686 shares of common stock at par value.
7. Cash dividends of $101,253 were declared and paid
at the end of the fiscal year.
.jpg”>
Prepare a statement of cash flows for Chapman
Company for the year ended May 31, 2014, using the direct method. (A
reconciliation of net income to net cash provided is not required.) (Show amounts that decrease cash flow with either a – sign e.g. -15,000 or in parenthesis
e.g. (15,000).)
CHAPMAN
COMPANY
Statement of Cash Flows (Partial)
For the
Year Ended May 31, 2014
.jpg”>.jpg”>.jpg”>
4. How well do your personal goals, plans and activities match the responsibilities, accountabilities and plans of your workplace Provide details.
Here you need to match your personal goals and activities with your company’s.
5. Provide details as to how you can measure your performance across the 12 months for the goals, plans and activities you listed in question 2. In your answer provide information on varying work conditions, work contexts, personality traits (use personality traits, trait approach and personality and team work from your management theory and practice textbook by Kris Cole) and personal behaviour.
We need more tools you could use for measuring your performance. Yes customer feedback is a great tool, but there are also other. Remember it is over a 12 month period.
6. Provide information on how your work methods and practices involving the use of technology can manage your work priorities and commitments efficiently and effectively. Technology may include but not limited to computerised systems and software, databases, project management, word processing, electronic diaries, telephones, email and mail.
Here I need you to be a little more specific. List some technologies you, or any business may use to manage priorities and work more efficiently and discuss how exactly do they help
Professional competence
1. Use the following documents and systems to assess your professional knowledge and competencies against competency standards to plan future professional and personal development. How can you prioritise to improve work performance and maintain a competitive edge a) Job description b) Workplace policies and procedures c) Performance appraisals (formal and informal) d) Work references e) Use of feedback from clients, management, colleagues, direct reports and industry partners………………….
For a custom paper on the above topic, place your order now!
Examine the source code for one or more open source projects- Software Engineering
Discussion Post-Commenting for Clarity
Go to any open source repository, where software developers collaborate on the development of open source software, and download the code from one or more open source projects. Some potential repositories to explore are: SourceForge (sourceforge.net), JavaForge (javaforge.com), and Google Code (code.google.com)
Examine the source code for one or more open source projects and locate an example in which: (1) the documentation and commenting within the program leaves something to be desired and (2) more than one control flow statement is used. Inspect the code for the individual source files. If you are able to build the project, run the program a few times so you understand what the author of the program was trying to achieve and how the lines of code in the project work. Think about how the commenting could be improved.
Post a response that summarizes your findings. The post should
1. Include a link to the open source project you chose as an example of poor commenting, or attach an example source file to your posting.
2. Identify the methods within the example program you believe are not sufficiently documented.
3. Examine the control flow statements to determine what they do and if their purpose is clearly documented.
4. Explain why you feel the current commenting within the project needs improvement.
5. Copy the example code into your post, replacing or adding detail to the current comments in order to make the program easier for a user to understand.
BCO123 Accounting II Task brief & rubrics
Task: Final Assignment (100% of course grade)
You are asked to answer all the questions in the proposed five cases.
This task assesses the following learning outcomes:
• Determine the cost of plant assets and depreciation.
• Distinguish between short-term and long-term liabilities.
• Understand accounting for issuance of capital stock and prepare the equity section of a corporate balance sheet.
• Identify the steps of how irregular income items, such as discontinued operations and extraordinary items are presented in the income statement.
• Comprehend the purpose and uses of a statement of cash flows.
LAUNCH: Friday September 4th, 2020 / DELIVERY: Sunday September 6th, 2020, 23:59hrs ON MOODLE
Submission file format: Word document with all the answers, clearly identifying each case separately.
CASE 1 (20 points)
On May 1, 2018, Jarret Corporation purchased new equipment at a cost of €435,000. The useful life of this equipment was estimated at five years, with a
residual value of €35,000.
Instructions:
Compute the annual depreciation expense for each year until this equipment becomes fully depreciated under each of the following depreciation methods
listed. Because you will record depreciation for only a fraction of a year in 2018, depreciation will extend into 2023 for both methods. Show supporting
computations.
1. Straight-line, with depreciation for fractional years rounded to the nearest whole month. (8 points)
2. 200 percent declining-balance, with the half-year convention. Limit depreciation in 2023 to an amount that reduces the undepreciated cost to the
estimated residual value. (8 points)
3. Assume that the equipment is sold at the end of December 2020 for €282,000 cash. Record the necessary gain or loss resulting from the sale under
the straight-line method. (4 points)
CASE 2 (20 points)
As of December 31, 2019, Blake Corporation has prepared the following information regarding its liabilities and other obligations.
20-year bond issue that matures in one year €1,000,000
Accrued interest on the 20-year bond issue as of the balance sheet date €50,000
Notes payable, of which €80,000 will be repaid within the next 12 months €200,000
Interest expense that will result from existing liabilities over the next 12 months €170,000
Cash deposits from customers for goods and services to be delivered over the next five months €300,000
Two-year commitment to John Monroe as chief operating officer at a salary of €120,000 per year €240,000
Note payable due within 90 days (but that is approved to be extended for an additional ten months) €128,000
Income taxes, of which €160,000 are currently payable and the remainder deferred indefinitely €315,000
Lawsuit pending against Blake, in which €450,000 is claimed in damages. Legal counsel can make no reasonable estimate of the company’s ultimate liability at this
time.
Instructions:
(1) Prepare a listing of the Blake Corporation’s current and long-term liabilities as they should be presented in the company’s December 31, 2019 balance sheet.
(10 points)
(2) Briefly explain why you have excluded any of the listed items in your listing of current and long-term liabilities. (10 points)
CASE 3 (20 points)
The stockholders’ equity section of the balance sheet of Greenville Corporation (with certain details omitted) appears below:
Answer the following questions based on the stockholders’ equity section given above.
1. What is the total amount of legal capital? (4 points)
2. How many shares of preferred stock are issued and outstanding? (3 points)
3. How many shares of common stock are issued and outstanding? (3 points)
4. What is the total amount of dividends paid annually to the preferred stockholders? (3 points)
5. What is the average issue price of a share of common stock? (3 points)
6. The balance in retained earnings at the beginning of the current year was €575,000, and there were no dividends in arrears. Net income for the current
year was €360,000. What is the amount of the dividends declared on each share of common stock during the current year? (4 points)
CASE 4 (20 points)
Shown below is information relating to operations of Falcon Corporation Inc. for the year ended 2019:
Continuing operations:
Net sales €2,750,000
Cost and expenses (including income taxes) €2,125,000
Other data:
Current-year loss generated by segment of the business
discontinued in July (net of income taxes) €207,500
Gain on disposal of discontinued segment (net of income taxes) €137,500
Prior-period adjustment (decrease in prior years’ income net of tax
benefit) €45,000
Extraordinary loss (net of income tax benefit) €17,500
Cash dividends declared (€1.50 per share) €150,000
Instructions:
1. Prepare a condensed income statement for 2019, including earnings per share figures. The company had 100,000 shares of a single class of capital stock
outstanding throughout the year. (10 points)
2. Prepare a statement of retained earnings for the year ended December 31, 2019. As originally reported, retained earnings at December 31, 2018, amounted to
€2,468,000. (10 points)
CASE 5 (20 points)
The following data is taken from the Financial Statements of Nancy Corporation for 2019:
Jan. 2019 Dec. 2019
Income Statement:
– Net Income €633,000
– Depreciation Expense €125,000
– Amortization Expense €252,000
– Gain on sale of building €389,000
Balance Sheet:
– Accounts Receivables €323,000 €292,000
– Inventory €558,000 €521,000
– Prepaid Expenses €17,000 €33,000
– Accounts Payables €137,000 €187,000
– Income taxes payables €91,000 €82,000
Additional information:
– Sold a building for €795,000 cash.
– Paid €100,000 dividend to stockholders.
– Paid €85,000 as repayment of long-term debt.
– Collected the principal of a loan made to a borrower in the amount of €65,000.
– Invested €235,000 in marketable securities.
– The balance of the cash account on 1 January 2019 was €361,000.
Instructions:
Using the above information, prepare the complete statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2019. Cash provided by operating activities is to
be presented by the indirect method.
Rubrics
Descriptor
9-10 The student demonstrates an excellent understanding of the
concepts.
8-8,9 The student demonstrates a good understanding of the concepts.
7-7,9 The student demonstrates a fair understanding of the concepts.
6-6,9 The student demonstrates some, but insufficient understanding of the
concepts.
3-5,9 The student demonstrates insufficient understanding of the concepts.
They may mention some relevant ideas or concepts, although it is
clear that the relationship between them is not understood by the
student.
1-2,9 The student demonstrates insufficient understanding of the concepts
and does not mention any relevant ideas or concepts.
0 The student leaves the question blank or cheats.
Points are stated at the end of each question.
========
Assignment ii
ACC210 Assignment
Session 2014 60
Due date: Sunday September 14th, 2014 (midnight)
Value:
This Assignment is worth 30% of the overall assessment in this subject. The Assignment is marked out of 100.
IMPORTANT: PLEASE ENSURE YOU READ AND UNDERSTAND THE ASSIGNMENT PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Rationale
This assignment directly addresses some of the key learning outcomes for ACC210 including that on successful completion of the subject students will:
• be able to demonstrate technical, computational, and analytical skills associated with the design and operation of product costing and accounting control systems;
• be able to discuss issues associated with contemporary performance measurement;
• be able to use computer spreadsheets as an aid to product costing, budgeting and performance evaluation; and
• be able to communicate effectively in designing reports for management;.
The requirements of this assignment cover up to and including Module 7 of the Online Learning materials. The assignment is designed to develop your problem solving, spreadsheet (Excel) design, and written communication skills. The questions require you to apply the knowledge and tools covered in the subject topics in order to demonstrate your understanding of the subject content and also to illustrate your capacity for strategic thinking. The assignment will also test your ability to communicate and explain the impacts of your findings whether through quantitative or written reports. The ability to communicate effectively has been identified by the accounting professional bodies as being critical to your future role as an accountant.
Note:
The development and demonstration of a level of technical proficiency in using spreadsheets to prepare management accounting reports is a key requirement and expectation of this subject and, more particularly, of this assessment. In prior offerings of this subject some students have resisted or not fully engaged with this requirement to effectively use Excel or some compatible spreadsheet application and have received significantly reduced marks.
Several short video tutorials on Excel will be provided through the subject interact site. These include a tutorial specific to this subject and several that were prepared for introductory accounting subjects. Indicative examples of the types of formulae needed and model formats will also be provided, however you are required to develop your own spreadsheets. If you need further help with developing your Excel skills you should contact your lecturer or subject coordinator who will be able to direct you to other resources to assist your learning.
Assessment Criteria
You will be assessed on the following marking criteria:
ability to identify accounting problem(s) or issue(s) and apply the appropriate accounting technique;
ability to use Excel to solve management accounting problems. This includes the ability to use appropriate Excel (or similar) analysis tools and functions, construct appropriate spreadsheet formulae and to effectively and appropriately print and present your material and results;
level of technical proficiency in using spreadsheets to prepare management accounting reports;
ability to correctly interpret the results of your analyses and to clearly convey your understanding of the results to the end user;
demonstrated ability to apply your knowledge of management accounting business situations in a strategic manner;
demonstrated understanding of the theoretical issues underpinning management accounting; and
ability to present your answers effectively, appropriately, and neatly, using computers.
You must submit workings showing how you have obtained your answers, including whether you have applied appropriate techniques to analyse and solve problems. Indicative examples of the types of Excel formulae needed and model formats will also be provided, however you are required to develop your own spreadsheets.
Marking Rubric – ACC210 2014 30 Assignment
Learning outcome Marking Criteria High Distinction Distinction Credit Pass Fail
be able to demonstrate technical, computational, and analytical skills associated with the design and operation of product costing and accounting control systems ability to identify accounting problem(s) or issue(s) and apply the appropriate accounting technique Apply appropriate accounting technique to identified issue with no quantitative errors and excellent presentation and formatting Identify type of accounting problem and apply appropriate accounting technique with very few (if any) errors and good presentation and formatting Identify type of accounting problem and apply appropriate accounting technique with few minor errors Identify type of accounting problem and apply appropriate accounting technique with some calculation errors Fail to correctly identify the accounting issue and fail to apply the appropriate accounting technique to solve the problem. Numerous and/or catastrophic calculation errors.
be able to discuss issues associated with contemporary performance measurement;
be able to communicate effectively in designing reports for management;
ability to correctly interpret the results of your analyses and to clearly convey your understanding of the results to the end user
demonstrated ability to apply your knowledge of management accounting business situations in a strategic manner;
demonstrated understanding of the theoretical issues underpinning management accounting. References and sources acknowledged and professionally presented
ability to present your answers effectively, appropriately, and neatly, using computers. Correctly identify underlying accounting issue and all of the potential implications of accounting data/ results. Identify key areas of concern for management adopting a strategic ‘whole of business’ approach including well thought out and justified recommendations. Output is well researched, logically argued, and well written in a manner that very effectively conveys the key outcomes and recommendations to the end user. All references and sources acknowledged and professionally presented. Correctly identify underlying accounting issue and all of the potential implications of accounting data/results and identify and report key areas of concern for with effective strategic recommendations for management. Well researched and well written argument with references and sources acknowledged and output professionally presented Correctly identify underlying accounting issue and major implications of accounting data/results and identify and report key areas of concern for management in a concise manner. Well written with a logical argument and with references and sources acknowledged and professionally presented Identify underlying accounting issue and some implications of the reported accounting data/results and report issues that should be of concern to firm management. Written in clear language with references and sources acknowledged and professionally presented Fail to identify underlying accounting issue. Incapacity to interpret the results of quantitative problem analysis in a manner that adds value to the accounting data/results developed for management
be able to use computer spreadsheets as an aid to product costing, budgeting and performance evaluation; level of technical proficiency in using spreadsheets to prepare management accounting reports;
ability to use Excel to solve management accounting problems. This includes the ability to use appropriate Excel (or similar) analysis tools and functions, construct appropriate spreadsheet formulae and to effectively and appropriately print and present your material and results;
ability to present your answers effectively, appropriately, and neatly, using computers. Use of appropriate formulae with no errors. Correct use of data input sections where appropriate. Excellent design allowing intuitive and easy comprehension of key data. High standard of formatting enhancing the logical presentation of the data output enhancing comprehension by report end users Consistent use of appropriate formulae with very few (if any) minor errors. Correct use of data input sections where appropriate. Well designed and logical data output presentation. Good formatting allowing easy and effective comprehension by report end users Consistent use of appropriate formulae with few errors. Correct use of data input sections where appropriate. Logical data output presentation and formatting allowing easy and effective comprehension by report end users Use of appropriate formulae with some errors. Use of data input sections where appropriate. Basic data output presentation and formatting allowing effective comprehension by report end users Fail to use appropriate Excel formulae to construct spreadsheet solutions to accounting problems including data input sections and advanced formulae. Poorly formatted and presented.
Preparation and submission requirements
This assignment requires a Microsoft Word document as well as a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet solution and both of these must be submitted online using EASTS.
1. You must submit both a Word file AND an Excel file. Failure to submit both of the files by the due date constitutes non-submission and late penalties will apply.
2. Your spreadsheet solutions must be cut and pasted into the Word document. This Word document is what will be marked and returned to you. Remember that in the business world the professional presentation of information is fundamental and accordingly marks will be deducted for poor presentation. An electronic version of your source spreadsheet is required to enable markers to open the file and test your efficient use of spreadsheet formula by, for example, changing values of input variables. Marks will be awarded on the basis of correctness of answers, appropriate use of spreadsheet modelling, effective worksheet design, and level of professional presentation.
3. A reference list is mandatory for this assessment item. It is important that you are aware of how to reference properly and a reference list must be provided, properly formatted using hanging indent. Please note that it is a submission requirement that you include a reference list and assignments which do not include a properly formatted reference list will incur up to a 5 mark penalty.
Review the rules regarding plagiarism and if you are not sure contact your lecturer or student learning skills advisor for advice. There is no excuse for presenting the work of others as your own; this includes cutting and pasting material from the web without properly referencing the source. In this subject there has historically been large numbers of students caught either plagiarising or failing to reference properly.
The CSU Library site provides an on-line guide to APA style referencing. This is the referencing style adopted by the School of Accounting and Finance. The guide can be downloaded as a PDF under the Research and Teaching tab on the library home page (https://www.essaybishop.com/write-my-essay/csu.edu.au/division/studserv/my-studies/learning/pdfs/apa.pdf).
Any difficulties in submitting your assignments online electronically using EASTS should be immediately reported to the Subject Coordinator by email. Include your name and student number in the header or footer of all documents submitted. Retain a copy of your assignment for your records.
Spreadsheet requirements
Your spreadsheet must have a separate worksheet (tab) for each question answered. For each question the worksheet should have a data entry section where all (or most) of the question data is entered, followed by a model or results section. The results section should be mainly formula driven.
NB There should be as little as possible data entry in the model/results section of the spreadsheet. Most, if not all, data should be imported into the model from the data entry section. A number of Excel resources will be provided through the subject Interact site to assist you complete this assignment however there is no substitute for getting in and trying it out. An excel resource file specific to the assignment is provided on the subject Interact site and you should review the various formulae demonstrated on that file.
Please contact your subject coordinator if you need further guidance on particular issues surrounding Excel.
Assignment Background:
To provide workplace context to this assignment you are to assume that you have been appointed to a graduate management accounting position within a hypothetical company, Jupiter Australia. Jupiter is an extremely successful multinational company. In Australia and New Zealand Jupiter manufacture a range of Fast Moving Consumer Goods (FMCGs) including several well known pet food brands, confectionery brands, and consumer food brands.
You have been appointed to a Management Accounting role within Jupiter Australia commencing in their Wodonga pet food factory. As part of your role you will be expected to provide advice to management and production teams around strategic and operational issues across a number of Jupiter divisions.
At the commencement of each question you are referred to the Topic Modules which cover the material in the question.
Question 1 Manufacturing Cost Schedule and Income Statement (10 marks).
This question relates to learning material and objectives from Online Modules 1, 2 and 3.
Puss in Boots Pet Food is a wholly owned subsidiary of Jupiter Australia and New Zealand and utilises a traditional manufacturing cost flow inventory and accounting system. Puss in Boots Pet Food is incorporated and operates in Australia, and pays tax at the Australian corporate rate of 30%. Trading data for Puss in Boots Pet Food for the 2014 financial year was as follows and there are no adjustments for accruals or prepayments:
Account: $
Purchases of Raw Materials & Packaging 4,628,000
Factory Overhead 1,422,000
Heat Light & Power Costs (Factory) 1,756,000
Heat Light & Power Costs (Admin) 226000
Depreciation of Factory Plant, Equipment & Machinery 1,000,000
Depreciation of Office Equipment & Furniture 38,000
Office Salaries and Costs 76,000
Factory Direct Labour Cost 1,728,000
Factory Indirect Labour Cost 303,000
Interest & other charges 900,000
Sales Revenue 22,101,000
Freight Outwards 172,000
Freight Inwards 55,000
Sales & Marketing Expenses 2,385,000
Accounting & Audit costs 426,000
On June 30th 2014 selected account balances of Puss in Boots Pet Food were as follows (with comparative 1/7/2013 Opening Balance figures):
Account: Jul 1, 2013 Jun 30, 2014
Work in Process (WIP) Inventory: Opening Closing
Raw Materials 352,000 302,000
Direct Labour 39,000 35,000
Manufacturing Overhead 96,000 86,000
Jul 1, 2013 Jun 30, 2014
Raw Material Inventory 156,000 178,000
Finished Goods Inventory 942,000 1,107,000
Required:
Using Excel, prepare a Schedule of Cost of Goods Manufactured, Schedule of Cost of Goods Sold, and an income statement for Puss in Boots Pet Food from the information provided. (10 marks)
Note: Your Excel model should include a data input section and appropriate formulae. An example of Manufacturing Cost Schedules can be found in the Langfield-Smith text on p.58 and an Excel example is available in Resources on the subject Interact site.
Question 2 Strategic Management Accounting Case Study (20 marks)
This question builds on prior studies of Cost Volume Profit (CVP) analysis and relates to learning material and objectives from Online Modules 1 and 2.
(For assistance on how to answer this question you are advised to undertake the case study from Mars Petcare which is provided online in Module 2 as the Topic Reflection Task).
‘Friend’ Dog Food
STRATEGIC MARKET ANALYSIS
You have joined the cross-discipline Strategic Management Committee of Jupiter Australia as the management accounting representative. The key issue facing this top level management committee at the moment is how to improve profitability in several key product categories across several divisions.
The product currently under discussion is the ‘Friend’ line of wet dog food sold by Jupiter through the major supermarket chains in Australia and New Zealand. The ‘Friend’ product has been a market leader for Jupiter Pet Food however lately it has come under increased price competition and the sales and market share of ‘Friend’ canned dog food have fallen dramatically. The ‘Friend’ product is marketed as a premium product for large dogs and is priced at a premium to reflect its quality. The major competition comes from a similar product manufactured by a multinational rival branded as ‘Buddy’ which is also marketed as a premium product, but which sells at a discount to our product the market leader ‘Friend’.
The Marketing Department for the Jupiter Dog Food Division has provided the following information about the canned dog food market during the 2014 financial year. The total sales of canned dog food in the Australia and New Zealand market for 2014 was 720 million individual units of which ‘Friend’ held 45% and ‘Buddy’ held 25%:
The Marketing Department advises you that at the end of the previous 2013 financial year ‘Friend’s’ market share had been 55% and the ‘Buddy’ brand held only 15%. Since that time ‘Buddy’ dog food has been advertising heavily and aggressively pricing their product in the market, increasing their market share to the current level of 25%. The Strategic Management Committee agrees with the marketing department that this sales trend is damaging and is impacting on the profitability of Jupiter’s marquee pet food brand ‘Friend’. Currently the Return on Total Assets (ROTA) for Friend dog food has fallen to 24.92% (calculated by dividing Gross Profit by Total Assets). This is marginally below the required ROTA of Jupiter which is 25%. If the product continues to lose market share it may not be viable.
As the Management Accounting representative you have provided the Strategic Management Committee with the following breakdown of revenues and costs for the ‘Friend’ product line for the just completed 2014 financial year:
Friend Dog Food
Total Assets ‘Friend’ Factory $65m
Total Sales (Volume in Units) 324m
Regular Retail Price (per unit retail price) $2.99
Gross Sales Value Received (per unit wholesale price) $2.35
Supermarket Rebates (per unit) $0.15
Net Sales Value Received (per unit) $2.20
Prime Costs (per unit) $0.55
Other Manufacturing Costs (per unit) $1.00
Logistic Costs (per unit) $0.60
Gross $ Margin (Gross Profit) (per unit) $0.05
Total $ Margin (Gross Profit) $16.2m
% Return on Total Assets (ROTA) 24.92%
The Marketing Department has carried out research into the wet dog food market which indicates that by discounting the recommended retail price of ‘Friend’ by $0.24 per unit to $2.75 per unit*, unit sales of ‘Friend’ will increase by 15%. In an attempt to simultaneously lower ‘Friend’ product costs the research and development (R&D) team have identified that by slightly altering the meat and cereal ingredients quality and mix a saving of 15% of prime costs can be made.
However, the Chair of the Strategic Management Committee advises that even after allowing for the 15% savings in prime costs, discounting the product by $0.24 per unit will mean that the product will no longer achieve the firm’s long term required return on total assets (ROTA) of 25%,. The CEO argues that if this remains the case, the previously successful ‘Friend’ product line may have to be discontinued.
You advise the Committee that you are aware that the ‘Friend’ manufacturing facility in Wodonga is currently running at 71% of its practical capacity and that the warehouse facility (logistics) is running at 68% capacity. You are also aware that whilst the ‘Friend’ product’s Prime Costs are 100% Variable, other Manufacturing Costs and Logistic Costs are made up of 75% Fixed costs and 25% Variable costs.
It can be assumed that this cost break-down between variable and fixed costs will hold consistently across the industry (including for competitor Buddy). Assume that 80% of the predicted ‘Friend’ unit sales increase will be made at the expense of the unit sales of their main competitor ‘Buddy’ custom essay writing help meaning ‘Buddy’ sales will fall by 80% of the ‘Friends’ sales increase. Finally, assume that ‘Friend’ and ‘Buddy’ have identical cost structures at the commencement of the 2015 financial year, prior to the recommended changes.
You ask if you can be given time to prepare a report for the Strategic Management Committee on the Management Accounting cost and profit implications of the changes proposed by Marketing and R&D based on the budgeted costs and increases in sales and production.
*Remember that the manufacturer does not receive the retail price. The discounted wholesale price will be $2.11 per unit, down from $2.35 per unit.
Required:
(i) Using excel prepare a ‘before and after’ budget comparative analysis of the revenues and costs of the ‘Friend’ product line. The analysis should incorporate the $0.24 cent drop in price, the 15% predicted savings in prime costs, and include the 15% predicted sales increase. Ensure you include in your analysis any impact of the budgeted production increase on other per unit manufacturing and logistics costs.
(10 marks)
(ii) Prepare a brief report (approx. 300 words) for the Strategic Management Committee outlining the key points of your findings. Include some discussion on:
a. the likely impact of the changes on the cost and profit structure of Friend Dog Food Division (derived from your answer to (i)).
b. Calculate and discuss the likely impact of the changes on the cost structure of our main competitor Buddy Dog Food (use Excel).
c. Make a recommendation to the Committee on whether to go ahead with the planned changes. Include any other strategic advice that you consider relevant to the Committee’s decision making.
(Please ensure that your answer adequately addresses ALL of the points above)
(10 marks)
Question 3 Comprehensive Manufacturing Budget (30 marks)
This question builds on prior studies and relates to learning material and objectives from Online Modules 1, 2 and 3. Links to specific resources provided for this question relating to Manufacturing Budgets and Excel spreadsheets can be found in the Online Topic Modules.
You have been asked to prepare a 5 year budget forecast for the ‘Giggles’ Chocolate and Nut Nougat Energy Bar factory.
The ‘Giggles’ division of the Neptune Australia company utilises a traditional manufacturing cost flow inventory and accounting system.
As at June 30th 2014 the following financial and trading data was provided:
2014 Year data (all costs are per unit)
Sales (Units) 102.36 million
Price (average 2014 price received) $0.956
Inventory on Hand (at valuation):
Ingredients & Packaging (2,001,500 units) $410,000
Finished Goods (2,020,500 units) $1,150,000
‘Giggles’ maintains a target safety stock of raw materials inventory and finished goods inventory amounting to the equivalent of one (1) week of the current year’s budgeted unit sales. At the end of the 2014 financial year there were 2,020,500 completed units of ‘Giggles’ chocolate bars in the warehouse as Finished Goods. There was enough raw materials on hand to manufacture 2,001,500 units of ‘Giggles’ chocolate bars.
Management at ‘Giggles’ predict that unit sales of the company’s chocolate bar will continue to grow indefinitely at a rate of 4% above the 2.25% current long term rate of inflation (budgeted 6.25% increase per annum). The company is budgeting to achieve a year on year price increase of 1% over the long term inflation rate (3.25% annual increase). Factory Depreciation expense is straight line at $500,000. All other costs including direct labour and ingredient costs are expected to increase annually at the rate of inflation. The company pays tax at the Australian Corporate tax rate which is expected to hold at 30%. The inflation rate of 2.25% is expected to hold over the 5 year budget period.
The ‘Giggles’ factory has been operating at its current site in Ballarat, Victoria since the late 1970s, however due to the consistent growth in sales of the ‘Giggles’ chocolate bar, the factory is nearing its practical manufacturing capacity of 110 million chocolate bars per annum.
Required:
(i) Using Excel develop a Sales, Production and Purchase budget as well as a budgeted Schedule of Cost of Goods Manufactured, Schedule of Cost of Goods Sold, and an Income Statement for each of the 5 years in the budget period (commencing 2014) (advice on the form of these budgets is linked through the online topic modules and in the Interact Resources folder and is also available in the Appendix to Chapter 9 of the text book). This budget must also take into account the manufacturing facility practical capacity production constraint. Your spreadsheet must include a data section which enables inputs (such as the inflation rate, budgeted cost and sales increases, and the production limit) to be simply altered and ‘what if’ analysis to be undertaken. (Excel resources are provided on your Interact site to guide students on the use of the ‘IF’ formula which can be used for the budget production constraint).
(15 marks)
Hint: All 5 years of each budget should be shown side by side (1 column per year) for ease of comparison by management. All of the budgets should be presented on one worksheet together, working down the page commencing with the Sales and then Production budgets.
You should be able to drag the formula across for the whole of the budget if the first years are properly constructed with a data input section and using absolute referencing. This makes the process much quicker and easier. An Excel help file and video which deals with the formula required has been placed in the Resources folder in the subject Interact site to assist students (linked through Online Module 3).
(ii) The CEO of ‘Giggles’ is aware of the impending production problems caused by the 110 million unit practical manufacturing capacity of the factory. The CEO faces the option of trying to limit costs and maximise profit within the current manufacturing and sale constraint or invest in new plant to expand the capacity of the factory. An investment in new plant will cost $12 million in new plant and increase the current manufacturing capacity by 20%. It will have no impact on any variable costs or on other manufacturing costs. It is expected that this new factory plant would be depreciated straight line to zero over 20 years. The planned upgrade can be completed and ready for operation by the commencement of the 2016 financial year.
Using the excel model developed in part (i) calculate the impact on sales and profit if the option of upgrading the manufacturing facility is exercised and the practical production capacity of the factory is increased by 25% (Include the additional factory depreciation expense. Submit results as a separate worksheet).
(5 marks)
(iii) Given your findings from part (i) and (ii) write a report for the CEO of ‘Giggles’ recommending whether to take up the option to upgrade the production facility. In your report consider all of the strategic and financial implications to the firm of reaching its production constraint and any implications or opportunities arising from upgrading the facility and having extra productive capacity. Your grade will depend on the accuracy and depth of your analysis, and your capacity to identify strategic issues which management should consider when making their decision (approx. 300 words).
(10 marks)
Question 4 Process Costing (10 marks)
This question relates to learning material and objectives from Online Module 5.
The Jupiter Australia factory in Albury Wodonga responsible for manufacturing high end cat food products for export into the Japanese market operates continuously 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. The factory employs a process costing system. As a management accountant for the Pet Food Division of Jupiter Australia you are required to produce end of period product costing for a range of different product lines including the ‘Sashimi’ export cat food trays. The ‘Sashimi’ product is a blend of sea food and cereal which is mixed and then cooked in a sealed aluminium tray.
The process for manufacturing ‘Sashimi’ is to first mix all of the ingredients. The mixed ingredients are then sealed in the aluminium tray and pressure cooked. It is assumed for Process Costing purposes that all Raw Material ingredients and packaging are added at the commencement of the process. For the purpose of accounting, the conversion costs of manufacturing are assumed to occur evenly across the whole of the production cycle which takes several hours.
The following information relates to the production of ‘Sashimi’ during the month of June 2014.
Work-in-Process: June 1, 2014 35,286 Units
Stage of completion Value
Raw materials 100% $18,750
Conversion 65% $17,200
Work-in-Process: June 30, 2014 87,540 Units
30% Complete
A total of 2,926,100 individual trays of Sashimi cat food were completed during June and the following costs were incurred.
Costs incurred during June 2014:
Raw materials $1,554,500
Conversion $2,243,100
Required:
(i) Using the Weighted Average Cost Method determine the cost value of closing WIP and the cost value of goods transferred out during the period.
(5 marks)
(ii) Using the First In First Out (FIFO) method determine the cost value of closing WIP and the cost value of goods transferred out during the period.
(5 marks)
Question 5 Activity Based Costing (ABC) (15 marks)
This question relates to learning material and objectives from Online Module 6.
Banzai is a range of aluminium foil tray premium dog food products manufactured for export to Japan from one of several pet food factories based at Jupiter Australia’s head office location in Wodonga, Victoria.
Banzai manufactures a Standard range of products and an Advanced range. The Advanced range uses slightly more expensive ingredients and involves the process of adding a small premium food display item to the top of each individual tray of pet food. The Advanced product sells in much smaller numbers than the Standard product and consequently has smaller batch runs when processing. The Standard model wholesales for AUD $1.50 whilst the Advanced product model sells for AUD $2.5. Currently the cheaper Standard product outsells the more expensive Advanced product at a rate of 10 to 1.
The Banzai factory uses a normal costing approach to allocate overhead costs to products. The cost driver used is machine hours which recognises the amount of machine time expended in the manufacture of each unit. The Managing Director of the Banzai product line has reviewed the comparative margins earned on the two products using the following data:
2015 Sales and Cost estimates Standard Product Advanced Product
Forecast Sales (Units) 12,000,000 120,000
Selling price per unit($) $1.50 $2.50
Prime Costs per unit $0.50 $0.80
Machine Hours per 1,000 Units 1 1
The firm has always applied overhead to product costs based on Machine Hours as the factory-wide cost driver. For 2015 it is expected that OH will be applied to each product at the rate of $500 per machine hour (1 machine hour per 1,000 units).
The Managing Director and Marketing Manager believe that the Gross Profit on sales of the Advanced product are achieved at a higher margin than the Standard product and therefore more focus should be placed on manufacturing and selling the Advanced product. Whilst the Standard Bonzai product is superior to others on the market it has been slowly losing market share to slightly cheaper competitors. Because of its perceived lower margin the company does not believe that it is sustainable to discount the Standard product to meet competitors. The Marketing Manager believes it is time for the firm to focus on the more profitable niche market for the Advanced product.
Whilst you are relatively new to the Banzai manufacturing team you have noticed that it takes a considerable amount of set up time to re-gear the automated machines to place the different premium food display items for the Advanced product. You have also noted that the manufacturing batch size for the Advanced product is much smaller and so requires more frequent set up and that quality checking is conducted on 0.25% of units for the Advanced product compared to 0.05% of the Standard product. You are not convinced that the traditional approach to applying overhead is appropriate and you decide to prepare a report comparing the two products comparing product costing using the current factory-wide OH allocation approach compared with Activity Based Costing techniques using the following overhead cost data:
Activity Cost Cost Driver Amount of Cost Driver
Standard Advanced
Machining Set Ups $2,475,000 Set up Hours 400 500
General maintenance $1,749,000 Machine Hours 12,000 1,200
Quality Control $1,350,000 QA Samples per 10,000 units 6,000 3,000
Packing $1,026,000 Number of Orders 1000 200
Total Activity Costs $6,600,000
Required:
(i) Using the current factory-wide cost driver method of applying overhead at Bonzai develop a spreadsheet to calculate for each product the expected:
i. Gross Profit per unit,
ii. Gross Profit margin ($GP/$Sales),
iii. Total Gross Profit per Model, and
iv. Total Firm Gross Profit.
(5 marks)
(ii) Using the activity cost data provided conduct the same analysis utilising Activity Based Costing techniques to again calculate for each model the expected:
i. Gross Profit per unit,
ii. Gross Profit margin ($GP/$Sales),
iii. Total Gross Profit per Model, and
iv. Total Firm Gross Profit.
(5 marks)
(iii) Write a brief report outlining your findings and making a recommendation to the management of Banzai about the profitability of the two products and the firm’s current costing practices. Discuss the currently falling sales of the Bonzai Standard product and propose a strategic response given your findings above.
(5 marks)
Question 6 Ethical Considerations (15 marks)
This question relates to learning material and objectives from Online Module 1.
Pluto Pasta is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Jupiter Australia which manufactures a wide range of packaged food products which are sold through supermarkets. The company has a management bonus system which is based in part on whether reported profit exceeds budgeted profit. Over the past 10 years the bonus of almost 10% of annual salary has been paid every year. Over this period the management staff at Pluto Pasta have come to treat the bonus as a ‘normal’ part of their remuneration and expect to receive it every year.
Nathan Swan is a fellow accounting graduate employed by the Jupiter Group at the same time as you and he is now a management accountant at Pluto Pasta. His immediate supervisor is the Factory Accountant Marcus Hawk. After several conversations with the CEO and other senior managers at Pluto Pasta Marcus is feeling significant pressure to maintain the bonuses by ensuring that reported profit remains at a high level in comparison to budget.
Over many years Factory Accountant Marcus has developed a close relationship with Docker Ltd who perform repairs and maintenance on Pluto’s production lines and ovens. In the previous year Docker billed service fees of more than $8 million to Pluto’s repair and maintenance expense. Concerned that Pluto will not meet its profit targets in the current year Marcus Hawk approaches his contacts at Docker Ltd and asks them to invoice 50% of the current year’s $8.5 million repair and maintenance expense budget as purchases of production plant and equipment. This will mean that $4.25 million of expense will be classified as assets and will increase reported profit. To maintain a good relationship with Hawk and Pluto Pasta who are their largest customer Docker Ltd agree to the request.
Your friend the management accountant Nathan Swan noticed the overall decreased levels of repairs and maintenance expense and also the increased purchases of equipment from Docker ltd. He reported the discrepancies to his line manager in Marcus Hawk who told him “it was an accounting treatment that, in the long run, had no overall impact on profitabilityâ€. Hawk warned Swan not to get involved.
Required:
(i) Swan has come to you as a professional colleague asking for your guidance. What advice would you provide him about the ethics of Hawk’s actions? (5 marks)
(ii) What action would you recommend Swan take (explain your reasoning)? (10 marks)
As a starting point to assist in answering this question please refer to the appendix of Chapter 1 of the Langfield-Smith et al text and also the APES GN 40 Ethical Conflicts in the Workplace – Considerations for Members in Business PDF prepared by the Accounting Professional & Ethical Standards Board which is provided on the subject Interact site (linked through Online Module 1). Students are expected to also conduct their own research outside the text and Online Module materials in order to respond to this case study.
Case- “THE POWER OF THE BRAND- A BEST CASE LOOK AT A BRAND TRANSFORMATION MASTERCARD’S PRICELESS CAMPAIGN”
Question 1:
Why was a globally consistent brand image important to MasterCard?
Question 2:
MasterCard believed that the campaign established a successful platform to reach consumers in different countries. Discuss the possible differentation and integration facillitated by such a platform.
Explain your agreement or disagreement with the decision to cite or not to cite explained in each of the following scenarios:Shakespeare died over 400 years ago. So, Hiram inserted a quote by Shakespeare from the play Hamlet into an essay without using quotation marks or citing the reference.Beattie noted in his history paper the fact that representatives from the 13 British colonies signed the United States Declaration of Independence in 1776, but he did not cite a source for the information.When taking notes about the American Revolution, Sara found a quote of Benjamin Franklin’s words, which she paraphrased. She inserted it into her paper without quotation marks or a reference to Benjamin Franklin.Jeffery wrote a paper on popular music in which he claimed that many songs came from earlier sources. He included the entire song lyrics from the Beatles and compared them to the lyrics of a song by a folk singer from the 1930s. He cited the Beatles. Although he included the lyrics from the 1930 song, he did not include a reference to the sourc
Unit 4 assignment HI300 Information Technology and Systems for Health Care
AHIMA CEE Curriculum Mapping
Domain
Subdomain
Competency
Domain I. Data Content, Structure & Standards (Information Governance)
Subdomain I.A. Classification Systems
1. Evaluate, implement and manage electronic applications/systems for clinical classification and coding
Domain I. Data Content, Structure & Standards (Information Governance)
Subdomain I.A. Classification Systems
4. Evaluate the accuracy of diagnostic and procedural coding
Domain I. Data Content, Structure & Standards (Information Governance)
Subdomain I.C. Data Governance
4. Advocate information operability and information exchange
Domain I. Data Content, Structure & Standards (Information Governance)
Subdomain I.D. Data Management
2. Evaluate health information systems and data storage design
Domain I. Data Content, Structure & Standards (Information Governance)
Subdomain I.D. Data Management
3. Manage clinical indices/databases/registries
Domain I. Data Content, Structure & Standards (Information Governance)
Subdomain I.D. Data Management
5. Evaluate data from varying sources to create meaningful presentations
Assignment Requirements
Please complete all parts in a Microsoft Word document.
The body of your document should be at least 1200 words in length.
Quoting should be less than 10% of the entire paper. Paraphrasing is necessary.
Students must cite and reference at least 4 credible sources from the Library.
Please be sure to download the file “Writing Center Resources” from Course Documents to assist you with meeting APA expectations for written Assignments.
Instructions
Imagine that you are the Director of Health Information for a large hospital. As Director, you sit on various institution-wide committees which govern the organization’s policies. You have seen issues arise that cause you to propose changes in policies, procedures and operations across the hospital. Therefore, you have decided
to create a proposal to the CEO and Board of Directors, which you will develop in collaboration with committee teams. Please follow the instructions below in completion of this assignment.
Part
Competency Assessed
Instructions
1
Evaluate, implement and manage electronic applications/systems for clinical classification and coding
Select two (2) applications/systems for clinical classification and coding (e.g., encoders, computer assisted coding (CAC), etc.) and appraise each vendor in terms of (1) capacity to evaluate quality coding practices, (2) possible implementation considerations/issues, and (3) systems management challenges and training needs. Provide support for one system that you find as the “best option” with rationale.
2
Evaluate the accuracy of diagnostic and procedural coding
Consider the principles and applications of classification systems (e.g., ICD-10, HCPCS) and medical record auditing used within a clinical documentation improvement (CDI) program. Appraise the value and challenges of a quality CDI program by defending the need for ongoing CDI program support and critique at least three (3) challenges in the CDI process. Make connections between auditing, accurate diagnostic and procedural coding with classification systems, and CDI programs. Your executive summary should reflect upon the need for CDI and best practices for ensuring compliance.
3
Advocate information operability and information exchange
Critique one interoperability issue that is possible within the health information exchange (HIE) (e.g., patient identity matching). Appraise at least three (3) best practices that address the issue.
4
Evaluate health information systems and data storage design
Evaluate at least three (3) health information systems (HIS) and three (3) data storage designs (e.g., onsite, cloud). Select the best HIS and data storage design for disaster recovery purposes. Indicate your selections with rationale.
5
Manage clinical indices/databases/regist ries
Evaluate three (3) managerial challenges related to clinical indices, databases, and registries from the perspective of a hospital’s health information management function. Recommend three (3) best practices or policies related to the management of secondary data sources.
6
Evaluate data from varying sources to create meaningful presentations
With respect to data warehousing, appraise at least two (2) approaches in data warehouse design that supports quality data management from varying sources, processing/storage of data throughout the warehouse model, and meaningful output into the presentation layer. Summarize your recommendations in the executive summary.
After reading the article below, answer the following questions:
Was the man’s action of killing his wife ethical?
Think of the four ethical frameworks to reply, (absolute ethics, relative ethics, behavioural ethics, applied ethics), and use 1 framework to frame your answer.
What does society think about the man’s action?
What would you do if you were in the same situation of watching a loved one suffer excruciating pain and you felt unable to help their suffering?
When is pre-meditated murder socially, morally, and legally acceptable?
Please be sure to validate your opinions and ideas with citations and references in APA format.
Estimated time to complete: Reading, Research, Writing – 2 hours
Read the following article:
A husband of more than 50 years said he had run out of options.
His wife, 78, had been seriously ill for the last 15 years. The cost of her medications had become so expensive that they could no longer afford it. He decided that on Monday morning while she was sleeping, he would shoot her in the head to relieve her pain and suffering.
The man killed his wife at 7:30 a.m. while she was asleep. He then put the gun on a dresser, went into the kitchen had some coffee. He then called his daughters to tell them what he had done before calling 911 later that afternoon. He told police that his children knew that his wife wanted to die because she was in so much pain, and that he had been thinking of killing her for several days. The man apologized to police for not calling them earlier in the day but said he had wanted to let his children know what had happened first.
At the police station, the man told police that his wife had been sick for a very long time and had multiple ailments that required numerous medications. The man said that he could not afford to buy all the medications and still keep a roof over their heads.
According to AARP, an advocacy group for people over 50, specialty drugs that treat chronic conditions such as the rheumatoid arthritis that his wife had, are extremely expensive, sometimes costing thousands of dollars per dose.
Records show that the man and his wife had filed for bankruptcy in 2011, and the man worked in retail for a short time to try to pay for the medications.
The man was arrested and charged with first-degree premeditated murder. But the case appeared to also highlight the difficulties faced by older people who are retired or on fixed incomes and struggle to pay for their medicine when they are ill or in pain. The man was very emotional about the situation and knew that he was going to jail, but said that he was out of options to help his wife.
This week, you will be working on the Rhetorical Analysis by starting to draft and organize your ideas. You will submit a Rhetorical Analysis Planning Sheet this week for your professor to grade. The purpose of this assignment is to begin collecting information and putting it in writing as you prepare for the 3- to 4-page final Rhetorical Analysis you will submit in Week 4.
First, read this week’s lesson and begin Chapter 8 in your text. Then go to the search engine of your choice and search for a print advertisement to use as the subject of your Rhetorical Analysis. You will need to provide a URL for your chosen ad, so be sure it is available online. Your chosen ad can be current or vintage. If you would like to analyze an ad from a different time period, type the phrase “vintage ads” into your browser.
Choose an ad that you can analyze based on its rhetorical appeals (reasoning, character, and emotion), and be sure the ad you choose is intriguing to you. Please make sure that your chosen ad is appropriate for classroom use and the workplace.
Locate the file “Week 3 Rhetorical Analysis Planning Sheet template” in the Files section of the Course Menu. Use this template and follow the format provided to create your planning sheet this week. You’ll need to identify and describe the ad, draft a thesis, identify the use of rhetorical appeals, and draft a conclusion.
At the end of your extended draft outline, copy and paste the URL or website address for your ad (it will begin with http://) so that your readers can also view the ad.
Successful assignments will
identify an advertisement, current or vintage, that’s appropriate for a college-level audience;
include a draft of the introduction and conclusion (minimum of one paragraph each);
include a tentative thesis statement at the end of the introduction;
include details to establish the visual description and context of the ad;
identify the various ways rhetorical appeals are used; and
be typed and submitted as a Microsoft Word 2010 document (.docx) using 12-point font.
Be sure to review the Week 3 Rhetorical Analysis Planning Sheet Rubric in the Files section of the Course Menu.
Assignment 1In this course, as you complete your required reading assignments from the textbook, you will then complete the Running Case assignment for a specific chapter(s). In this module, you are required to complete the following assignment:â¢Read Chapter 4âRunning Caseâ¢Answer all five tasksTask 1 Summary of ProjectsTask 2 Weighted Decision ModelTaTtask 3 Business CaseTask 4 Business CharterTastask 5 Roles and Responsibilitiesâ¢In th â¢Submit Assignment 1 as a Word document to the Dropboxno later than Sunday 11:59 PM EST/EDT.Note: Templates 1-7 are located in Doc Sharing. These templates are needed tocomplete many of the assignments in this course.Assignment 2In this course, as you complete your required reading assignments from the textbook, you will then complete the Running Case assignment for a specific chapter(s). In this module, you are required to complete the following assignment:â¢Read Chapter 5âRunning Caseâ¢Answer all five tasksâ¢In the file name of your document, include your name and assignment number. For example,JohnDoe_Assignment2.docâ¢Submit Assignment 2 as a Word document to the Dropboxno later than Sunday 11:59 PM EST/EDT.Note:Templates 1-7 are located in Doc Sharing. These templates are needed tocomplete many of the assignments in this course.Assignment 3In this course, as you complete your required reading assignments from the textbook, you will then complete the Running Case assignment for a specific chapter(s). In this module, you are required to complete the following assignment: â¢Read Chapter 6âRunning Caseâ¢Answer all five tasksâ¢In the file name of your document, include your name and assignment number. For example,JohnDoe_Assignment3.docâ¢Submit Assignment 3 as a Word document to the Dropboxno later than Sunday 11:59 PM EST/EDT.Note: Templates 1-7 are located in Doc Sharing. These templates are needed tocomplete many of the assignments in this course.Assignment 4In this course, as you complete your required reading assignments from the textbook, you will then complete the Running Case assignment for a specific chapter(s). In this module, you are required to complete the following assignment:â¢Read Chapter 7âRunning Caseâ¢Answer all three tasksâ¢Read Chapter 8âRunning Caseâ¢Answer all three tasksâ¢In the file name of your document, include your name and assignment number. For example,JohnDoe_Assignment4.docâ¢Submit Assignment 4 as a Word document to the Dropbox no later than Sunday 11:59 PM EST/EDT.Note:Templates 1-7 are located in Doc Sharing. These templates are needed tocomplete many of the assignments in this course.assignment 5In this course, as you complete your required reading assignments from the textbook, you will then complete the Running Case assignment for a specific chapter(s). In this module, you are required to complete the following assignments:â¢Read Chapter 9âRunning Caseâ¢Answer all three tasksâ¢Read Chapter 10âRunning Caseâ¢Answer all three tasksâ¢In the file name of your document, include your name and assignment number. For example,JohnDoe_Assignment5.docâ¢Submit Assignment 5 as a Word document to the Dropboxno later than Sunday 11:59 PM EST/EDT.Note: Templates 1-7 are located in Doc Sharing. These templates are needed tocomplete many of the assignments in this course.Assignment 6In this course, as you complete your required reading assignments from the textbook, you will then complete the Running Case assignment for a specific chapter(s). In this module, you are required to complete the following assignment:â¢Read Chapter 11âRunning Caseâ¢Answer all three tasksâ¢In the file name of your document, include your name and assignment number. For example,JohnDoe_Assignment6.docâ¢Submit Assignment 6 as a Word document to the Dropboxno later than Sunday 11:59 PM EST/EDT.Note:Templates 1-7 are located in Doc Sharing. These templates are needed tocomplete many of the assignments in this course.Assignment 7In this course, as you complete your required reading assignments from the textbook, you will then complete the Running Case assignment for a specific chapter(s). In this module, you are required to complete the following assignment:â¢Read Chapter 12âRunning Caseâ¢Answer all three tasksâ¢In the file name of your document, include your name and assignment number. For example,JohnDoe_Assignment7.docâ¢Submit Assignment 7 as a Word document to the Dropboxno later than Sunday 11:59 PM EST/EDT.Note: Templates 1-7 are located in Doc Sharing. These templates are needed tocomplete many of the assignments in this course.Final ProjectEach student must complete the Final Project for this course. The Final Project must be submitted to the Final Project Dropbox no later than Sunday 11:59 PM EST/EDT.The Final Project will consist of a Final Project Plan and a PowerPoint Presentation.see down for detailed directions on how to complete both the Final Project Plan and the PowerPoint Presentation for the Final ProjectDirections for Final ProjectEdit and compile all of the Running Case submissions into one summary report on your Microsoft Project Running Case that becomes the project plan.This project plan that includes the edited and finalized components of what you created in the separate parts of the Running Case. This plan is the final product you need before starting the project and you would be expected to submit this to company management for their approval before starting the project.Note that some parts of what you did will not necessarily appear in the final plan. For example, the material in Chapter 4 is an important task but it is not relevant for your project plan. Similarly, the original WBS you created in Chapter 5 is changed later and only the changed WBS should be a part of the final plan.When you submit your final project plan to management, you would accompany that with a PowerPoint presentation showing the major results of your work on the Project. This is a typical process for presenting any material to management. Remembering that a picture is worth a thousand words, use the PowerPoint presentation to hit the high points of your plan. You should expect questions and either cover them in the presentation or be prepared to answer them. Limit your presentation to no more than 10 slides with no more than 8 items per slide not including the first slide which should list the project title and your name.exam 2Directions:1. Read all seven short essay questions.2. Choose only five to answer.3. If you answer more than five essay answers, only the first five will be graded.Short-Essay Questions:1. What is the relationship between the scope of a project, the schedule of a project, and the cost of a project?2. How does quality contribute to the success of a project? When would it be acceptable to lower the quality in information technology projects?3. What are the processes of project human resource management and what makes them important to the project?4. Why is it important to create and follow a communications management plan in a project?5. Which skills do you think are more important for information technology project managers to possess at various points in their careers: strong technical skills or strong communications skills?6. What are some common sources of risk for information technology projects and how do you identify the risks?7. Why is project procurement management important and how does it affect project success?
Write a research paper on the president john f kennedy
The president’s qualities have had an important impact on how each one has approached the duties of president. Research one president of your choosing and write a 2-3 page profile.
Your profile should be organized as follows:
1. Introduction with thesis stating what president you have chosen and what you plan to say about him, in a nutshell.
2. Highlights of the president’s term in office.
3. Strengths of the president.
4. Weaknesses or failures of the president.
5. President’s outstanding accomplishment (in your opinion, based on research.)
6. Conclusion
I chose John F Kenndy as the president to research. This should be in APA format
Using your thesis statement and research, present the problem that needs to be addressed with your proposed solution. Note: Your solution, advantages, and challenges, will be in Parts 2 and 3.
Write a three to four (3-4) page paper in which you:
Provide an appropriate title and an interesting opening paragraph to appeal to your stated audience (appeal with logic, ethics, or emotion).
Include a defensible, relevant thesis statement in the first paragraph. (Revised from Assignment 2)
Describe the history and status of the issue and provide an overview of the problem(s) that need to be addressed. This should be one or two (1-2) paragraphs.
Explain the first problem (economic, social, political, environmental, complexity, inequity, ethical/moral, etc.) and provide support for your claims. This should be one or two (1-2) paragraphs.
Explain the second problem (economic, social, political, environmental, complexity, inequity, ethical/moral, etc.). and provide support for your claims. This should be one or two (1-2) paragraphs.
Explain the third problem (economic, social, political, environmental, complexity, inequity, ethical/moral, etc.) and provide support for your claims. This should be one or two (1-2) paragraphs.
Provide a concluding paragraph that summarizes the stated problems and promises a solution.
Develop a coherently structured paper with an introduction, body, and conclusion.
Use effective transitional words, phrases, and sentences throughout the paper.
Support claims with at least three (3) quality, relevant references. Use credible, academic sources, Note: Wikipedia and other Websites do not qualify as academic resources.
Your assignment must follow these formatting guidelines:
Be typed, double spaced, using Times New Roman font (size 12), with one-inch margins on all sides; citations and references must follow APA or school-specific format. Check with your professor for any additional instructions.
Include a cover page containing the title of the assignment, the student’s name, the professor’s name, the course title, and the date. The cover page and the reference page are not included in the required assignment page length.
Note: Submit your assignment to the designated plagiarism program so that you can make revisions before submitting your paper to your professor.
The specific course learning outcomes associated with this assignment are:
Recognize the elements and correct use of a thesis statement.
Recognize the use of summary, paraphrasing, and quotation to communicate the main points of a text.
Analyze the rhetorical strategies of ethos, pathos, logos in writing samples and for incorporation into essays or presentations.
Prepare a research project that supports an argument with structure and format appropriate to the genre.
Recognize how to organize ideas with transitional words, phrases, and sentences.
Incorporate relevant, properly documented sources to substantiate ideas.
Write clearly and concisely about selected topics using proper writing mechanics.
Use technology and information resources to research selected issues for this course.
Deadline: (I will collect your written work at the beginning of the class).
Choose one question of your interest and write a short essay on it. You must voluntarily form a group of 2 to 5 fellow students and work collectively in this assignment.
Instruction: Write at least two paragraphs and your writing should not exceed two pages (12 pts, Times Roman font, double space). This two-page limit includes the list of any citations or references. This means, you can choose to write just one page, less than one page, two pages, less than two pages, but not more than two pages. Note that only quality of your writing, coupled with the compelling ideas you bring forward are important factors in grading, not the number of pages you write. Your written work will be graded on the scale of 25 points, see your grading rubric for more details.
· Define a random variable. Define and distinguish types of random variables and associated probability distribution, with relevant examples.
· Define a sampling distribution concept. Discuss the properties of sampling distribution (make sure to discuss relevant examples and applications).
· Discuss the properties of the Central Limit Theorem. Illustrate the significance of the theorem in science of statistics, inferential statistics and other real-world issues with relevant examples.
Please Include the question so I know which one you answered
Within 500 words or more in APA Format 6th Edition with at least two sources. Discuss the history of the United States Federal Correction System and the state of Virginia department of correction history. What are the different departments with the correctional systems?
MPR professionals need to persuade connectors to use their message. It must be positioned as newsworthy. Common themes defining newsworthiness often include the following:
Firsts
Trends
Local, quirky personalities
The underdog
Impact on the audience
Something of an unusual nature
Part 1: Pre-Pitch
Select a company to create a story that you wish to shop to a media outlet. Use the following guidelines:
Provide a brief overview of the company.
Describe the media outlet being pitched. Include information on its target audience (the media outlet must be real).
Part 1 of the Individual Project should be 1 page in length. Be sure to cite your resources.
Part 2: Writing an Effective Pitch Letter
Write the pitch letter, which should include the following:
An attention-grabbing opening
The “hook”
Background information supporting the pitch
Support materials
The action step
Part 2 of the Individual Project should be 2 1/2 pages in length. Be sure to cite your resources.
Part 3: Follow-up and Other Considerations
Describe your follow-up plan.
Discuss the special considerations for pitching a blogger.
Part 3 of the Individual Project should be 1 1/2 pages in length. Be sure to cite your resources.
Your assignment should contain a cover page, an abstract page, and a reference page in addition to the body. The body of the paper should be 5 pages, starting with a brief 1-paragraph introduction and ending with a short conclusion. The entire submission will be 8-10 pages in length.
Please submit your assignment as a Word document in APA format using the attached TEMPLATE.
Notice that the grading criteria components match up with the headings provided in the template. Do NOT change the font, page breaks, or margins. Using the template without deleting the headings ensures that you cover each segment of the assignment.
An opaque dorsal fin slices through the water. Camera-point-of-view on a young man splashing in the distance. The fin submerges. The sound track cranks up a notch: Dum- Dum – Dum – Dum – Dum – Dum..! Bubbles, white foam, glimpses of something large and foreboding thrashing in the waves. The music increases in its intensity: Dum-Dum-Dum-Dum-Dum-Dum-Dum..! A red mist of blood that fogs the water. The audience in the movie theatre screams hysterically. A severed limb floats lazily to the ocean floor below. The music trails off. Dun-Dun-Dun-Dun-Dun-Dun.
There have only been a handful of movies produced which contain a soundtrack that is not only instantly recognizable, but where the music also plays such an integral part in the film itself. Jaws (1975) is such a film. The movie successfully tapped into several human fears of the unknown and translated these phobias into a highly entertaining film that doesn’t talk down to its audience, nor uses violence gratuitously to get its point across.
Commented Director Steven Spielberg:
“…I think one of the reasons I made “Jaws” was because I was afraid of the water before I read the Peter Benchley book, and therefore I was the perfect candidate to direct this picture, because I have a tremendous amount of anxiety about the sea. Not so much about swimming pools or small ponds, but certainly about the eternal sea.
I have a lot of anxiety, and my main anxiety stems from not being able to see my feet when I’m treading water. And what’s down there with me, and who’s nibbling on my toes. And I know how to express my fear cinematically. I’ve always been good at that, and I thought when “Jaws” came along, well, I already have a tremendous fear of the ocean, and certainly a fear of sharks, and so I went to [producers] Dick Zanuck and David Brown and volunteered myself to direct the adaptation from the Benchley book…” (Excerpts from Steven Spielberg Interview)
Composer John Williams — while no stranger to sound tracks for television and film (he’d already won an Oscar as music producer in 1971 for Fiddler on the Roof) — was just beginning to hit his stride on a musical odyssey that would see his movie soundtracks crack the Billboard music charts and sells millions. Almost unheard of for instrumental compositions, let alone for movie soundtracks.
Williams saw something unique in the Spielberg rough-cut. He viewed the film as more of an adventure and less as a traditional horror film. Recalled Williams in a conversation with film producer Laurent Bouzereau: “…This is like a pirate movie! I think we need pirate music for this, because there’s something primal about it — but it’s also fun and entertaining…” ( Lindahl, pg1 )
As the legend goes, Williams was previewing proposed music for the film on his piano, playing the basic structure for Spielberg and Bousereau and hammering out the now famous bars of impending doom on his piano keys. Spielberg thought Williams was kidding. “dum, dum, dum-dum, dum-dum, dum-dum” The rest as they say, is history:
At first I began to laugh, and I thought, “John has a great sense of humor!” But he was serious — that was the theme for Jaws. So he played it again and again, and suddenly it seemed right. Sometimes the best ideas are the most simple ones and John had found a signature for the entire score…” ( Lindahl, pg 1)
Let it be said that the music in Jaws is effective because it’s not over used. By playing the Jaws theme only to foreshadow the presence of the shark, the music is much more effective. Several examples of this stand out. The music played in the scenes of families playing at the beach have an almost home town flavor to them. The music when the boats are setting out to capture the shark have a classical feel and one scene in particular – of a child playing in the water with a fake shark fin – has no music at all. Collectively, this contrast in musical styles plays to the audience’s advantage. They know in short order when they do hear the jaws theme that there’s no mistaking the fact that the shark is going to make an appearance.
What is it about the movie Jaws and its music that sets it apart from so many other adventure and suspense films? Oddly enough, prior to the film’s premier there wasn’t a “genre’ for this type of film. Horror and suspense were considered “Category B or C”.
In fact, after Jaws cracked 100 million dollars during its North American Box Office the genre of monster/animal/villain stalking its prey was firmly in place. Whose to say there’s not a little bit of Jaws in every film ranging from Rambo to Halloween? Certainly there are variations of John Williams film score in the above mentioned film and more.
Stephen Spielberg has gone on record as saying that Jaws wouldn’t have been nearly as successful if it didn’t have the music it did. Plainly put, the music works. Would any other type of soundtrack so indelibly stamp an image on the subconscious of the audience? Highly doubtful. The by-now famous “…dum, dum, dum-dum, dum-dum, dum-dum… “ creates an instant visual. But also serves as a metaphor for the shark’s excitement when it approaches its prey or when it approaches the boat of Robert Shaw.
Critics can say what they will regarding John Williams score for Jaws. As a “piece of music” it is not the kind of score that allows for listening while lying down on the coach for example. It is music that conjures up images. There are several suites — if the term can be freely used – that showcase Williams versatility as a scorer of music and as a producer who knows how to grab his audience by the collar.
When it comes to music that creates a sense of suspense and hysteria the loaded “Shark Cage Fugue” bears listening to more than once. Similar treatment is due “The Great Shark Chase” and the nearly five minutes long “Man Against Beast”, where renditions of the familiar theme appears and disappears, interwoven with the theme associated with the actual shark hunting.
However, Williams’ use of Quint’s “sailor song” as a recurring theme is used to great effect as a vehicle to mark the captain’s inner resolution and character. He sings it when he is in a good mood, or when he needs to conjure up his muse: “…Farewell and a-do to you fair Spanish ladies, farewell and a-do to you ladies in Spain…” Williams interweaves this ditty at crucial parts of the film. Most notably when his ship “The Orca” is floundering and ready to sink. The shark is waiting “out there” somewhere and Quint is running out of luck. The music again — in this case not even the theme — is used to great effect.
On a more technical note, it would be impossible to discuss the impact of the Jaws soundtrack on the film, without exploring how the music itself was packaged and made available to the public as a marketing tool. Andrew Drannon provides a valuable perspective on the issued soundtrack for Jaws, as well as an astute track by track breakdown of the music on it’s latest re-issue. Drannon mentions that the original Jaws score exists in three recordings: The original LP and a 1992 CD re-issue feature about half an hour of music that Williams rearranged and re-recorded for the sole purposes of the album, and this was for a long time the only available music from the picture. Drannon delves further into the music, saying:
“…Film score collectors have been historically quite adamant in their demands for complete releases of soundtracks, namely for the scores of John Williams, which so often leave out highlights of the music and place them into confusing suites. To some, this may seem a bit unneeded, due to the fact that the original 35-minute LP album featured a great majority of the score, with a few of the shorter cues actually expanded into suites.
Still, for the 25th anniversary of the film, Decca saw fit to rescue the entire musical work, minus the album expansions for a 51-minute CD release. Fans will be elated due to the inclusion of almost 30 minutes of new material, including fantastic cues not used in the film, which make up for the loss of the infamous original album developments…” (Andrew Drannon pg 1)
The final re-issue presents the jaws soundtrack into a more cohesive listening experience.
Years after the film made its debut in theatres, after countless showings on television, after a Jaws Fest even, the music ha become an institution. There have been only a handful of films where the music has much such an impact: the James Bond franchise, Enrico Morricone with “The Good, The Bad and The Ugly, and possibly the Indiana Jones series. But none make the blood curl, create a knot in one’s stomach and send a chill up the spine like John Williams soundtrack for the original summer blockbuster, Jaws.
References:
Spielberg, Steven. Interview excerpts, Jaws 30th Anniversary Special Edition
DVD linear notes, 2005
Lindahl, Andreas. Scoreviews.Com. Internet article. pg 1 1998
Ibid. pg 1
Drannon, Andrew. Decca Music Group Sound Tracks Review: Jaws 25th Anniversary Edition. Internet article. pg 1. 2000
Discuss Qualitative and quantitative data collection
Ethnology is the study of the division of humankind based upon race, ethnicity, origins, or characterizations as found in natural settings. Keeping this definition of ethnology in mind, create an observational checklist, containing at least 10 items, to examine people within a social setting while completing a qualitative ethnology study. Using this observational checklist, complete an observational data collection using an hypothetical community venue you have visited in the past , such as a shopping mall, a library, or college campus social area, in which people are readily seen in natural surroundings. Give an instance of a brief observational research study using your checklist. Consider how this experience differs from analyzing numbers when conducting quantitative research.
Question:
1. Describe your experience of conducting a brief observation and the experience of this form of data collection including an observational check list.
2. Compare this experience with data analysis experiences in biostatistics
3. Summarize the strengths and limitations of each type of data collection.
4. Which method of data collection and analysis are you most comfortable with?
week 8 homework3. Use your knowledge of balance sheets to
fill in the missing amounts:
ASSETS
Cash $ 50,000
Accounts receivable 80,000
Inventory 100,000
Total current assets
Gross plant and equipment
Less: accumulated depreciation 130,000
Net plant and equipment 600,000
Total assets
LIABILITIES Accounts payable $ 12,000
Notes payable 50,000
Total current liabilities
Long- term debt
Total liabilities
Common stock ($ 1 par, 100,000 shares)
Paid- in capital 250,000
Retained earnings 200,000
Total stockholdersâ equity
Total liabilities and equity $ 830,000
4. Use your knowledge of balance sheets and
common- size statements to fill in the missing dollar amounts:
ASSETS
Cash $ 25,000 3.4%
Accounts receivable $ 125,000
Inventory 27.1%
Total current assets $ 350,000
Gross plant and equipment 95.0%
Less: accumulated depreciation $ 313,000 42.5%
Net plant and equipment
Total assets $ 737,000 100.0%
LIABILITIES
Accounts payable 15.7%
Notes payable $ 29,000 3.9%
Total current liabilities
Long- term debt $ 248,000 33.6%
Total liabilities $ 393,000
Common stock ($. 01 par, 450,000 shares) $ 4,500 0.6%
Paid- in capital $ 220,500 29.9%
Retained earnings
Total stockholdersâ equity $ 344,000 46.7%
Total liabilities and equity 100.0%
6. Use the following information to
construct an income statement:
Interest $ 25,000
Sales $ 950,000
Income tax rate 25%
Selling and marketing expenses $ 160,000
General and administrative expenses $ 200,000
Gross profit $ 550,000
Depreciation $ 30,000
Cost of goods sold $ 400,000
Chapter 14
3. The Dayco Manufacturing Company had the
following financial statement results for last year. Net sales were $ 1.2
million with net income of $ 90,000. Total assets at year end amounted to $
900,000.
a. Calculate Daycoâs asset turnover ratio
and its profit margin.
b. Show how the two ratios in Part ( a) can be used to determine Daycoâs rate
of return on assets.
c. Dayco operates industry average ratios are these: Return on assets: 11
percent; Asset turnover: 2.5 times; Net profit margin: 3.6 percent. Compare
Daycoâs performance against the industry averages.
5. Following are selected financial data in
thousands of dollars for the Hunter Corporation.
a. Calculate Hunterâs rate of return on
total assets in 2012 and in 2011. Did the ratio improve or worsen?
b. Diagram the expanded Du Pont system for
Hunter for 2012. Insert the appropriate dollar amounts wherever possible.
c. Use the Du Pont system to calculate the return on assets for the two years,
and determine why they changed.
6. Following are financial statements for
the Genatron Manufacturing Corporation for 2012 and 2011.
a. Apply Du Pont analysis to both the 2012
and 2011 financial statementsâ data.
b. Explain how financial performance
differed between 2012 and 2011.
Week 9 Homework Chapter 15
P1. Pretty Lady Cosmetics Products has an
average production process time of forty days. Finished goods are kept on hand
for 15 days before they are sold. Accounts receivable are outstanding an average
of thirty five days and the firm receives forty days of credit on its
purchasers from suppliers.
a.
Estimate the average length of
the firmâs short-term operating cycle. How often would the cycle turn over in a
year?
b.
Assume net sales of $1,200,000
and cost of goods sold of $900,000. Determine the average investments in
accounts receivable, inventories, and accounts payable. What would be the net financing need
considering only these three accounts?
P4. Suppose the Robinson company had a cost
of goods sold at $1,000,000 in 2010 and $1,200,000 in 2011.
a.
Calculate the inventory
turnover for each year. Comment on your findings.
b.
What would have been the amount
of inventories in 2011 if the 2010 turnover ratio had been maintained?
P5. Given Robinsonâs 2010 and 2011
financial information presented in problems 2 and 4,
a.
Compute its operating and cash
conversion cycle in each year.
b.
What was Robinsonâs net
investment in working capital year?
Chapter 16
P3. Obtain an current issue of the Federal Reserve
Bulletin or review a copy from the Fedâs Web site (.federalreserve.gov/”>https://www.essaybishop.com/write-my-essay/federalreserve.gov.) or the
St. Louis Fedâs web site (.www.stlouisfed.org/”>http://.www.stlouisfed.org),
and determine the changes in the prime rate that have occurred since the end of
2000. Comment on any
P4. Commute the effective cost of not
taking the cash discount under the following trade credit terms:
P5. What conclusion can you make about
credit terms from reviewing your answers to Problem 4?
This paper will ask you to: • Understand the various stylistic and craft elements, as well as genres, of blog culture • Employ some of these conventions in writing your own argumentative blog post o Making a claim is key (e.g. it can’t simply be a set of observations/descriptions, or a roundup of what other people have published on the web, even though these are common genres of blog posts). o Keep in mind the fundamental principles of sound critical reasoning and writing…………………..
For a custom paper on the above topic, place your order now!
Business etiquette is an important component for business- Microeconomics
Business etiquette is an important component for Business Professionals to consider. You may already work in a business environment or may be anticipating working in a business environment. Understanding how to respond professionally and with decorum is essential to becoming a well- rounded business professional. For this assignment you will choose one of the topics below to research. Once you have a good understanding about how to handle this topic in a professional manner, write a one-to-two page paper on this aspect of Business Etiquette. You may research this topic in the Library and by finding reliable resources on the Internet.
For this assignment you will write a one-to-two page paper about your specific chosen topic. Discuss at least four points that are important considerations for the topic you chose and include 2 or 3 sentences discussing why each point is important to consider as a business professional. Be sure to include
Title Page
Introduction
4 points about the specific Business Etiquette topic
Summary
Reference page
Topic
Cubical Space – Your Company provides work space that is designed with dividers in a larger room to partition off individual work space. Research at least four rules for this type of business arrangement.
Attach a Word document that addresses the following in detail. Include both the question and your answer.
Can a company report negative free cash flow and still be highly valued by investors; that is, could a negative free cash flow ever be viewed optimistically by investors?
Discuss three Financial Ratios which would be helpful in assessing the financial strength of a Fortune 500 company of your choice.
“The company’s auditors will work hard to attest to the value of the cost of goods sold but because it is a summary number, it is not useful for internal decision-making.” Do you agree with that statement? Why or why not?
Labor-Management RelationshipsDefine and discuss the open shop movement. Include a specific example and analyze its success or failure, and why. Write a 2-3 page paper using APA format.The requirements below must be met for your paper to be accepted and graded:Write between 750 – 1,250 words (approximately 3 – 5 pages) using Microsoft Word in APA style, see example below.Use font size 12 and 1” margins.Include cover page and reference page.At least 80% of your paper must be original content/writing.No more than 20% of your content/information may come from references.Use at least three references from outside the course material, one reference must be from EBSCOhost. Text book, lectures, and other materials in the course may be used, but are not counted toward the three reference requirement.Cite all reference material (data, dates, graphs, quotes, paraphrased words, values, etc.) in the paper and list on a reference page in APA style.References must come from sources such as, scholarly journals found in EBSCOhost, CNN, online newspapers such as, The Wall Street Journal, government websites, etc. Sources such as, Wikis, Yahoo Answers, eHow, blogs, etc. are not acceptable for academic writing.
Capital Project Case Study, Part 1This case study considers the expected costs and benefits to a managed care organization resulting from a decision to design a centralized nurse triage line. This triage line would assist routine primary care patients to provide self-care and/or seek urgent care in lieu of seeking more expensive care after-hours in the emergency room. SummaryJiranna Healthcare owns and operates a 268-bed hospital in the San Jose area. The hospital is Jiranna Healthcareâs main facility and is home to more than 80 on-site specialty and surgery clinics, employing over 5,000 staff. In addition to the main hospital, Jiranna Healthcare has 18 satellite clinics, containing primary care services such as pediatrics, family medicine, and geriatric health. These facilities (hospital plus outlying clinics) serve a total enrollee population of 97,000.Currently, Jiranna Healthcareâs centralized call center schedules primary care appointments and handles an average of 1,500 to 2,000 calls daily with a staff of 20. Patients routinely have difficulty obtaining access to urgent or acute care (primary care) in a timely fashion. Additionally, the majority of Jiranna Healthcareâs primary care centers are unable to meet access standards in three out of four cases. These access issues have a secondary effect on the call center, which experiences a much higher call rate because members have to call back multiple times to find available appointments. The existing process leads to overutilization of emergency departments for urgent care and primary care concerns. In addition, patient satisfaction has steadily declined as a result of the continued lack of appointment availability.To address this problem, there is a proposal to implement a centralized nurse triage line, an off-site phone center that would be staffed by registered nurses with a multitude of specialties (including ER nurses, critical care, surgical, and even some nurse practitioners). These nurses are able to offer callers medical advice encompassing the treatment of fevers, wound care, and emergent conditions such as chest pain. The nurses are trained to triage conditions to the appropriate level of care be that at home, at an urgent care center, or at an emergency department.The major cost impact is the increased salary requirement for the phone center staff, which will entail approximately 33 multi-discipline employees, based on workload and enrollment data. Additional elements of the proposal include hiring an IT specialist to manage the triage lineâs computer system, and facility renovations. The main benefit of this proposal is projected cost reductions in patient care as a result of moving primary care out of the expensive emergency-room setting.AssignmentThe Capital Project Case Study, Part 2 spreadsheet provides cash flow data (costs and benefits) for the proposal. Download and save this Excel spreadsheet, and use the information provided to complete the following:1. Determine the cash inflows and outflows for each year.2. Evaluate the capital project by calculating the following metrics:a. net present value (NPV)b. internal rate of return (IRR)c. modified internal rate of return (MIRR)d. payback periode. discounted payback period3. Indicate whether the project is acceptable, assuming Jiranna has a corporate policy of not accepting projects that take more than 3.5 years to pay for themselves, and assuming an 11% cost of capital.
Read the article “Reconstruction and Its Aftermath” and then write-
Describe how newly freed blacks adapted to the new circumstances and took advantage of greater opportunities (however limited) in terms of geographical mobility and education during the decades following the Civil war. How were their options limited by Jim Crow in the South and racism in the North?
BUS 670 (Ashford) – Legal EnvironmentaBUS 670 – Week 4 – Final Paper Outline – Legal & Ethical Issues that Arise in Business The paper must be one to two pages, excluding the title page and references page(s), and formatted according to APA style as outlined in the Ashford Writing Center.Address all of the following parts of this assignment: a. Prepare a one- to two-page, single-spaced outline of your Final Paper. b. The outline must contain all major sections that will exist in the Final Paper c. The outline must be accompanied by a references page that includes at least 10 scholarly sources that will be used in your Final Paper.
Explain in 525 words what it means to have efficient capital market, including:
Describe the behavioral challenges in achieving efficiency.
Discuss the three forms of market efficiency.
What are the implications to corporate finance?
Would you consider the real estate market an efficient capital market? Please explain why or why not.
Project does not have any attached files
must be a motivational speech. approximately 4-6mins/2-3pages
-Must motivate audience to take action in solving problem.
-the problem is low income jobs, therefore the motivational part will be to further education.
1. thesis/attention getter
2.need-why is action needed/recap problem trying to address.
3. satisfaction-tell people what they can do/action that will satisfy.
4.future oriented/forward looking
5.action step-close to impact/end on strong note
Prepare a consolidated balance sheet | Business Finance – Accounting
Problem 1:
Condensed balance sheets for Post Enterprises and ROCI Company as of December 30, 2016 are shown in Exhibit 1. On December 31, 2016, Post Enterprises acquired 75.0 percent of ROCI Company for $120,000 by issuing 25,000 shares of its previously authorized common stock.
As of December 31, 2016, the fair values of ROCI Company’s assets and liabilities are shown below, including “research in progress,” an intangible asset identified during the acquisition:
Cash $10,000
Inventory 65,000
Property, plant and equipment 120,000
Research in Progress 10,000
Accounts payable 30,000
Long-term liabilities 50,000
Required: Prepare a consolidated balance sheet immediately after the acquisition on December 31, 2016.
Problem 2:
Revenues and expenses, excluding depreciation, that Betsy Corporation reported for 2014, 2015, and 2016 for both financial reporting and income tax purposes are shown at the top of Exhibit 2. Assume the company bought new equipment, with zero salvage value, costing $75,000 on January 1, 2014. Betsy used straight-line depreciation, over a three-year service life for financial reporting. However, for tax purposes, Betsy reported deprecation of $40,000 in 2014, $20,000 in 2015, and $15,000 in 2016. These figures are also shown in Exhibit 2. The income tax rate is 30 percent.
Required:
a. How much income tax did Ralph pay for the year ending December 31, 2015 ? _____________
b. What was the income tax expense on Ralph Enterprises income statement for the year ending December 31, 2015 ? _________________
c. What is the dollar amount of the deferred tax asset or deferred tax liability shown on Ralph Enterprises balance sheet on December 31, 2015 ? __________________________
d. Was the amount in c. above (circle one) (a) deferred tax asset or (b) deferred tax liability?
Problem 3:
Danish Company issued bonds with a “face” value of $500,000 on January 1, 2017. The bonds, which mature in five years, have a coupon rate of 3.7 percent. Interest is paid semiannually on June 30th and December 31st, with the first payment due on June 30, 2017. The bonds were sold on January 1, 2014 at 96.
Required:
a. What is the (annual) yield rate on the bonds? _____________
b. How much interest did Danish pay for the year ending December 31, 2019?
c. How do the bonds appear on the balance sheet on December 31, 2019? _______________________
Problem 4:
The income statement for Morse Company for the year ending December 31, 2016 is shown in Exhibit 4.1 and balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 are shown in Exhibit 4.2. The company sold property, plant and equipment (PP&E) with accumulated depreciation of $25,000 for $5,000 in cash.
Required : Prepare a statement of cash flows for 2016 using the indirect method. Make sure the statement is prepared in good form; that means all cash flow accounts are in the correct sections, with correct labels or headings.
Write a 700- to 1,050-word paper analyzing the humanistic approaches to personality. Your paper should cover the following areas:
Compare person-centered theory with Maslow’s hierarchy of needs.
Use Maslow’s hierarchy of needs to discuss the extent to which growth needs influence personality formation.
Outline the main components of person-centered theory that contribute to personality development.
Identify which theory you relate to most, and explain why.
Include an introduction and conclusion in your paper.
Format your paper according to APA guidelines.
Click the Assignment Files tab to submit your assignment.
Assignment 1: Employment-At-Will Doctrine Due Week 4 and worth 150 points Imagine
you are a recently-hired Chief Operating Officer (COO) in a midsize
company preparing for an Initial Public Offering (IPO). You quickly
discover multiple personnel problems that require your immediate
attention. John posted a rant on his Facebook page in which he criticized the companyâs most important customer.Jim
sent an email to other salespeople protesting a change in commission
schedules and bonuses and suggesting everyone boycott the next sales
meeting.Ellen started a blog to protest the CEOâs bonus,
noting that no one below director has gotten a raise in two (2) years
and portraying her bosses as âknow-nothingsâ and âout-of-touchâBill has been using his company-issued BlackBerry to run his own business on the side.The
secretaries in the accounting department decided to dress in
black-and-white stripes to protest a memo announcing that the company
has installed keylogger software on all company computers.After
being disciplined for criticizing a customer in an email (sent from his
personal email account on a company computer), Joe threatens to sue the
company for invasion of privacy.One of the department
supervisors requests your approval to fire his secretary for
insubordination. Since the secretary has always received glowing
reviews, you call her into your office and determine that she has
refused to prepare false expense reports for her boss.Annaâs boss refused to sign her leave request for jury duty and now wants to fire her for being absent without permission. As
an astute manager, you will need to analyze the employment-at-will
doctrine and determine what, if any, exceptions and liabilities exist
before taking any action. As you proceed with your investigation, you
discover the company has no whistleblower policy. Write a four to five (4-5) page paper in which you: Summarize the employment-at-will doctrine and evaluate each of the eight (8) scenarios described by determining: Whether you can legally fire the employee; include an assessment of any pertinent exceptions to the employment-at-will doctrine.What
action you should take to limit liability and impact on operations;
specify which ethical theory best supports your decision.Take
a position on whether or not you would recommend to the Chief Executive
Officer (CEO) that the company adopt a whistleblower policy. Support
the position.Justify at least three (3) fundamental items that
should be included in a whistleblower policy. Provide a rationale for
your selection of each of the three (3) recommended items.Use at least three (3) quality resources in this assignment. Note: Wikipedia is not an acceptable reference and proprietary Websites do not qualify as academic resources. Your assignment must follow these formatting requirements: Be
typed, double spaced, using Times New Roman font (size 12), with
one-inch margins on all sides; citations and references must follow APA
or school-specific format. Check with your professor for any additional
instructions.Include a cover page containing the title of the
assignment, the studentâs name, the professorâs name, the course title,
and the date. The cover page and the reference page are not included in
the required assignment page length. The s
BUS707 – Applied Business Research
T2 2020
ASSESSMENT 4: Research Proposal – 50%
This assessment is designed to allow students to present and justify appropriate method(s) for a research project designed to address the research question posed. This assessment relates to Learning Outcomes a, b and d.
There are two components of the assessment:
• Written proposal: 40%
• Oral presentation: 10%
Based on the Research Question developed in Assessment 2, students should develop a research design aimed at providing insights and/or answers to the question. Students should make any recommended adjustments to the content of Assessment 2, based on feedback provided, prior to including it in Assessment 4.
This assessment requires students to choose and justify the most appropriate research design, clearly explaining WHY the chosen design will best answer the research question and is most appropriate in the specific circumstances. Students should clearly justify their recommended research and analysis methods.
Note: Other than in exceptional circumstances, Assessment 4 of this subject is intended to form the basis of the student’s Research Project in BUS710 Research Project, following appropriate adjustments recommended in feedback
Written Proposal : the proposal will contain the following information :
– Title page : including research title and student’s details
– Abtract : A brief summary of key information about the research (the research questions, the theory used and methodology plan).
– Research Background (revision version of Assessment 2)
– Research Questions and Research objectives (revision version of Assesment 2)
– Literature review minimum 20 peer-reviewd articles (including the four main articles used in Assessment 3)
– Research Design : describe type of research, research approach, type of data, data collection methods, data analysis methods and sampling plan.
– Ethical Consideration : address the five ethical consideration of human research
Marks out of 40 will be awarded based on how well the following criteria is addressed:
Criteria % Marks
Research Background, Research Questions and Research Objectives: adjustment to Assessment 2 and Assessment 3 elements based on feedback provided 10%
Addresses each of the elements of the proposal (refer to the proposal structure) 10%
Literature review: critically review the theoretical foundation of the research. 30%
Research Design: discuss and justify the choice of research methodology
30%
Ethical Consideration: discuss five ethical research principles 10%
References and referencing skills: Present the research plan in a professional manner with correct referencing
10%
Oral Presentation:
Students are to present their proposal to the class as if the audiences had the authority to grant approval for the research to ‘go ahead’. Oral presentation should be 5 minutes and supported using appropriate visual aid (template is provided, downloadable from Moodle). Presentation is scheduled at Week 11 and Week 12
The presentation should contain the following information:
– Reseach title
– Research Questions and Objectives
– Research Design
– Ethical consideration
Marks out of 10 will be awarded based on how well the following criteria is addressed:
Criteria % Marks
Presentation structure: good organisation of the presented information 20%
Accuracy of the information presented (should align with the information in the written report) 30%
Communication and Presentation skills 20%
Visual aids and presentation slides : use appropriate visual aids or other supporting tools 20%
Presentation duration: present all the required information within the prescribed time frame.
10%
Presentation Details
– Individual Assessment
– Oral Presentations should be 5 minutes
– The slides should be be supported using appropriate visual, Presentation power point template is provided (downloadable from Moddle).
– Students should not just read their proposal – students reading rather than presenting will find it difficult to pass this part of the assessment.
– Presentation schedule Week 11 and Week 12.
– Late penalties and extensions:
An important part of business life and key to achieving KOI’s graduate outcome of Professional Skills is the ability to manage workloads and meet deadlines. Consequently, any assessment items such as in- class quizzes and assignments missed or submitted after the due date/time will attract a penalty. However, for in-class assessment, no extensions permitted or granted – a make-up test may only be permitted under very special circumstances where acceptable supporting evidence is provided. Presentation is considered as in-class assessment, therefore no extensions permitted or granted – no presentation = 0 marks. The rules for make-up presentations are the same as for missing in-class tests
– Applying for extension:
For in-class assessment, a make-up presentation may only be permitted under very special circumstances where acceptable supporting evidence is provided. If students are unable to attend an assessment when due, and extensions are possible, they must apply by completing the appropriate Application for Extension form available from the Student Information Centre in Moodle, the KOI Website (Policies and Forms) and the Reception Desk (Market St and Kent St), as soon as possible but no later than three (3) working days of the assessment due date. The completed form must be emailed with supporting documentation to [email protected] and lecturers / tutors will be advised of the outcome of the extension request as soon as practicable. Appropriate documentary evidence to support the request for an extension must be supplied. Please remember there is no guarantee of an extension being granted, and poor organisation is not a satisfactory reason to be granted an extension.
Guideline and Checklist for Final Proposal (A4)
1. Title Page
Choose an interesting title for the report, the title should indicate the nature of problem/research being investigated. If client organisation is used, the name of the organisation should be part of the title.
2. Abstract/Executive Summary
Executive summary should provide key information of your research, 1 page is preferable. Provide summary of:
– The introduction of the research
– The matter being investigated
– The research design and methodology
3. Research Background
This section should give convincing background about the research and why the topic is worth to research, by providing evidences to support your arguments. Key points to be included in this section are:
– Introduce the topic of the research
– Overview of client organisation (if any)
– What real problem does the research seek to resolve and why is it important to research this topic
– Outline the structure of this proposal.
4. Research Question and Research Objectives
This section should be straightforward, state the overall research problem and research objectives based on your brief research plan (A1), revised A1 if necessary.
5. Theoretical Background/Literature review
This section is expected to be the extended version of your A3 (structure literature review), therefore, you should not copy paste your A3 into this section, instead you need to use your A3 is a basis to do a comprehensive literature review. Around 10 extra literatures are required (on top of the four articles you used in your A3). Link your literature review back to your research problem.
6. Research Design and Methodology
This section should provide detail plan of research design and research methodology. It should consist information:
– Inform and justify the type of research (exploratory, descriptive or causal)
– Inform and justify the research approach (quantitative, qualitative or mixed approach)
– Describe the type of data will be used (primary or secondary data)
– Describe how data will be collected: interview, focus group or observation for qualitative research, and/or survey and experiment for quantitative research
– Describe and justify the sample: sampling frame, sampling methods and technique, sampling characteristics and size.
– Inform how the data will be analysed : theme-based analysis for qualitative research and statistical analysis for quantitative research, or a combination of both for mixed approach)
– Explain how the methodology plan address all ethical concern.
Please note: only provide an overview of YOUR research design and methodology, do not discuss theory on research methodology.
7. Reference List: Formatted using Harvard (Anglia) style.
8. Appendix: include proposed ethical approval form and informed consent form if relevant
Application for Ethics Approval
Student Details
Name :
Student Number :
Email :
Subject (Code/Name) :
Supervisor Details
Name :
Email :
Proposed Research Details:
Topic:
Summary of the proposed research project, including brief description of methodology (bullet points where applicable)
Ethics Checlist (Participants)
How do you propose to select your participants?
Will your research involve adults who might be identified by you or anyone else reading the research? (Yes/No). If yes, how will you obtain their consent?
Does your research involve children under eighteen years old? (Yes/No)
Ethics Checlist (Participants)
Will your research take place in an institution? (Yes/No)
Are in a position of power over participants? (Yes/No), if yes, describe any ethical implication and how you deal with them
Describe any risk or harm to participants which might be associated with yoru research and how would you propose to minimise these risks
Privacy and Confidentiality
How will you protect the confidentiality and privacy of your participants?
Will it be possible to identify participants from published data? (Yes/No), if yes, is there any ethical issue which may arise from such identification.
Data Collection and Storage
Who will have access to the data?
How will you store the data in order to ensure its security
Note : Ethics Approval Form is not counted toward the word count of the assessment, only fill in this form if applicable. Include this form as appendices.
~~~For this or similar assignment papers~~~
Tags: ASSESSMENT 4 BUS707 – Applied Business Research
I. Intro
Going to Vietnam was a good thing for the U.S. It is, however, the most hated and protested war in all of U.S. history. However, it was a needed war. We went to Vietnam to stop the spread of communism, and for the most part succeeded. Even thought it was the most military drafts ever given out, and it caused massive inflation in the U.S. The Vietnam War was an effect of the Cold War, which was an arms build up between Russia and the U.S. Then Russia tried to turn Vietnam into a communist country, so the U.S. intervened. In the following you will see that entering the Vietnam War was a good thing and that otherwise communism would still be very popular today, even though it was the only war the U.S. ever lost.
II. Evidence
The first reason that going to Vietnam was a good idea was that we needed to stop the spread of communism (Brownell 12). It was a growing threat, and needed to be stopped as quickly as possible (Brownell 87). We entered the war, and for the support of France and to stop communism in its steps (Welch 2). With little success in both areas at first, in the long run we were successful in our main goals (Welch 7). The spread of communism started the Vietnam War and The Korean War. Both wars had the same objective, stopping the spread of communism (O’Brien 1). We succeeded in both wars with this idea, but we pulled our troops out of Vietnam towards the end of the war (Brownell 5).
The war officially ended in 1974 when the North Vietnamese took control of South Vietnam and made the entire country communist governed (Brownell 5). They may have been communist in the end, but much of the surrounding countries remained democratic (Welch 98). So we lost the country of Vietnam to communism, but gained many of the surrounding countries (O’Brien 2). So we went in to stop the spread of communism, and we did stop it from spreading, it just got Vietnam in the end (Welch 7).
Another reason entering The Vietnam War was a good idea was that we gained the support of the French. They initially started the war, but we entered and helped them out (O’Brien 3). We entered the war with the intention of stopping the spread of communism, and we gained the support of the French. In doing this we gained a little help from them in future wars (O’Brien 3). We also gained some financial gain from the war. With people buying war bonds and the draft, we didn’t need to worry too much about money (Welch 12). Plus, with the withdraw of our soldiers we had an excess amount of money (Welch 13). So we gained the support of the French and got some money, but unfortunately it was at the cost of 58,168 U.S. troops (Maraniss 307).
A huge reason that entering The Vietnam War was that it really helped boost our economy as a country. When we entered we had a mad rush of people buying war bonds to help support our troops and the war cause (Maraniss 256). Then when we pulled out of the war, we actually didn’t spend all our money on the war. So we gained some money. Unfortunately a lot of the money went missing with President Nixon resigning (Brownell 56). Some speculate that he took it and spent in on more private things, while others claim he hid it away if he was ever run out of the country. The ideas continue into the improbable all the way to the just insane (Marraniss 25).
Yet it is still very curious as to where all that money disappeared to. Many consider it one of the main reasons President Nixon resigned before congress could impeach him. However, it was nothing compared to what was left (Brownell 56). Most of the money went to covering up and paying off the officers involved it the drug trade that took place during The Vietnam War. Instead of it rightfully going back to the people, or the troops, it went right into the pockets of traitors and lying drug junkies. Yet what remained mostly went into repairing roads of all things. So we traded a war for not getting caught up in another one of the government’s scandals, and nice roads (Brownell 57).
III. Contradictions
One of the reasons that entering The Vietnam War was a bad idea is that it is the most protested war in all of U.S. history (Brownell 12). We had more people voice there protests against The Vietnam War than ever in U.S. history, even more than The Korean War (Brownell 13). Another reason is that we lost more men in The Vietnam War than in any other war, except The Civil War. It was mostly protest because of the draft (Welch 26). The draft was 1,728,344 people, but only 17,000 were accounted for in deaths (Brownell 1).
It was so protested that many of the people who were drafted left the country and fled to Canada. The people who didn’t go after the war were pardoned (O’Brien 5). The last reason that it was a bad idea entering The Vietnam was that it was the only war we ever lost. However, many people believe it was a good thing because it showed the world that America could infact lose a war, that we weren’t all powerful (Welch 10).
IV. Conclusion
With the facts given, it is obvious that going to Vietnam was a good thing for the U.S. Even it was the most protested and hated war in all of U.S. history; we still accomplished the main goal of what we went there for. This was to stop the spread of communism. We also got, sort of, a head start in The Cold War. Even though the Vietnam War was technically caused by the beginning of The Cold War. Not to mention that it was the most military drafts ever give. However, you can’t really deny the fact that it was a necessary war, that without it, communism would be still popular today.
Provide an analysis of the sales portions of the Stretchr Wings(a hypothetical company) marketing plan at BPlans. Their salesapproach is described in Sections 5 and 6 of the plan.
ASSIGNMENT 04
C15 Principles of Management
Directions: Be sure to save an electronic copy of your answer before submitting it to Ashworth College for grading. Unless otherwise stated, answer in complete sentences, and be sure to use correct English, spelling and grammar. Sources must be cited in APA format. Your response should be four (4) double-spaced pages; refer to the “Assignment Format” page located on the Course Home page for specific format requirements.
To complete this assignment you will use the knowledge that you have gained in lessons 1-4.
Part A
1. Using your own words, briefly describe what social responsibility means to you personally.
2. Do you think business organizations should be socially responsible? Provide two (2) supporting facts to justify your response.
3. Do you think values-based management is just a “do-gooder” ploy? Provide one (1) supporting fact to justify your position.
Part B
1. To analyze the need to balance the interests of a variety of stakeholder groups, what questions should management ask? Provide four (4) questions.
2. How do managers misuse discipline? Provide two (2) examples.
WEEK 1You Eat What?! (graded)Ethnocentrism is generally defined as viewing one’s own culture as superior to all others. However, quite often, it is not quite that obvious. Whenever we encounter something that seems strange or different, we will feel some degree of discomfort. How we respond to that feeling is a gauge of how ethnocentric we are about it. Let’s suppose that you are entertaining a business client from France. You take him to a very fine restaurant where he looks over the menu very carefully, then asks the waiter if he or she, by chance, has chevalavailable. The waiter shakes his head and explains that it is not served in American restaurants. Your client becomes somewhat upset and tells you that a truly fine restaurant would serve “proper” cuisine, and that he was very disappointed with American hospitality so far. He eventually settles for the prime rib, but is ill-tempered for the rest of the evening. The next morning, he leaves for France without consummating the expected business deal. Your boss asks you what happened, and you explain that the client was upset because the restaurant didn’t serve something called cheval. Your boss’s eyes pop and he yells, “You mean he actually ordered horsemeat?”How much ethnocentrism is at work? Discuss what and how a better understanding of cultural differences in food preferences by all parties could have prevented the unfortunate incident. What was your response to learning that the client wanted horsemeat? What was your response to his anger that he couldn’t get it?Some of My Best. . . (graded)Your company is in need of someone to fill a new position. The spot calls for some very specific skills, education, and experience, but you happen to have an old friend who exactly fits the bill. In addition, he has mentioned to you that he feels it is time to make a change and has been contemplating looking for a new job. You give him a call and he says that he is very interested, so you call the head of the department in question and tell him about your friend. The department head is very excited and tells you to have him call for an interview. You do and everything seems fine. Several weeks pass and your friend calls you and asks if you have any idea what happened with the job. He interviewed and everything went well, but he never heard back and just learned that the position had been filled with someone who has no experience and a much different background. You call the department head and relay the question. After some hemming and hawing, the department head makes some vague statement about your friend not being a “good fit.” He was afraid that your friend’s “accent” might make it difficult for him to be understood, and he was concerned about his work ethic since he came from a cultural background that has a more “laidback” work ethic. You hang up and think about it. Your friend is from Jamaica and does have an accent and very relaxed personality, but is certainly not lazy. Then you realize that he is also a minority and that this particular department not only has no minority employees, but never has had one. What do you do? Is the department head being ethnocentric or prejudiced? Do you tell your friend what you were told? Do you call someone higher up and express your concerns? Do you do nothing at all?week 2Culture is in the Air (graded)I mentioned in the week’s introduction that culture was a lot like air. It is all around us, but we really don’t pay attention to it unless it is absent or smells odd. The same is true about our culture. We don’t think much about it, and we go through our lives feeling that things are the way they are because that’s the way they ought to be. This week, start sniffing the cultural air around you. What do you learn about our culture? Identify some things that are distinctively “American.” Don’t just use material culture (objects and physical symbols), but include non-material culture such as language, values, ideology, ethics, behaviors, and the like. What is it that makes us distinctive in the world?Power Relationships (graded)A cellphone company recently ran a television ad touting its call reliability, in which a young man is talking to his future father-in-law, who is telling him to address him by his first name and consider him a friend. The young man launches into a series of variations of the first name. Unknown to either party, the call is dropped and the young man does not hear any response from the father. He becomes very nervous and disconcertedly reverts to “Mr.” and “Sir.” The ad’s message is clear: Use our service and this sort of thing won’t happen.Why do you think the ad agency chose this power relationship for its commercial, and is it one to which you can relate??Have you had any kind of similar experience (not necessarily on a cellphone)?
Writing Assignment #2 will be a critical annotated bibliography of 12 sources.
In this assignment you will write a list of at least 12 references in alphabetical order in APA format. In addition, each reference will be followed by a short analytical summary of 150-200 words.
At the end of the short summary, you will include a sentence or two that critically analyzes the source and that mentions distinctive features about the article and why it may or may not be useful for you in writing a literature review.
Please click here for a video that briefly describes and outlines this writing assignment.
You may select a topic of your choice. However, when selecting a topic, keep in mind that it should be a topic on which a number of studies or scholarly articles have been published.
Examples of topics students have chosen in the past or that would be workable for this assignment are the following:
The impact of the Internet on research methods of students and plagiarism in student papers
The impact of The No Child Left Behind (NCLB) Act on primary school education
The impact of mobile devices on cybersecurity
Overall, in considering a topic, you might consider your major, topics that will be covered in future classes you plan to take at UMUC, and your interests.
For example, please examine the following ideas:
If your major is criminal justice, you might consider researching criminal behavior among homeless individuals, criminal behavior among youth, society’s perception of law enforcement, etc.
Question 3. 3.(TCO 2) Who was
the German theologian who argued in The Idea of the Holy that religions
emerge when people experience that aspect of reality which is essentially
mysterious? (Points : 4)
William
James
Carl
Gustav Jung
Rudolf Otto
E.B.
Tylor
Question 4. 4.(TCO 4) Who was
the Scottish anthropologist and author of The Golden Bough who saw
the origins of religion in early attempts by human beings to influence nature
and who identified religion as an intermediate stage between magic and
science? (Points : 4)
James Frazer
Rudolf
Otto
William
James
Wilhelm
Schmidt
Question 5. 5.(TCO 4) What is
the name of the Austrian ethnographer and philologist who argued that all
humankind once believed in a single High God and that to this simple monotheism
later beliefs in lesser gods and spirits were added? (Points : 4)
James
Frazer
William
James
Wilhelm Schmidt
Carl
Gustav Jung
Question 6. 6.(TCO 8) One
feature that probably contributed to the rich developments in Hinduism
was which of the following?
(Points : 4)
the
constant invasions of India by foreigners
the
frequent floods and fires across India
India’s isolation from other areas
India’s
extensive natural resources
Question 7. 7.(TCO 8) The
term meaning non-harm or nonviolence is: (Points : 4)
moksha.
guru.
ahimsa.
maya.
Question 8. 8.(TCO 9) In the
Bhagavad Gita, Krishna counsels Arjuna to: (Points : 4)
meditate
to experience moksha.
work
unselfishly for others.
adhere to one’s duty (dharma)
in this
life.
engage
in nonviolent resistance.
Question 9. 9.(TCO 10) The
most accurate descriptor of Jainism is: (Points : 4)
polytheistic.
monotheistic.
atheistic.
nontheistic.
Question 10. 10.(TCO 8)
According to the Buddha, his teachings must be: (Points : 4)
accepted
on faith.
experienced by oneself.
memorized
and chanted.
spread
by missionaries.
Question 11. 11.(TCO 8) The
Buddhist term for sorrow or suffering is: (Points : 4)
dukkha.
tanha.
anatta.
anichcha.
Question 12. 12.(TCO 8) The
Chinese word for “propriety,” savoir faire,
“ritual” is:
(Points : 4)
Ren
(jen).
Wen.
Shu.
Li.
Question 13. 13.(TCO 8)
Confucius thought the most important relationship was: (Points : 4)
ruler-subject.
husband-wife.
father-son.
friend-friend.
Question 14. 14.(TCO 9)
According to the Daoists, if one leaves behind desires for individual
things, one will: (Points : 4)
die.
be
reborn to a better life.
see things differently.
become
nameless.
Question 15. 15.(TCO 9) In
Zhuangzi’s (Chuang Tzu’s) famous dream, he was not certain that he was
not: (Points : 4)
Confucius.
an
ox.
a butterfly.
a
Daoist.
Question 16. 16.(TCO 5) All of
the following minor religions are offshoots of a major world religion
except: (Points : 4)
respect
for nature and a centralized religious bureaucracy.
love
of beauty but little influence on Japanese art.
love
of beauty but few religious rituals.
respect for nature and many
religious rituals.
Question 18. 18.(TCO 6) Someone
inspired by God to speak for him was called a: (Points : 4)
priest.
rabbi.
prophet.
king.
Question 19. 19.(TCO 6) The
sacred core of the Hebrew Bible is called the: (Points : 4)
Torah.
Talmud.
Writings.
Prophets.
Question 20. 20.(TCO 6) The
Jewish Day of Atonement is:
(Points : 4)
Hanukkah.
Passover.
Purim.
Yom
Kippur.
Question 21. 21.(TCO 7) The
view that God’s imminent divine judgment and the end of the world is near
is: (Points : 4)
messianism.
apocalypticism.
redemption.
schism.
Question 22. 22.(TCO 7) Letters
written in the New Testament to instruct, encourage, and solve problems
are called: (Points : 4)
Gospels.
Epistles.
Acts.
Revelations.
Question 23. 23.(TCO 6)
Muhammad’s job before he became a prophet was as a: (Points : 4)
merchant.
date
grower.
caravan driver.
camel
breeder.
Question 24. 24.(TCO 6) The
month of fasting, the ninth month of the Muslim calendar, is known as: (Points : 4)
Id
al-Adha.
Kabah.
Ramadan.
Qur’an.
Question 25. 25.(TCO 12) The
Baha’is found a messianic figure in:
(Points : 4)
a
young Persian
aristocrat, Baha’u’llah.
an
Ethiopian king.
a
writer of science fiction.
a
Jamaican farmer.Question
1. 1.(TCO 4) Compare and contrast Carl Gustav Jung’s theory
about the origin of religions with William James’s theory. How do each of
these psychologists view religion (positively or negatively)? Next, analyze how
the insights of Jung or James might illuminate your religious tradition or the
tradition with which you are the most familiar. How would Jung or James
understand that tradition? Use specific examples to support your answer (e.g.,
a specific belief or ritual).
(Points : 50)2.(TCO
9) Identify and analyze the Three Marks of Reality; in particular,
concept of the no-soul doctrine. How do these differ from the Hindu concept of
reality? Include enough details to support your answer.
(Points : 50)3.(TCO
3) Explain and evaluate Thomas Aquinas’ Cosmological Argument for the
existence of God: The first and
plainest is the method that proceeds from the point of view of motion. It is
certain and in accord with experience, that things on earth undergo change.
Now, everything that is moved is moved by something; nothing, indeed, is
changed, except it is changed to something which it is in potentiality.
Moreover, anything moves in accordance with something actually existing; change
itself, is nothing else than to bring forth something from potentiality into
actuality. Now, nothing can be brought from potentiality to actual existence
except through something actually existing: thus heat in action, as fire, makes
fire-wood, which is hot in potentiality, to be hot actually, and through this
process, changes itself. The same thing cannot at the same time be actually and
potentially the same thing, but only in regard to different things. What is
actually hot cannot be at the same time potentially hot, but it is possible for
it at the same time to be potentially cold.
It is impossible,
then, that anything should be both mover and the thing moved, in regard to the
same thing and in the same way, or that it should move itself. Everything,
therefore, is moved by something else. If, then, that by which it is moved, is
also moved, this must be moved by something still different, and this, again,
by something else. But this process cannot go on to infinity because there
would not be any first mover, nor, because of this fact, anything else in
motion, as the succeeding things would not move except because of what is moved
by the first mover, just as a stick is not moved except through what is moved
from the hand. Therefore it is necessary to go back to some first mover, which
is itself moved by nothing–and this all men know as God.
Briefly explain and
then evaluate this proof for the existence of God.4.(TCO 11) Identify and analyze three basic patterns in
indigeneous religions. Use examples from African religions to support your
answer.
(Points : 50)
Imagine that you are the Director of the HR Department at your current organization or an organization with which you are familiar. You are responsible for delegating duties to your team for the selection, development, and management of both the new and current employees. You must ensure that your organization is diverse and follows all employment laws.
(Note: You may create and / or make all necessary assumptions needed for the completion of these assignments. In your original work, you may use aspects of existing processes from either your current or a former place of employment. However, you must remove any and all identifying information that would enable someone to discern the organization[s] that you have used.)
Write a three to four (3-4) page paper in which you:
Outline one (1) job interview process, and document the methods that you must use to select the right person for available positions.
Determine two (2) employment laws that you must consider in the process in question, and examine the key ramifications of the organization’s lack of enforcement of said laws.
Suppose your same organization decides on an unconventional workforce comprised primarily of independent contractors and temporary workers. Predict three (3) issues that you may encounter in building relationships with each type of worker. Next, examine two (2) laws that you must follow during the relationship building process, and specify the manner in which each law would help in the relationship building process.
Evaluate the effectiveness of the organization’s HR policies and processes that are designed to promote a diverse workforce. Next, outline one (1) strategy for the organization that recognizes affirmative action. Include a plan to mitigate both the glass ceiling effect and reverse discrimination within your organization. Support your response with at least two (2) examples that illustrate the major benefits of the plan to the organization.
Use at least three (3) quality academic resources in this assignment. Note: Wikipedia and other Websites do not qualify as academic resources.
Your assignment must follow these formatting requirements:
Be typed, double spaced, using Times New Roman font (size 12), with one-inch margins on all sides; citations and references must follow APA or school-specific format. Check with your professor for any additional instructions.
Include a cover page containing the title of the assignment, the student’s name, the professor’s name, the course title, and the date.
The cover page and the reference page are not included in the required assignment page length.
The specific course learning outcomes associated with this assignment are:
Determine employment laws that apply to the selection, development, and management of employees.
Evaluate policies and processes that promote a diverse workforce.
Use technology and information resources to research issues in employment law.
Write clearly and concisely about employment law using proper writing mechanic
Social Research Design/Practice : Content analysis
Practice : Content analysis
Practice content analysis by testing several of Jean Kilbourne’s theories. I will give a magazine to each group. Working as a group, select ten ads from the magazine that have women in them. (Since this is practice, you don’t need to select randomly.) Using the codes below, record data for each ad on the attached chart.
CODEBOOK
Column 1: PAGE #. Record the page number of the ad.
Column 2: PRODUCT. Record the brand name and product or service being advertised.
Column 3: #/GENDER. Record the number of people in the ad using the following code:
1 = 1 woman, 0 men
2 = 1 woman, 1 man
3 = 2 women, 0 men
4 = 2 women, 1 man
5 = 2 women, 2 men
9 = other
Column 4: SEXUALIZED. Record whether the women are sexualized (as defined by Kilbourne), using codes:
1 = women ARE sexualized
2 = women are NOT sexualized
9 = other
Column 5: OBJECTIFIED. Kilbourne argues that people (especially women) are reduced to objects when ads show body parts rather than full bodies. Record this variable using codes:
1 = women, individual body parts shown
2 = women, full bodies only shown
9 = other
Column 6: VIOLENCE. Record whether violence is suggested involving women:
1 = yes
2 = no
9 = other
Column 7: INFANTILIZED. Kilbourne argues that women are regularly depicted as childlike. Record whether this occurs in each ad, using the following codes:
1 = yes
2 = no
9 = other
Column 8: SILENCED. Record the presence of the following subtle indications that women should be quiet and withdrawn (enter as many as apply):
1 = finger or hand at mouth
2 = mouth covered by other object
3 = text indicates that woman should be quiet
4 = other indication of quiet
5 = NO indication that women in ad should be quiet
9 = not applicable or no women in ad
1) (15 points) Assume that the central bank pays an interest on the excess reserves and thediscount rate is above the federal funds rate. âAn open market purchase of bonds by the Fedalways decreases the federal funds rateâ. Is this statement true, false or uncertain. Explain clearlyusing the supplyÂdemand analysis of the market for reserves.2) (30 points total) Using the supply and demand analysis of the market for reserves, indicatewhat happens to the federal funds rate, borrowed reserves, and nonÂborrowed reserves, holdingeverything else constant, under the following situations.a) (5 points) The economy is surprisingly strong, leading to an increase in the amount ofcheckable deposits.b) (5 points) Banks expect an unusually large increase in withdrawals from checking depositaccounts in the future.c) (5 points) The Fed raises the target federal funds rate.d) (5 points) The fed raises the interest rate on reserves above the current equilibrium federalfunds rate.e) (5 points) The fed reduces reserve requirements.f) (5 points) The Fed reduces reserve requirements, and sterilizes this by conducting an openmarket sale of securities.3) (15 points) If the Fed has an interest rate target, why will an increase in the demand forreserves usually lead to a rise in the money supply? Use a graph of the market for reserves toexplain.4) (25 points total)a) (5 points) In the formula we derived in class for IS curve, we assumed that the net exports isnot a function interest rate. Now suppose that the net exports, NX, is an inverse function ofinterest rate, that is, , where and are constant parameters. Derive the IS curve again (therelationship between r and y in which goods market is in equilibrium).b) Consider an economy described by the following:The notation is the same as one used in class (specially for MP curve: ).b1) (5 points) Derive expressions for IS, MP and AD curves.b2) (5 points) Assume that inflation is 1% (). What is the real interest rate, equilibrium level ofoutput, consumption, planned investment and net exports?b3) (5 points) Suppose the Fed increases to . Calculate the new level of interest rate, equilibriumlevel of output, consumption, planned investment, and net exports.c) (5 points) Considering the output, consumption, planned investment, and net exports all decreased, why might the Fed choose to increase ?5) (20 points total) Classify each of the following as a supply or demand shock. Use a graph toshow the effects on inflation and output in the short run and the long run.a) (5 points) Financial frictions increase.b) (5 points) Households and firms become more optimistic about the economy.c) (5 points) Favorable weather produces a record crop of wheat and corn in the Midwest.d) (5 points) Steel workers go on strike for 4 weeks.
“Quality Management” Please respond to the following:
From the e-A”Quality Management” Please respond to the following:
From the e-Activity, determine one (1) key differentiating factor between the new approach to quality and performance management that you chose and past approaches. Indicate whether or not the new approach is likely to derive better performance results than past approaches. Provide support for your rationale.
Suggest one (1) significant challenge related to quality and performance management. Recommend one (1) managerial approach to overcome this challenge. Provide support for your rationale.ctivity, determine one (1) key differentiating factor between the new approach to quality and performance management that you chose and past approaches. Indicate whether or not the new approach is likely to derive better performance results than past approaches. Provide support for your rationale.
Suggest one (1) significant challenge related to quality and performance management. Recommend one (1) managerial approach to overcome this challenge. Provide support for your rationale.
Your scope of practice is unique to you. Your scope
of practice must include the community and specialty
that you practice within and the parameters of your
practice. To put it simply a scope of practice is, what
you do as a nurse, who you practice with and how
you go about doing that. Many nurses applying for
endorsement as a nurse practitioner find this the
most difficult to write. While it may be difficult to get
started, once you have started you will find, as
others have, that this is an opportunity to really think
about your nursing practice, and reflect the skills you
have and the care that you provide. A useful place to
start is to read about scopes of practice in the
literature.
Analyze the given scene from the movie you have got mail
Part I. Match the term to its definition.
Answer
Term
Definition
symbol
1.positivistic, value-neutral study of phenomena
environment
2. transmitter of a message
public communication
3. studying cause-effect relationships
feedback
4. term often used in organizational communication to show rankings among people
semiotics
5. Research moving from theory to specific cases
narrow theory
6. arbitrary label or representation of phenomena
Socio-psychological research
7. tries to explain all aspects of communication behavior in a manner that is universally true
mediated communication
8. verbal and nonverbal responses to a message
nominal concept
9 Research moving from specific cases to theory
channel
10. looking broadly at the systematic processes of communication
validity
11. Usually, a speech given by a person to a live, present audience.
critical scholarship
12. research observations and measurements accurately capture and report on a real-world phenomenon
deduction
13. Rapidly changing context for communication
grand theory
14. ideas or phenomena that are not directly observable
source
15. study of signs and how they change meaning over time
cybernetic tradition
16. a person talking to him or herself
inductive
17. studies certain people in certain situations
hierarchy
18. questions social power relationships
empirical
19. situation or context where communication occurs
Intrapersonal communication
20. visual, aural, tactile, etc. pathways of communication
Part II. Multiple Choice Questions.
1. Which of the following is an assumption of Cognitive Dissonance Theory?
a. human beings desire inconsistency in their cognitions
b. dissonance is created by physiological discomfort
c. dissonance is an aversive state that drives people to change attitudes and/or behaviors
d. none of the above
2. All of the following are assumptions about Uncertainty Reduction EXCEPT
a. it is unreasonable to attempt to predict people’s behavior in a lawlike fashion
b. uncertainty is an aversive state, generating cognitive stress
c. people experience uncertainty in interpersonal settings
d. when strangers meet, they want to reduce their uncertainty and increase their predictability
3. At the heart of Social Penetration Theory is self-disclosure. All of the following statements about self-disclosure are true EXCEPT
a. nonintimate relationships typically progress to an intimate level without engaging in self disclosure
b. self-disclosure can be strategic, which means that disclosures are planned
c. self-disclosure can be nonstrategic, which means that disclosures are spontaneous
d. stranger on the train refers to instances in which people reveal personal information to complete strangers in public places
4. According to Social Exchange theory, we are likely to stay in relationships when our satisfaction is __________ and our comparison level for alternatives is __________.
a. low, high
b. low, low
c. all of the above
d. none of the above
5. According to Relational Dialectics Theory, all of the following statements are true about dialectical tensions EXCEPT
a. people are not always able to resolve the contradictions they experience and may become comfortable believing inconsistent things about relationships
b. partners in a relationship experience ongoing tensions between contradictory impulses
c. dialectical theorists support the idea that there is typically one point of view that should dominate a relationship.
d. researchers Baxter and Montgomery are associated with Relational Dialectics Theory
Part III. Multiple Choice Questions.
1. Cohesiveness of the group may emerge as a problem because
a. cohesiveness is generally experienced in the same manner across groups, and the results of cohesion can be generalized from one group to another
b. in highly cohesive groups, members generally feel dissatisfied with the group experience and other group members
c. highly cohesive groups sometimes exert great pressure on their members to conform to the group’s standards.
d. cohesiveness typically results in group members resisting the temptation to conform
2. All of the following are conditions that may lead to groupthink occurring EXCEPT
a. the ability of all members to step into the role of group leader at a given time
b. stressful internal and external characteristics of the situation
c. high cohesiveness among group members
d. lack of decision-making procedures established within the group
3. Group members who shield the group from adverse information are
a. conscientious objectors
b. self-appointed mindguards
c. dissenters
d. opinion leaders
4. As the decision whether to launch a new product to prevent tooth decay was being debated, one of the product development specialists commented, “What a great product! We have created something that will help Americans maintain the enamel on their teeth. I don’t know why those health critics are accusing us of putting a potentially harmful product out on the market. After all, our goal is to help people, not to hurt them. We’re interested in doing what is in the best interest of the public.” She has demonstrated which of the following symptoms of groupthink?
a. illusion of invulnerability
b. out-group stereotypes
c. belief in the inherent morality of the group
d. collective rationalization
5. According to your text, vigilant decision makers
a. focus mostly on the benefits associated with a decision
b. avoid addressing all possible solutions for a decision
c. create plans for implementing the decision
d. disregard the purpose of decision making to pursue their own agenda
1. All of the following are assumptions of Organizational Information Theory EXCEPT
a. equivocality of information is useful for assisting an organization in achieving its goals
b. the information an organization receives differs in terms of its equivocality
c. human organizations exist in an information environment
d. human organizations engage in information processing to reduce the equivocality of information
2. _______________ are systems or series of behaviors that are used by an organization in an attempt to reduce the equivocality of the information it receives.
a. Rules
b. Assumption
c. Cycles
d. Double interact loops
3. Kendall’s project team is reviewing the information that it received from other teams in the organization. They focus on assigning meaning and interpreting the information they have received in order to determine its level of equivocality. Which stage of the process of reducing equivocality is Kendall’s team experiencing?
a. selection
b. enactment
c. retention
d. identification
4. True or False? Organizational Information Theory uses a Systems Approach to communication theory.
a. True
b. False
5. The two options that an organization has for dealing with equivocality of information are its use of ______________ and ________________ .
a. rules, communication cycles
b. enactment, selection
c. reaction, response
d. requisite variety, double interact loops
6. Helena is identified as the person who is most knowledgeable about the information that her organization has received regarding sales projections. Therefore, her supervisor decides that she should serve as the key resource for reducing the equivocality of new information that the organization receives. Which of Weick’s rules for processing equivocality is being applied?
a. duration
b. personnel
c. success
d. effort
1. All of the following statements about symbols are true EXCEPT
a. symbols represent meanings that are held by members of an organization
b. symbols include only the nonverbal communication that takes place in the organization
c. members of an organization create, use, and interpret symbols in order to create and sustain a sense of organizational reality
d. organizational values may be communicated through a variety of symbols
2. All of the following are methods of investigation used by ethnographers to examine organizational culture EXCEPT
a. survey questionnaires
b. direct observation
c. interviews
d. participant observation
3. Renaldo always has a smile on his face when he enters the workplace. His colleagues comment on how much they appreciate his taking the time to stop and ask how their day is going as he passes by their desks. Renaldo is engaging in which type of communicative performance?
a. sociality
b. passion
c. ritual
d. politics
4. Organizational _________ are used to inform members about what standards and principles are viewed as being important by the organization.
a. stories
b. rules
c. values
d. performances
Part IV. Symbolic Interaction Theory- Essay.
Analyze this scene from the movie “You’ve Got Mail.” It takes place in an elevator where Joe Fox (the Tom Hanks character) and his girlfriend (Parker Posey) and two other people get stuck in an elevator:
Using the list of seven “assumptions” about Symbolic Interaction Theory in the West and Turner textbook, describe how this scene in the elevator explains four of them. Hint: Look at nonverbal as well as verbal behaviors. Be specific.
Practical Completion Point 1
Alistair Adin runs a business Al Adin’s Lamps and Rugs that specialises in ornaments and interior design. He has contacted you for some assistance in setting up a new accounting system. Alistair has managed to collect enough information to create a chart of accounts for you to work from.
This completion point comprises two tasks:
1. Setting up a new system by completing an opening entry and any other relevant journal entries and posting these appropriately; and
2. Entering a set of transactions into the general journal and then recording these in the relevant ledgers. After completing these task you will need to review your work and submit.
Please note that all journals, for the purpose of Practical Completion Point 1 should be recorded in the General journal.
You do not need to balance any of the General Ledger Accounts.
Task 1
You have been provided with an Excel File which contains the General Journal and Ledger Accounts. The necessary accounts as well as blank accounts to be used if needed have been included. You will need to complete this task by entering the relevant information into the excel spreadsheet provided.
Enter the information below from the chart of accounts and schedules in order to set up Alistair’s new system as an Opening Entry into General Journal and post the relevant information to the General Ledger Accounts provided in the excel file.
Al Adin’s Lamps and Rugs – Chart of Accounts as at 1 July 2019
103 Petty Cash 120.00
105 Bank 2,380.00
107 Accounts Receivable Control 9,438.00
109 Allowance for Bad and Doubtful Debts 676.00
111 Inventory 3,458.00
113 Stationery on Hand 220.00
115 Prepaid Insurance 2,400.00
116 Prepaid Rent 12,000.00
140 Warehouses 96,000.00
141 Acc. Depreciation – Warehouses 24,000.00
150 Delivery Vehicle 63,000.00
151 Acc. Depreciation – Delivery Vehicle 13,280.00
160 Shop Fittings 16,400.00
161 Accumulated Depreciation – Shop Fittings 8,460.00
207 Accounts Payable Control 6,149.00
205 Accrued Wages 1,498.00
210 Telephone Expense Payable 264.00
220 Vehicle Maintenance Payable 385.00
299 GST 1,250.00
250 Credit Giving Society Loan (15-year) 103,000.00
303 Capital – Alistair Adin 46,454.00
Additional Notes
You need to enter the information below into the appropriate subsidiary ledger accounts.
Schedule of Accounts Receivable
as at 1 July 2019
Acc. No.
10701 Just the Palace 1,562
10703 Agro’s Bazzar 649
10705 Arabian Night Lights 3,278
10707 Genieus Home Ideas 3,949
9,438
Schedule of Accounts Payable
as at 1 July 2019
20701 Tarnished Lamps 2,145
20703 Jars from Afar 825
20705 Rugs in the Air 3,179
6,149
Task 2
Using the excel file you have already been working on, enter the transactions below into the General Journal and then update the Ledger accounts as required.
Transactions
July 1 Purchased 10 Hand Woven Rugs from Rugs in the Air. Each rug cost $330 (including GST).
July 2 Sold 25 Table Lamps to Arabian Night Lights for $58 each (net of GST).
July 5 Made a cash sale of 3 rugs to Iago Bird for $750 each (net of GST)
July 8 Paid the full amount owed to Jars from Afar less a 5% discount for early payment.
July 10 Sold 60 candles to Agro’s Bazzar for $40 each (net of GST).
July 12 Received cash (net of GST) from Ms Jasmine Rajah for completing a home inspection and interior design options report. The fee for this service was $620 (net of GST).
July 13 Paid all employees their fortnightly wages. The total cash payment was $2,200 (GST Free).
July 15 Purchases 50 “Scents of the Desert” candles for $25 each from Tarnished Lamps. An additional delivery charge of $50 was incurred (All amounts are net of GST).
Submission Requirements
Once you have completed the data entry in the above two tasks, you will need to upload your excel file to learnonline so they can be checked for completeness.
Remember at this point accuracy of data entry is not being checked, only that all transactions have been entered into the correct accounts by following the correct processes. However, it is expected that students will make every effort to achieve the correct result which they can then compare to the feedback provided after all submissions are made
Individual Assignment :Require to prepare a research report on a company that implemented and integrated E-commerce or ERP Systems with other ICT (information and communication technologies- data mining, business intelligences, data ware house, databases, RFID, EDI) that escalate efficiencies and competitive advantages in their operations and strategies .Word limit 1000 words
Marriage is private affair 1. Nnaemeka sees the marriage as an affair as her wife does not belong to his husband’s race and some of her actions contradicts with their race religion and his father will surely disapprove the marriage. Nene believed the marriage was not an affair as she believe marriage is a happy thing and parents will be happy about their child’s marriage. 2. Religion is everything during the time the story happens. It’s not only a belief, it represents good and evil of a person’s character : if a person follow the religion, he’s a good man.
People become superstitious in religion and their free wills were robbed from them. 3. The tribesmen allowed only marriage within their tribesmen because they thought their tribes were strong and allowing other tribes to marry their tribesmen will make their bloodline impure and thus imperfect. One trumps the other means believing one better than all the others. In here, the tribes believed their bloodline was the strongest and therefore forbid other tribes to mix into their bloodline. Marriage is private affair 1.
Nnaemeka sees the marriage as an affair as her wife does not belong to his husband’s race and some of her actions contradicts with their race religion and his father will surely disapprove the marriage. Nene believed the marriage was not an affair as she believe marriage is a happy thing and parents will be happy about their child’s marriage. 2. Religion is everything during the time the story happens. It’s not only a belief, it represents good and evil of a person’s character : if a person follow the religion, he’s a good man.
People become superstitious in religion and their free wills were robbed from them. 3. The tribesmen allowed only marriage within their tribesmen because they thought their tribes were strong and allowing other tribes to marry their tribesmen will make their bloodline impure and thus imperfect. One trumps the other means believing one better than all the others. In here, the tribes believed their bloodline was the strongest and therefore forbid other tribes to mix into their bloodline.
Introduction:
Liuyang is a city known as “the home of fireworks and firecrackers” in Hunan province of China. Fireworks and Firecrackers have become the pillar industry of Liuyang, where 50 percent of total jobs are related to fireworks and one third of the total workforce lives in fireworks. Out of total 6458 fireworks manufacturers, 2702 are in Liuyang and 2144 in the surroundings of Liuyang. 89 % of total chines production of fireworks and firecrackers comes from Liuyang.
China produces 60% of the whole global production. Fireworks and firecrackers are part of Chinese traditions and culture. Chinese display firecrackers and fireworks to celebrate new-year, see off the year, weddings, death. They also use fireworks to scare the evil forces. Pyrotechnics is the formal name for fireworks. Trend has shifted from firecrackers to fireworks. In 2009, only 20 % of the total sales were generated from firecrackers. Fireworks related skills have improved also. First fireworks could hardly go 20 meters into the sky, but now it can go even 400 meters into the sky. Firework industry is low-tech and highly labor intensive.
Only few processes could have been automated and many key processes are still done with hand. Work place safety is high concern because a tinny spark caused by the drag of chair or dropping of a tool can result into an explosion. Employees are shifting to safer jobs. Skilled employees are insufficient in numbers. Number of engineers is also limited. Industry has to face environmental concerns too. By 2009, 75% of the fireworks imports to Canada were from China. Fireworks industry was banned in one third of Chinese cities but by 2009, all cities removed restrictions. By 2009, fireworks exports reached $675 million. In 2009, Liuyang Fireworks Company was listed on Toronto Stock Exchange. Fireworks industry is facing immense competition.
Liling in Hunan province is a community fireworks manufacturer, which is causing price competition. Pingxiang and Wanzai in Jiangxi province are competing with Liuyang in price and quality. Dogguan in Guangdong province, take advantage of its closeness to Hong Kong and sophisticated management and marketing skills. Dogguan has snatched share from Liuyang. DEEP LIST Analysis
Demographics:
Out of 400,000 employees, only small portion is skilled workers. Number of engineers is also small. Skilled worker earns RMB 1200 to RMB 1800 every month. Un-skilled worker earns RMB 500 to RMB 700 every month. Economic
By 2009, fireworks exports had reached $ 675.Due to economic development, income and standard of living of people is rising. Eventually, people desire for pricier and fancier fireworks over cheap and simple fireworks. This is creating profit opportunities for businesses. Ecological
Fireworks are hazardous to environment. Due to environmental concerns, once fireworks were banned in one third of the Chinese cities. But these concerns are still in place. Mass media also high lights pollution related concerns. Political and legal
Restrictions on foreign direct investment have been eased. Government’s initiative of encouraging private business ventures is a threat to existing companies. Industry once nationalized but latter was privatized. Fireworks industry remained banned in one third of Chinese cities from 1998 to 2009. Economy was reformed toward market economy. Government agency of Fireworks Industry Department adopted offensive strategy which comprised of 3 steps: 1. Opened local offices in cities of 29 provinces
2. Regulated prices that Liuyang could quote and sell in export sales 3. Government to government relationship in order to secure contracts for large public firework displays in each province Till 1998, Chinese fireworks were banned in Canada.
Informational
Fireworks related accidents are reported and emphasized on mass media before and after and traditional spring festival. Some articles condemn firecrackers and fireworks. Social
Chinese use fireworks to celebrate new-year, see off year, wedding and deaths. Fireworks and firecrackers are also used to scare evil forces. But trend is changing now. Many people now like to get married in western style, in church or a scenic view in outdoor meadows. They prefer quiet and happy
way of getting married over the traditional noisy way. Red balloons have been identified as a substitute to firecrackers and fireworks in some marriages in Beijing. People now prefer laser beams over fireworks on great openings. Technology
Fireworks industry is low-tech and highly labor intensive industry. Although, some processes have been automated but still, many key processes are performed with hand. Key trends shaping up in the environment
Below mentioned are the key trends shaping up in the environment. Competition
The number of players is increasing due to the low initial investment and government initiative to encourage private business ventures. Increasing competition is causing reduction in prices eventually reduced profits. Social Changes
People are shifting from the traditional ways of Chinese culture. People now like to get married in western way, in church or scenic place in green meadows. They also prefer now calm and peaceful environment to the traditional noisy ways. On great openings, instead of using fireworks now laser beams are being used. “Make believe firecrackers” are the electric tube lights that are now substituting the fireworks. Economic Changes:
Foreign direct investment is increasing now. Export $ volume is increasing too. Economy has been reformed towards market economy. Environmental and safety concerns:
Employees are now concerned about their safety at workplace. They are shifting to safer jobs. Safety regulations by government are also getting strict now. Ecological concerns of fireworks are also increasing. Fireworks are condemned because of the pollution and accidents caused by them. Political and Legal Changes:
Political and legal framework has changed as well. In past, industry was owned by government but now it has been privatized. Even government is encouraging new entrants.
Write a 2–4-page paper (excluding cover page) responding to the following:Read the case study on page 103 in Effective Police Supervision and apply critical thinking to construct persuasive arguments as to what you would you do if you were Sergeant Lou Maynard. Use the questions at the end of the case study to help you construct your paper and be sure to address the following:1. Describe the motivational issues that exist. 2. The basic need drives for each officer. 3. Assess your management style and how it relates to Theory X. 4. If your level of formal education, or the education of the officers, would be an obstacle.
ATTACHMENT PREVIEW
Download attachment
Case Study Louis “Lou” Maynard Sergeant Department The Craigview Police
Department bears a striking resemblance to many smaller police departments that are
found in the United States, and it has a rich history in a unique area of the state. Early
law enforcement activities were provided by the army and later the first marshal was
appointed as the community grew as a result of new residents coming in to work in
agriculture, timber, and mining. With the influx of new residents a police force was
created and charged with the enforcement of laws and protecting the community.
Currently the police department has two major divisions: Field Operations and Field
Support. Operations provides 24-hour protection to residents and their property. The
primary objective of patrol is dual in nature—providing for security and rendering
services to residents and visitors. Operations is also responsible for traffic control, and
parking on city streets overnight requires an annual parking permit. It also issues
overnight parking stickers for residents and visitors. This unit works four 10-hour shifts,
and each patrol officer is assigned to a team that is supervised by a sergeant. The staff
includes six sergeants and 24 sworn officers who work within the city limits,
encompassing approximately 22 square miles. Each patrol vehicle is equipped with a
mobile data computer, in-car digital video, and E-citation equipment. The head of patrol
is constantly evaluating new technology that will aid and assist field officers. Downtown
is a tourist attraction. One officer is assigned to foot or bike patrol of that area on the
swing shift. Two other officers work at the local high school and a middle school as
school resource officers. During the last fiscal year the patrol unit responded to 39,831
calls for service that resulted in approximately 4254 arrests, 9989 crime reports, and
9981 collision reports. The Field Support Division encompasses a number of functions
including training, criminal investigation, volunteers, and a property section. This
division, which has sworn and civilian personnel, is headed by a lieutenant and has
primary responsibility for preparing the departmental budget. It also compiles traffic
criminal statistics. In this type of organizational arrangement, support is the key word.
Everything is done to provide patrol with the tools and information it needs in order to
perform effectively. Crime Craigview’s violent crime has gone up slightly in several
categories, and aggravated assault has increased the most. There were 120 assaults
last year, as compared to the previous year when there were 109 such offenses
reported. The preponderance of this increase seems to be caused by transients and
visitors. What has alarmed segments of the community is an increase in forcible rapes
from three occurrences to a total of 21, as well as robberies that have increased from 61
to 77. For both types of incidents it is a new high going back more than 10 years. It is
not known for sure, but it seems to be the action of a gang that has been organized
recently, and this is a new phenomenon for the community. Considerable consideration
is being given to how these occurrences can be better policed. Property crime is
relatively high for a community of this size, with 1589 offenses reported. Larceny/theft
incidents occurred 771 times and burglaries occurred 564 times during the last year,
which is a slight increase. Burglaries have been relatively stable over the last five years.
View the Answer
Motor vehicle thefts occurred 164 times, compared to the previous year when there
were 154 occurrences. Many of these offenses in the latter category were committed by
youthful offenders, and joyriding occurred more often than not. There was no reason to
believe that auto theft was an organized event. Community Craigview is a rather small
community with a population of 26,312 and it is the largest city in the county. There are
six other smaller communities, and the greater part of the county is unincorporated.
Geographically it is a coastal city. It is viewed as a special place to live, and it thrives on
its small-town atmosphere. Numerous residents have lived in the city for several
generations, which provides considerable city and neighborhood stability. Many houses
are situated on tree-lined streets, and there are few fences that separate the houses.
This has proven to be a major attraction for those who are interested in a small
community atmosphere. During the last decade, retirees in particular have found the
community to be a great place to live. There are numerous small neighborhood parks, a
large community hall for cultural and educational programs, as well as a senior center.
Additionally, there is a year-round family swimming center that is used by many
residents. There is a new high school that is centrally located. It provides academic
classes as well as trade courses such as automobile repair, and has a strong orientation
to the computer and communications world. There is exceptional support for fine arts.
The teachers enjoy their work, and the community strongly supports their efforts. In the
downtown area there is a small center for artists where they can exhibit their work. The
city has a shopping mall with numerous small stores that cater to the tourist trade, and a
youth center near the mall has numerous programs for youths. The community has a
varied tax base, with shopping and numerous small manufacturing companies. There is
a weak mayor, five members of the city council who represent specific geographical
wards, and also a city manager. At council meetings residents are allowed to present
their views. There is a free exchange of ideas and opinions at the meetings, and the
members of the city council work diligently at problem resolution. The local television
station broadcasts the meetings. Officer Louis “Lou” Maynard entered law enforcement
after returning from Iraq, where he served a nine-month tour and, though he was in
combat areas, he returned physically unscathed. He remained in his National Guard
unit as a sergeant in an engineer company. He has five
